Page Range | 15727-15936 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
83 FR 15786 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
83 FR 15729 - National Former Prisoner of War Recognition Day, 2018 | |
83 FR 15727 - National Crime Victims' Rights Week, 2018 | |
83 FR 15879 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
83 FR 15748 - Clethodim; Pesticide Tolerances | |
83 FR 15833 - Pesticide Product Registration; Receipt of Applications for New Active Ingredients | |
83 FR 15836 - Environmental Modeling Public Meeting; Notice of Public Meeting | |
83 FR 15821 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records | |
83 FR 15834 - Pesticide Product Registration; Receipt of Applications for New Uses | |
83 FR 15867 - Notice of Receipt of Complaint; Solicitation of Comments Relating to the Public Interest | |
83 FR 15741 - Special Local Regulations; Marine Events Within the Captain of the Port Zone Columbia River | |
83 FR 15865 - 2018 Call for Nominations, North Slope Science Initiative, Science Technical Advisory Panel, Alaska | |
83 FR 15736 - CBP Decision No. 18-04; Definition of Importer Security Filing Importer | |
83 FR 15865 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for Review; Information Collection Request for the Department of Homeland Security, Science and Technology, Research and Development Partnerships Group, Office of Public-Private Partnerships | |
83 FR 15743 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Carquinez Strait, Between Benicia and Martinez, CA | |
83 FR 15820 - Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; General Provisions for Domestic Fisheries; Application for Exempted Fishing Permits | |
83 FR 15880 - New Postal Product | |
83 FR 15846 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Notification of the Intent To Use An Accredited Person Under the Accredited Persons Inspection Program | |
83 FR 15891 - Administrative Declaration of a Disaster for the State of California | |
83 FR 15890 - Administrative Declaration of a Disaster for the State of Michigan | |
83 FR 15788 - Carbazole Violet Pigment 23 from India: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2015-2016 | |
83 FR 15755 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone off Alaska; Sablefish in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska | |
83 FR 15855 - National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences; Notice to Close Meeting | |
83 FR 15854 - National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases; Notice of Meetings | |
83 FR 15854 - National Institute of Dental & Craniofacial Research; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
83 FR 15856 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
83 FR 15856 - National Institute on Aging; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
83 FR 15855 - National Institute on Aging; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
83 FR 15855 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
83 FR 15879 - Submission for Review: RI 38-115, Representative Payee Survey | |
83 FR 15869 - Notice of Lodging of Proposed Amendment to Consent Decree Under the Clean Water Act | |
83 FR 15857 - Changes in Flood Hazard Determinations | |
83 FR 15864 - Seminole Tribe of Florida; Amendment No. 2 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration | |
83 FR 15864 - Florida; Amendment No. 15 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration | |
83 FR 15863 - California; Amendment No. 1 to Notice of an Emergency Declaration | |
83 FR 15857 - Florida; Amendment No. 2 to Notice of an Emergency Declaration | |
83 FR 15791 - Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; General Provisions for Domestic Fisheries; Application for Exempted Fishing Permits | |
83 FR 15792 - Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; General Provisions for Domestic Fisheries; Application for Exempted Fishing Permits | |
83 FR 15794 - Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; General Provisions for Domestic Fisheries; Application for Exempted Fishing Permits | |
83 FR 15897 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Multiple IRS Information Requests | |
83 FR 15892 - Notice With Respect to List of Countries Denying Fair Market Opportunities for Government-Funded Airport Construction Projects | |
83 FR 15821 - U.S. Strategic Command Strategic Advisory Group; Notice of Advisory Committee Closed Meeting | |
83 FR 15754 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast Skate Complex; Inseason Adjustment to the Skate Wing Possession Limit | |
83 FR 15789 - Rubber Bands From Thailand and the People's Republic of China: Postponement of Preliminary Determinations in the Countervailing Duty Investigations | |
83 FR 15790 - Countervailing Duty Investigation of Stainless Steel Flanges From the People's Republic of China: Final Affirmative Determination | |
83 FR 15785 - Trade and Foreign Agricultural Affairs; Codex Alimentarius Commission: Meeting of the Codex Alimentarius Commission | |
83 FR 15756 - Branding Requirements for Bovines Imported Into the United States From Mexico | |
83 FR 15786 - U.S. Strategy To Address Trade-Related Forced Localization Barriers Impacting the U.S. ICT Hardware Manufacturing Industry | |
83 FR 15793 - Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; General Provisions for Domestic Fisheries; Application for Exempted Fishing Permits | |
83 FR 15856 - Announcement of Program for the Private Sector To Participate in Trade-Related Training of U.S. Customs and Border Protection and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement Personnel; Correction | |
83 FR 15868 - Meeting of the Advisory Committee; Meeting | |
83 FR 15897 - Publication of Nonconventional Source Production Credit Reference Price for Calendar Year 2017 | |
83 FR 15892 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; FlightScan Corporation | |
83 FR 15893 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Embraer Executive Aircraft, Inc. | |
83 FR 15895 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Turtles Fly Too, Inc. | |
83 FR 15893 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Cruiser Aircraft, Inc. | |
83 FR 15842 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 15795 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Demolition and Reuse of the Original East Span of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge | |
83 FR 15784 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 15894 - Fifth RTCA SC-236 Wireless Airborne Intra Communications (WAIC) Joint Plenary With EUROCAE Working Group 96 | |
83 FR 15894 - Fifteenth RTCA SC-229 406 MHz ELT Joint Plenary With EUROCAE Working Group 98 | |
83 FR 15895 - Thirty Third RTCA SC-217 Aeronautical Databases Joint Plenary With EUROCAE Working Group 44 | |
83 FR 15897 - Tax Counseling for the Elderly (TCE) Program Availability of Application Packages | |
83 FR 15897 - Community Volunteer Income Tax Assistance (VITA) Matching Grant Program-Availability of Application for Federal Financial Assistance | |
83 FR 15754 - Frequency Allocations and Radio Treaty Matters | |
83 FR 15896 - Notice of Solicitation of Nominations for Membership for the U.S. Maritime Transportation System National Advisory Committee | |
83 FR 15847 - Expansion of the Abbreviated 510(k) Program: Demonstrating Substantial Equivalence Through Performance Criteria; Draft Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff; Availability | |
83 FR 15840 - Proposed Data Collections Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations | |
83 FR 15839 - Proposed Data Collection Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations | |
83 FR 15827 - Avocent Corporation; Notice of Termination of Proceeding | |
83 FR 15826 - Tektronix, Inc.; Notice of Termination of Proceeding | |
83 FR 15826 - Nushagak Cooperative, Inc.; Notice of Preliminary Permit Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications | |
83 FR 15827 - Notice of Attendance at PJM Interconnection, L.L.C. Meetings | |
83 FR 15825 - Commission Information Collection Activities (FERC-566); Comment Request; Extension | |
83 FR 15824 - Commission Information Collection Activities (FERC-585); Comment Request; Extension | |
83 FR 15826 - Ontelaunee Power Operating Company, LLC; Liberty Electric Power, LLC; Dynegy Hanging Rock II, LLC; Dynegy Washington II, LLC; Dynegy Fayette II, LLC; Notice of Institution of Section 206 Proceeding and Refund Effective Date | |
83 FR 15827 - Fluke Corporation; Notice of Termination of Proceeding | |
83 FR 15823 - Atmos Pipeline-Texas; Notice of Technical Conference | |
83 FR 15868 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Revision of a Currently Approved Collection Report of Multiple Sale or Other Disposition of Pistols and Revolvers-ATF F 3310.4 | |
83 FR 15743 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Sloop Channel, Nassau, NY | |
83 FR 15866 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions | |
83 FR 15875 - Proposed Extension of Information Collection; Mine Mapping and Records of Opening, Closing, and Reopening of Mines | |
83 FR 15876 - Petition for Modification of Application of Existing Mandatory Safety Standard | |
83 FR 15848 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Food Allergen Labeling and Reporting | |
83 FR 15844 - Annual Public Meeting; Reagan-Udall Foundation for the Food and Drug Administration | |
83 FR 15845 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Guidance for Industry on Formal Dispute Resolution: Scientific and Technical Issues Related to Pharmaceutical Current Good Manufacturing Practice | |
83 FR 15835 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; EPA's Voluntary Natural Gas STAR Methane Challenge Program | |
83 FR 15731 - Airworthiness Directives; Safran Helicopter Engines, S.A., Turboshaft Engines | |
83 FR 15733 - Airworthiness Directives; Austro Engine GmbH Engines | |
83 FR 15863 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; FEMA Preparedness Grants: Transit Security Grant Program (TSGP) | |
83 FR 15898 - Notice of Meeting | |
83 FR 15837 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Fast Track Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery | |
83 FR 15780 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; 2018-2020 Small-Mesh Multispecies Specifications | |
83 FR 15853 - Agency Emergency Information Collection Clearance Request for Public Comment | |
83 FR 15852 - Agency Information Collection Request; 60-Day Public Comment Request | |
83 FR 15891 - Notice of Rail Energy Transportation Advisory Committee Meeting | |
83 FR 15880 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on a Proposed Rule Change To Modify the Listing Requirements Related to Special Purpose Acquisition Companies To Reduce Round Lot Holders on Nasdaq Capital Market for Initial Listing From 300 to 150 and Eliminate Public Holders for Continued Listing From 300 to Zero, Require $5 Million in Net Tangible Assets for Initial and Continued Listing on Nasdaq Capital Market, and Impose a Deadline To Demonstrate Compliance With Initial Listing Requirements on All Nasdaq Markets Within 30 Days Following Each Business Combination | |
83 FR 15883 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change To List and Trade Shares of the Western Asset Total Return ETF | |
83 FR 15881 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq ISE, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend ISE Rules 700, 2008, and 2009 | |
83 FR 15889 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rule 1101A | |
83 FR 15870 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Reinstatement, With Change, of a Previously Approved Collection for Which Approval Has Expired: 2018 Police Public Contact Survey (PPCS) | |
83 FR 15851 - National Advisory Council on Migrant Health | |
83 FR 15843 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 15851 - Findings of Research Misconduct | |
83 FR 15746 - Approval and Promulgation of State Implementation Plans; Alaska: Regional Haze Progress Report | |
83 FR 15744 - Air Plan Approval; Illinois; Regional Haze Progress Report | |
83 FR 15828 - Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA) for Applications for Credit Assistance Under the Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (WIFIA) Program | |
83 FR 15838 - Draft-National Occupational Research Agenda for Public Safety | |
83 FR 15900 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Endangered Status for the Island Marble Butterfly and Designation of Critical Habitat | |
83 FR 15870 - Record of Decision: Proposed United States Penitentiary and Federal Prison Camp, Letcher County, Kentucky | |
83 FR 15740 - Repeal of Benefits for Hostages in Iraq, Kuwait, or Lebanon | |
83 FR 15758 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Removing the Kirtland's Warbler From the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife |
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Children and Families Administration
Food and Drug Administration
Health Resources and Services Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Federal Emergency Management Agency
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
National Park Service
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives Bureau
Justice Programs Office
Prisons Bureau
Mine Safety and Health Administration
Federal Aviation Administration
Maritime Administration
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule; request for comments.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Safran Helicopter Engines, S.A., Arrius 2B1, 2B1A, 2B2, and 2K1 turboshaft engines. This AD requires inspecting the power turbine wheel (PTW) assembly and replacing the PTW if the turbine blade dampers are found missing. This AD was prompted by the manufacturer reporting a number of PTW assemblies may have been assembled without the blade dampers. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD becomes effective April 27, 2018.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of April 27, 2018.
We must receive comments on this AD by May 29, 2018.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Safran Helicopter Engines, S.A., 40220 Tarnos, France; phone: (33) 05 59 74 40 00; fax: (33) 05 59 74 45 15. You may view this service information at the FAA, Engine & Propeller Standards Branch, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7759. It is also available on the internet at
You may examine the AD docket on the internet at
Robert Green, Aerospace Engineer, ECO Branch, FAA, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7754; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Community, has issued EASA AD 2018-0044, dated February 14, 2018 (referred to after this as the MCAI), to address an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:
During an ARRIUS 2B2 engine ground run check, the “Degrade” indicator illuminated and unusual vibration occurred. At the same time, bluish smoke and debris came out of the exhaust pipe. Both engines were shut down without further occurrences.
Investigations at Safran Helicopter Engines revealed that missing dampers on the PTW assembly caused rupture of PTW blades. Further investigations identified a batch of potentially affected PTW.
The dampers on the PTW blades reduce the mechanical stress exerted on the blades. With no dampers, mechanical stress on the blades can exceed the vibratory fatigue limit, eventually leading to rupture of the blades.
This condition, if not corrected, could lead to In Flight Shut Down and release of low energy debris through exhaust pipe, potentially resulting in forced landing, damage to the helicopter and injury to occupants.
To address this potential unsafe condition, Safran Helicopter Engines issued the SB to provide instructions for inspection and PTW replacement.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires replacement of potentially affected PTWs with serviceable parts.
You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket on the internet at
We reviewed Safran Helicopter Engines Alert Mandatory Service Bulletin (MSB) No. A319 72 2854, Version A, dated February 9, 2018. The MSB describes procedures for replacing the PTW. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
This product has been approved by France and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the European Community, EASA has notified us of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information provided by EASA and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type design.
This AD requires inspecting the PTW assembly and replacing the PTW if the turbine blade dampers are found missing.
An unsafe condition exists that requires the immediate adoption of this AD without providing an opportunity for public comments prior to adoption. The FAA has found that the risk to the flying public justifies waiving notice and comment prior to adoption of this rule because the compliance time for the action is less than the time required for public comment. EASA made a determination of an unsafe condition warranting regulatory action and compliance within 20 flight hours or 30 days. Therefore, we find good cause that notice and opportunity for prior public comment are impracticable. In addition, for the reason stated above, we find that good cause exists for making this amendment effective in less than 30 days.
This AD is a final rule that involves requirements affecting flight safety and was not preceded by notice and an opportunity for public comment. However, we invite you to send any written data, views, or arguments about this final rule. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
We estimate that this AD affects 46 engines installed on helicopters of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
We estimate the following costs to do any necessary replacements that would be required based on the results of the mandated inspection. We have no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these replacements:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD is issued in accordance with authority delegated by the Executive Director, Aircraft Certification Service, as authorized by FAA Order 8000.51C. In accordance with that order, issuance of ADs is normally a function of the Compliance and Airworthiness Division, but during this transition period, the Executive Director has delegated the authority to issue ADs applicable to engines, propellers, and associated appliances to Manager, Engine and Propeller Standards Branch, Policy and Innovation Division.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective April 27, 2018.
None.
This AD applies to Safran Helicopter Engines, S.A., Arrius 2B1, 2B1A, 2B2, and 2K1 turboshaft engines with a power turbine wheel (PTW) assembly having a serial number listed in Appendix 2.1 of Safran Helicopter Engines Mandatory Service Bulletin (MSB) No. A319 72 2854, Version A, dated February 9, 2018.
Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC) Code 7250, Turbine Section.
This AD was prompted by an engine failure caused by missing turbine blade dampers. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of a power turbine blade. The unsafe condition, if not addressed, could result in loss of engine power in flight and reduced control of the helicopter.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 20 flight hours or 30 days after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first:
(1) Inspect the PTW in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2.3 of Safran Helicopter Engines MSB No. A319 72 2854, Version A, dated February 9, 2018; and
(2) If, as a result of the inspection required by paragraph (g)(1) of this AD, any dampers are found missing, replace the PTW with a part eligible for installation before further flight.
Do not install an engine with a PTW with a serial number listed in Appendix 2.1 of Safran Helicopter Engines MSB A319 72 2854, Version A, dated February 9, 2018, unless all thirty-one blade dampers are installed.
(1) The Manager, ECO Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the certification office, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (j)(1) of this AD. You may email your request to:
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(1) For more information about this AD, contact Robert Green, Aerospace Engineer, ECO Branch, FAA, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7754; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
(2) Refer to European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2018-0044, dated February 14, 2018, for more information. You may examine the EASA AD in the AD docket on the internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Safran Helicopter Engines Alert Mandatory Service Bulletin No. A319 72 2854, Version A, dated February 9, 2018.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For Safran Helicopter Engines service information identified in this AD, contact Safran Helicopter Engines, S.A., 40220 Tarnos, France; phone: (33) 05 59 74 40 00; fax: (33) 05 59 74 45 15.
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Engine & Propeller Standards Branch, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7759.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule; request for comments.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Austro Engine GmbH model E4 and E4P diesel piston engines. This AD requires replacement of the waste gate controller and the control rod circlip. This AD was prompted by reports of broken or disconnected turbocharger waste gate control rods on some engines. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective April 27, 2018.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of April 27, 2018.
We must receive comments on this AD by May 29, 2018.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Austro Engine GmbH, Rudolf-Diesel-Strasse 11, A-2700 Weiner Neustadt, Austria; phone: +43 2622 23000; fax: +43 2622 23000-2711; internet:
You may examine the AD docket on the internet at
Robert Green, Aerospace Engineer, ECO Branch, FAA, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7754; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Community, has issued EASA AD 2017-0250, dated December 18, 2017 (referred to after this as the MCAI), to address an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:
Occurrences have been reported where, on some engines, turbocharger waste gate control rods were found broken and/or disconnected. Investigation results indicate that these failures were due to insufficient fatigue life or improper handling of the waste gate control rod and improper installation of the non spring loaded waste gate control rod circlip.
These conditions, if not corrected, could lead to improper operation of the waste gate with consequent engine power loss, possibly resulting in reduced control of the aeroplane.
To address these potential unsafe conditions, Austro Engine designed a new spring loaded waste gate control rod circlip and published Mandatory Service Bulletin (MSB) MSB-E4-022, later revised, EASA AD No. 2017-0250 introducing a life limit for the affected waste gate controllers and waste gate control rod circlips.
For the reason described above, this [EASA] AD requires implementation of those life limits, and prohibits reinstallation of non spring loaded circlips.
You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket on the internet at
We reviewed Austro Engine Mandatory Service Bulletin (MSB) No. MSB-E4-022/2, Rev. No. 2, November 27, 2017. The MSB describes procedures for replacement of the waste gate controller and the control rod circlip. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We also reviewed Austro Engine GmbH MSB No. MSB-E4-002/2, Rev. No. 2, dated April 1, 2015. This MSB describes E4 and E4P model engine configurations.
This product has been approved by EASA, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the European Community, EASA has notified us of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information provided by EASA and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type design.
This AD requires replacement of the waste gate controller and the control rod circlip.
An unsafe condition exists that requires the immediate adoption of this AD without providing an opportunity for public comments prior to adoption. The FAA has found that the risk to the flying public justifies waiving notice and comment prior to adoption of this rule because the compliance time for the action is less than the time required for public comment. The FAA has reviewed and agrees with EASA's determination that certain affected waste gate controller and control rod circlip must be replaced within 50 flight hours or 2 months. Failure to replace these parts within the required compliance times could lead to improper operation of the waste gate controller with consequent engine power loss and reduced control of the airplane. Therefore, we find good cause that notice and opportunity for prior public comment are impracticable. In addition, for the reason stated above, we find that good cause exists for making this amendment effective in less than 30 days.
This AD is a final rule that involves requirements affecting flight safety and was not preceded by notice and an opportunity for public comment. However, we invite you to send any written data, views, or arguments about this final rule. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
We estimate that this AD affects 211 engines installed on airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD is issued in accordance with authority delegated by the Executive Director, Aircraft Certification Service, as authorized by FAA Order 8000.51C. In accordance with that order, issuance of ADs is normally a function of the Compliance and Airworthiness Division, but during this transition period, the Executive Director has delegated the authority to issue ADs applicable to engines, propellers, and associated appliances to the Manager, Engine and Propeller Standards Branch, Policy and Innovation Division.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective April 27, 2018.
None.
This AD applies to all Austro Engine GmbH model E4 and E4P diesel piston engines.
Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC) Code 8560, Reciprocating Engine Supercharger.
This AD was prompted by reports of broken or disconnected turbocharger waste gate control rods on some engines. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the turbocharger waste gate control rod. The unsafe condition, if not addressed, could result in loss of engine thrust control and reduced control of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within the compliance times identified in Table 1 to paragraph (g) of this AD, and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 250 flight hours (FHs), replace the waste gate controller and control rod circlip in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions, Paragraph 2.1, of Austro Engine GmbH Mandatory Service Bulletin (MSB) No. MSB-E4-022/2, Rev. No. 2, dated November 27, 2017.
Do not install on any engine a non-spring loaded waste gate control rod circlip, part number DIN6799-5, after the effective date of this AD.
For the purpose of this AD, a Group 1 engine is an Austro Engine GmbH model E4-B or E4-C engine installed on a DA 42 M-NG airplane with external containers or an E4-A engine. A Group 2 engine is any other Austro Engine GmbH model E4 and E4P engine.
You may take credit for replacement of the waste gate controller and control rod circlip required by paragraph (g) of this AD if you performed this action before the effective date of this AD using earlier versions of Austro Engine MSB No. MSB-E4-022.
(1) The Manager, ECO Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the certification office, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (l)(1) of this AD. You may email your request to:
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(1) For more information about this AD, contact Robert Green, Aerospace Engineer, ECO Branch, FAA, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7754; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
(2) Refer to European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2017-0250, dated December 18, 2017, for more information. You may examine the EASA AD in the AD docket on the internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Austro Engine GmbH Mandatory Service Bulletin No. MSB-E4-022/2, Rev. No. 2, dated November 27, 2017.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For Austro Engine GmbH service information identified in this AD, contact Austro Engine GmbH, Rudolf-Diesel-Strasse 11, A-2700 Weiner Neustadt, Austria; phone: +43 2622 23000; fax: +43 2622 23000-2711; internet:
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Engine & Propeller Standards Branch, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7759.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, DHS.
Final rule.
This final rule adopts a proposed amendment to expand the definition of an Importer Security Filing (ISF) Importer, the party that is responsible for filing the ISF, for certain types of shipments. The changes are necessary to ensure that the definition of ISF Importer includes parties that have a commercial interest in the cargo and the best access to the required information.
This rule is effective May 14, 2018.
Craig Clark, Branch Chief, Advance Data Programs and Cargo Initiatives, Office of Cargo and Conveyance Security, Office of Field Operations by telephone at 202-344-3052 and email at
Under CBP regulations, Importer Security Filing (ISF) Importers, as defined in 19 CFR 149.1, are required to submit an ISF to CBP, which consists of information pertaining to certain cargo arriving by vessel. The ISF is required to be submitted before the cargo is loaded on a vessel that is destined to the United States. For cargo other than foreign cargo remaining on board (FROB), the transmission of the ISF is required no later than 24 hours before cargo is laden aboard a vessel destined to the United States. For FROB shipments, the transmission of the ISF is required any time prior to lading.
For shipments consisting of goods intended to be entered into the United States and goods intended to be delivered to a foreign trade zone (FTZ), ISF Importers, or their agents, must submit 10 data elements to CBP.
Currently, an ISF Importer is generally defined as the party causing goods to arrive within the limits of a port in the United States by vessel.
Based on input from the trade as well as CBP's analysis, CBP concluded that these limitations did not reflect commercial reality and, in some cases, designate a party as the ISF Importer even though the party has no commercial interest in the shipment and limited access to the ISF data. Therefore, in a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) published in the
For FROB shipments, CBP proposed to broaden the definition of an ISF Importer to include non-vessel operating common carriers (NVOCCs). For IE and T&E in-bond shipments, and for goods to be delivered to an FTZ, CBP proposed to broaden the definition of an ISF Importer to also include the goods' owner, purchaser, consignee, or agent such as a licensed customs broker. This rule adopts these proposals as final. By broadening the definition to include these parties, the responsibility to file the ISF will be with the party causing the goods to enter the limits of a port in the United States and most likely to have access to the required ISF information.
For a detailed discussion of the statutory and regulatory histories of the rule, and the factors governing the development of this rule, please refer to the NPRM.
CBP received two comments on the proposed rule, and each raised a number of issues. One comment favored the proposed amendment with recommended changes and one did not. A summary of the significant issues
One commenter said that the proposed ISF Importer definition with respect to FROB cargo was unclear. The commenter recommended revising the definition to indicate that the carrier is responsible for filing the ISF except when a shipment is being carried by an NVOCC, in which case the NVOCC would be responsible for filing the ISF.
Although the commenter's suggested language would cover many situations, it would not account for all circumstances in which the shipment is being carried by an NVOCC. It would not cover the situation where the vessel operating carrier is the party that causes the goods to arrive within the limits of a port in the United States by vessel despite the NVOCC having booked the shipment. As discussed in the NPRM, an example would be when an NVOCC books a shipment not initially scheduled to arrive in the United States, but the vessel is diverted to the United States by the vessel operating carrier. If the cargo remains on board the vessel at the U.S. port and is not discharged until it arrives at the originally-scheduled foreign destination port, this would create FROB cargo. In this situation, even though the shipment would be carried by the NVOCC, the vessel operating carrier, and not the NVOCC, would be the party that caused the goods to arrive within the limits of a port in the United States by vessel and thus, the party responsible for filing the ISF.
In view of the above, CBP believes that the broader proposed definition of ISF Importer with regard to FROB shipments, which places the responsibility for filing the ISF on the party who caused the goods to arrive within the limits of a port in the United States by vessel, rather than on a specific party, is necessary.
One commenter noted that, for situations in which a shipment booked by an NVOCC is diverted by the vessel operating carrier to the United States in cases of extreme weather, machinery failure, or other unforeseen circumstances, the required ISF for the resulting FROB cargo could not be filed prior to loading as required by the current regulations. This commenter also noted that, in such situations, the NPRM's suggestion that the vessel operating carrier would be responsible for filing the ISF would not be workable because the carrier would not have possession of the business confidential house-bill level information that it would need from the NVOCC to be able to file the ISF.
To address these issues, the commenter recommended that CBP adopt one of the following regulatory amendments: (1) Exempt FROB cargo in such situations from ISF requirements; (2) allow the vessel operating carrier to file the ISF at the master bill of lading level as soon as practicable; or (3) allow the vessel operating carrier to submit the required data elements for the ISF as soon as practicable to CBP, and require the NVOCCs with cargo on the vessel to submit the remaining data elements of the ISF as soon as practicable to CBP once the vessel operating carriers have informed the NVOCCs of the diversion.
The proposed rule was limited to amending the definition of the ISF Importer in 19 CFR 149.1(a) concerning the parties responsible for filing the ISF. The commenter's suggestions, which relate to suggestions about when the required data elements must be transmitted or the level of detail required for the data elements as set forth in 19 CFR 149.2 and 149.3,
One commenter requested clarification regarding the portion of the proposed definition that states that for IE and T&E in-bond shipments, and goods to be delivered to an FTZ, the ISF Importer may also be the party filing the IE, T&E, or FTZ documentation. The commenter said that this language appears to be designed to allow the carrier or NVOCC to file the ISF documentation for such shipments, as is the case in some instances today.
The proposed ISF Importer definition establishes the party that is responsible for filing the ISF, depending on the type of cargo transported. For IE and T&E in-bond shipments, and goods to be delivered to an FTZ, the ISF Importer will be the goods' owner, purchaser, consignee, agent such as a licensed customs broker, or the party filing the IE, T&E, or FTZ documentation. If the carrier or NVOCC falls within the definition as one these parties, as it may if it was the agent for such a shipment, then it may file the ISF under the proposed definition.
One commenter did not agree that the NVOCC should be included in the definition of ISF Importer with respect to FROB cargo. This commenter said that the NVOCC does not have access to basic shipment manifest data, that it is not the party who caused the merchandise to be imported, and that it is not normally the party who is in position to know the details that are required for filing the ISF. This commenter also added that the ocean carrier is in control of the vessel and is responsible for the initial routing and any subsequent changes, and that an NVOCC may be unaware of the vessel operator's decision to route a vessel through a U.S. port.
CBP disagrees with the commenter's reasoning and conclusion that an NVOCC should not be included in the definition of ISF Importer with respect to FROB cargo. For FROB cargo, the regulations require the submission of five data elements: The booking party, the foreign port of unlading, the place of delivery, the ship to party, and the commodity HTSUS number.
One commenter stated that the U.S. offices of a multinational NVOCC may be unaware that a shipment booked by the NVOCC's non-U.S. affiliate is destined to the United States.
This final rule requires the NVOCC to file the ISF for shipments of FROB cargo when it falls under the definition of the ISF Importer. This requirement applies to the NVOCC regardless of which affiliate within the NVOCC booked the shipment. Each NVOCC is responsible for ascertaining whether any of its shipments are destined to the United States.
One commenter stated that the proposed rule would jeopardize smaller NVOCCs that would be forced to develop procedures to comply with the rule in the rare occurrence of a shipment of FROB cargo.
FROB cargo consists of only a small subset of the total cargo that an NVOCC regularly ships. As discussed in the Regulatory Flexibility Act section in Part IV.B of this rule, CBP believes that the rule would not have a significant economic impact burden on a substantial number of smaller entities, including NVOCCs. These entities already send this information to the party that files the ISF, or directly to CBP, so amending the regulation to require that they submit it directly to CBP will not significantly affect their existing process.
One commenter stated that an NVOCC should not be penalized for being responsible for an ISF filing when it either, did not know a shipment was FROB or, simply does not have the data elements that the regulations require. The commenter further stated that an NVOCC is not recognized as a carrier in the Trade Act of 2002 and is not mandated to manifest its House Bill of Lading data. The commenter added that NVOCCs gain release of their cargo against the carrier's bill of lading, not the House Bill of Lading.
As mentioned in an earlier comment response, if the shipping party books a FROB shipment with an NVOCC, the NVOCC is the party most likely to have direct knowledge of the required ISF information. In cases of diversion to the United States creating FROB cargo, the NPRM stated that the vessel operating carrier would be the ISF Importer.
The issue of whether an NVOCC is recognized as a carrier in the Trade Act of 2002 and the vessel manifest and cargo release procedures are irrelevant to whether it is responsible for filing an ISF. As discussed earlier, the responsibility for filing the ISF lies with the party who caused the goods to arrive within the limits of a port in the United States by vessel. In addition, CBP notes that the Trade Act of 2002 recognizes an NVOCC as a common carrier that does not operate the vessels by which the ocean transportation is provided, and is a shipper in its relationship with an ocean common carrier.
One commenter stated that the proposed rule would have a dramatic impact on the underwriting of International Carrier Bonds and increase liability to NVOCCs with late filing penalties.
CBP disagrees. CBP believes that NVOCCs which are required to file ISFs under the proposed rule are fully capable of complying with the required ISF provisions and that any impact on the underwriting of International Carrier Bonds, if any, would be minimal. The bond that covers the ISF is broad enough to cover these amendments and this rule simply shifts the liability onto the most appropriate party—the one with the information.
After review of the comments and further consideration, DHS adopts as final the proposed amendments published in the
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. Executive Order 13771 (“Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs”) directs agencies to reduce regulation and control regulatory costs and provides that “for every one new regulation issued, at least two prior regulations be identified for elimination, and that the cost of planned regulations be prudently managed and controlled through a budgeting process.”
The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has not designated this rule a “significant regulatory action,” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, OMB has not reviewed it. OMB considers this rule to be an Executive Order 13771 deregulatory action.
Though CBP does not estimate a quantitative savings as a result of this rule, it is a deregulatory action because it simplifies the transmission of ISF information to CBP, eliminates confusion regarding the party responsible for submitting the ISF, and significantly reduces confidentiality concerns raised by the current requirements. CBP has prepared the following analysis to help inform stakeholders of the impacts of this proposed rule.
Under current regulations, the party that is required to submit the ISF is the party causing the goods to arrive within the limits of a port in the United States by vessel. However, the regulation limits the definition for FROB, IE, and T&E shipments as well as for merchandise being entered into an FTZ to certain named parties. Based on input from the trade as well as CBP's analysis, CBP has concluded that these limitations do not reflect commercial reality and, in some cases, designate a party as the ISF Importer even though that party has no commercial interest in the shipment and limited access to the ISF data. In some cases, the party responsible may not even be involved in the importation at the time the ISF must be filed. This causes confusion in the trade as to who is responsible for filing the ISF and raises confidentiality concerns because sometimes the private party with the information gives the information to the ISF Importer who then sends it to CBP. Therefore, CBP is expanding the definition of ISF Importer for FROB cargo, for IE and T&E shipments, and for goods to be delivered to an FTZ. This change is consistent
Under the current definition, the ISF Importer for FROB shipments is the vessel operating carrier. In cases where the shipper uses an intermediary,
Likewise, the current definition of ISF Importer causes confusion for IE and T&E cargo. It provides that the ISF Importer in these cases is the filer of the IE or T&E documentation. This causes confusion because the IE or T&E documentation often is not created until the cargo arrives in the United States. This is problematic because ISF information must be submitted at least 24 hours prior to lading. To address this issue and to ensure that the ISF Importer has a bona fide interest in the commercial shipment, this rule expands the definition of ISF Importer for IE and T&E in-bond shipments to also include the goods' owner, purchaser, consignee, or agent such as a licensed customs broker. The rule also makes a similar change to the definition of the ISF Importer of FTZ cargo. With this change, the ISF Importer includes the party with a bona fide interest in the commercial shipment and who has access to the required data in the specified time frame.
The modification of the definition of ISF Importer simply shifts the legal responsibility in some cases for filing the ISF from one party to another for a subset of the total cargo (FROB; IE and T&E; and FTZ cargo). For IE, T&E, and FTZ cargo, the party that is currently required to file the data may not yet even be involved in the transaction at the time the data must be submitted. In these cases another party that has the data such as the owner, purchaser, consignee, or agent often files the data, though that party is not legally obligated to file it. Under this rule, these parties that have the data are now included in the definition of the party responsible for filing the data. Since these parties are generally the ones currently submitting this data to CBP, this change will have no significant impact.
In some rare instances, this final rule may shift the burden of filing from one party to another. For example, since the party currently responsible for filing may not be involved in the transaction at the time the data must be submitted, it could be one of several parties (
To the extent that there is a change in who actually submits the ISF data, there will be a shift in the time burden to do so from one party to the other. CBP estimates that submitting this information takes 2.19 hours at a cost of $50.14 per hour.
For FROB, the ISF Importer must currently either obtain the information from a third party that has the necessary information or ask that the third party file the information directly to CBP. In some cases, the third party shares this information with the ISF Importer, but it usually files the data directly with CBP for confidentiality reasons. Under this rule, with limited exceptions, the party that has access to the ISF information will submit it directly to CBP. Since this third party is generally already providing the ISF information through the current ISF Importer or directly to CBP, this rule will not add a significant burden to these entities. As described above, to the extent that this rule shifts the reporting burden from one party to the other, there will be a corresponding shift of $109.81 in opportunity cost per filing. CBP lacks data showing how often there will be a shift in the actual reporting burden as a result of this rule but it believes it to be very small and possibly zero. When it published the proposed rule, CBP requested comment on this matter and received one saying that the impact would be infinitesimally small except for when a ship is diverted unexpectedly (for example, due to weather). The commenter stated that in this case placing the burden on the NVOCC would be burdensome because the NVOCC does not have control of the vessel and would not necessarily have the information needed to file. CBP agrees with the commenter and notes that in such situations, the reporting burden would remain with the carrier, as it was the party that caused the goods to arrive within the limits of a port in the United States by vessel. We therefore maintain our assumption that the reporting burden due to this provision is very small and possibly zero.
This final rule benefits all parties by eliminating the confusion surrounding the responsibility for the submission of ISF information. Under the expanded
This section examines the impact of the rulemaking on small entities as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 603), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement and Fairness Act of 1996. A small entity may be a small business (defined as any independently owned and operated business not dominant in its field that qualifies as a small business per the Small Business Act); a small not-for-profit organization; or a small governmental jurisdiction (locality with fewer than 50,000 people).
In the Interim Final Rule establishing the ISF requirements (73 FR 71730; November 25, 2008, CBP Decision 08-46; Docket Number USCBP-2007-0077), CBP concluded that many importers of containerized cargo are small entities. The rule could affect any importer of containerized cargo so it could have an impact on a substantial number of small entities.
This impact, however, is very small. The modification of the definition of ISF Importer simply shifts the legal responsibility in some cases for filing the ISF from one party to another for a subset of the total cargo (FROB; IE and T&E; and FTZ cargo). For IE, T&E, and FTZ cargo, the party that is currently required to file the data may not yet even be involved in the transaction at the time the data must be submitted. In these cases another party such as the owner, purchaser, consignee, or agent often files the data, though that party is not legally obligated to file it. Under this rule, these parties will be included in the definition of the party responsible for filing the data. Since these parties are currently submitting this data to CBP, this change will have no significant impact. For FROB, the ISF Importer must currently either obtain the information from a third party that has the necessary information or ask that the third party file the information directly to CBP. In some cases, the third party shares this information with the ISF Importer, but it usually files the data directly with CBP for confidentiality reasons. In this rule, CBP is expanding the definition of ISF Importer so that the party that most likely has access to the ISF information will submit it directly to CBP as the ISF Importer. Since this third party is already providing the ISF information through the current ISF Importer or directly to CBP, this rule will not add a significant burden to these entities.
For these reasons, CBP certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or Tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. This final rule will not result in such an expenditure.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507), an agency may not conduct, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid control number assigned by OMB. The collections of information related to this final rule are approved by OMB under collection 1651-0001.
Customs duties and inspection, Foreign trade, Foreign trade zones, Freight, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vessels.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, DHS amends part 149 of title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR part 149) as set forth below:
5 U.S.C. 301; 6 U.S.C. 943; 19 U.S.C. 66, 1624, 2071 note.
(a)
Department of State.
Final rule.
In accordance with Executive Order 13771 of January 30, 2017, which addresses agency review of existing regulations, including those that may be outmoded or ineffective, the State Department is repealing the regulations on Benefits for Hostages in Iraq, Kuwait, or Lebanon. The current regulations, which relate to hostage benefits for U.S. nationals in Iraq, Kuwait, or Lebanon were established in 1990, and are outdated as the program funding has been eliminated.
This rule is effective on April 12, 2018.
Colleen Flood, Office of Legal Affairs, Overseas Citizen Services, U.S. Department of State, 2201 C. Street NW, SA-17A, Washington, DC 20520, (202) 485-6070,
This rule removes 22 CFR part 193 of the Code of Federal Regulations, which relates to limited monetary payments and federal life and health insurance benefits as a humanitarian gesture to certain U.S. nationals held hostage in Kuwait, Iraq, or Lebanon, and to the family members thereof, subject to specified funding and other limitations. The authorization to obligate funds under Section 599C of
The 1992-1993 Foreign Relations Authorization Act amended the Hostage Relief Act of 1990 to extend both the period of time during which the benefits were available and the eligibility criteria. In addition, section 302 contained two additional changes with respect to hostages captured in Lebanon. Section 302(a)(3) provided that health and life insurance benefits were available under certain circumstances for the period of the individual's hostage status, plus a 60-month period following the termination of hostage status. Previously, these benefits expired 12 months after the termination of hostage status, which remained the law with respect to hostages held in Iraq and Kuwait.
Title 22 CFR part 193 implemented these statutes, and described the classes of persons who could apply for benefits under the Act and the procedures according to which such applications will be processed by the Department of State.
The funds allocated for the benefits have been depleted; in addition, given the way the beneficiaries are defined, no one is able to qualify for these benefits any longer. Therefore, the Department of State is repealing part 193.
This action is being taken as a final rule pursuant to the “good cause” provision of 5 U.S.C. 553(b). It is the position of the Department that notice and comment are not necessary in light of the fact that part 193 is obsolete. There is no authority for these rules.
It is hereby certified that the repeal of these regulations will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 605(b), because the issues addressed are not of an economic nature. In addition, the repeal of this regulation does not have federalism implications under E.O. 13132.
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1532, generally requires agencies to prepare a statement before proposing any rule that may result in an annual expenditure of $100 million or more by State, local, or tribal governments, or by the private sector. This rule will not result in any such expenditure, nor will it significantly or uniquely affect small governments.
The Department of State has reviewed this rule to ensure its consistency with the regulatory philosophy and principles set forth in Executive Order 12866 and has determined that the benefits of this regulation justify its costs. The Department does not consider this rule to be an economically significant action within the scope of section 3(f)(1) of the Executive Order since it is not likely to have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or to adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local or tribal governments or communities. This rule is not an E.O. 13771 regulatory action because this rule is not significant under E.O. 12866.
This regulation will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Nor will the rule have federalism implications warranting the application of Executive Orders 12372 and No. 13132.
The Department has reviewed the regulations in light of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988 to eliminate ambiguity, minimize litigation, establish clear legal standards, and reduce burden.
The Department has determined that this rulemaking will not have Tribal implications, will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian Tribal governments, and will not pre-empt Tribal law. Accordingly, the requirements of Executive Order 13175 do not apply to this rulemaking.
This rule does not impose information collection requirements under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of enforcement of regulation.
The Coast Guard will enforce special local regulations at various locations in the Sector Columbia River Captain of the Port zone. This action is necessary to provide for the safety of life on these navigable waters during marine events. These regulations prohibit persons and vessels from being in the regulated area unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Sector Columbia River or a designated representative.
The regulations in 33 CFR 100.1302 will be enforced for the regulated areas identified in the
If you have questions about this notice of enforcement, call or email LCDR Laura Springer, Waterways Management Division, Marine Safety Unit Portland, Coast Guard; telephone 503-240-9319, email
The Coast Guard will enforce special local regulations in 33 CFR 100.1302 for the following events only during the hours specified on the dates listed in the following Table:
In addition to this notice of enforcement in the
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the Wantagh Parkway Bridge, mile 15.4 and the Meadowbrook State Parkway Bridge, mile 12.8, both across Sloop Channel, at Nassau, New York. This temporary deviation is necessary to facilitate public safety during a public event, the Jones Beach State Park U.S. Navy Blue Angels Show. This deviation allows the bridges to remain in the closed position during the public event.
This deviation is effective from 2:30 p.m. on May 27, 2018, to 5:30 p.m. May 28, 2018.
The docket for this deviation, USCG-2018-0221 is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Ms. Donna D. Leoce, Project Officer, First Coast Guard District, telephone (212) 514-4332, email
New York State Office of Parks, Recreation and Historic Preservation requested and the owner of both bridges, the State of New York Department of Transportation, concurred with this temporary deviation from the normal operating schedule to facilitate public safety at the Jones Beach State Park U.S. Navy Blue Angels Air Show.
The Wantagh Parkway Bridge, mile 15.4, across Sloop Channel has a vertical clearance in the closed position of 16 feet at mean high water and 19.5 feet at mean low water. The existing bridge operating regulations for this bridge are found at 33 CFR 117.5. The Meadowbrook State Parkway Bridge, mile 12.8, across Sloop Channel has a vertical clearance in the closed position of 22 feet at mean high water and 25 feet at mean low water. The existing bridge operating regulations for this bridge are found at 33 CFR 117.799(h). Commercial fishing and recreational vessel traffic transit Sloop Channel.
Under this temporary deviation, the Wantagh Parkway Bridge and the Meadowbrook State Parkway Bridge may remain in the closed position between 2:30 p.m. and 5:30 p.m. on May 27, 2018, and between 2:30 p.m. and 5:30 p.m. on May 28, 2018.
Vessels able to pass under these bridges when in the closed position may do so at anytime. Neither bridge will be able to open for emergencies and there are no immediate alternate routes for vessels to pass. The Coast Guard will inform the users of the waterway through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridges so that vessels can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridges must return to their regular operating schedules immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the Union Pacific Railroad Drawbridge across the Carquinez Strait, mile 7.0, between Benicia and Martinez, CA. The deviation is necessary to allow the bridge owner to replace drawspan operational components. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position during the deviation period.
This deviation is effective from 8 a.m. on April 26, 2018 through 6 p.m. on May 13, 2018.
The docket for this deviation, USCG-2018-0148, is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Carl T. Hausner, Chief, Bridge Section, Eleventh Coast Guard District; telephone 510-437-3516; email
The Union Pacific Railroad Company has requested a temporary change to the operation of the Union Pacific Railroad Drawbridge over Carquinez Strait, mile 7.0, between Benicia and Martinez, CA. The drawbridge navigation span provides a vertical clearance of 70 feet above Mean High Water in the closed-to-navigation position. The draw operates as required by 33 CFR 117.5. Navigation on the waterway is commercial and recreational.
The drawspan will be secured in the closed-to-navigation position from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., April 26 through April 29, 2018, and May 12 through May 13, 2018, to allow the bridge owner to replace the down haul wire ropes of the drawspan. This temporary deviation has been coordinated with the waterway users. No objections to the proposed temporary deviation were raised.
Vessels able to pass through the bridges in the closed position may do so at any time. The drawspan will not be able to open for emergencies and there is no alternative route for vessels to pass. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterway through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in the operating schedule for the bridge so that vessel operators can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving the regional haze progress report under the Clean Air Act (CAA) as a revision to the Illinois state implementation plan (SIP). Illinois has satisfied the progress report requirements of the Regional Haze Rule. Illinois has also provided a determination of the adequacy of its regional haze plan with the progress report.
This final rule is effective on May 14, 2018.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2017-0082. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Charles Hatten, Environmental Engineer, Control Strategy Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886-6031,
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This supplementary information section is arranged as follows:
States are required to submit a progress report every five years that evaluates progress towards the Reasonable Progress Goals (RPGs) for each mandatory Class I Federal area
On February 1, 2017, Illinois submitted a SIP revision consisting of a report on the progress made in the first implementation period towards the RPGs for Class I areas outside of Illinois (progress report). The emissions from Illinois affected 19 Class I areas located out of the state. Illinois does not have any Class I areas within its borders. The Illinois progress report included a determination that the Illinois existing regional haze SIP requires no substantive revision to achieve the established regional haze visibility improvement and emissions reduction goals for 2018. EPA is approving the Illinois progress report on the basis that it satisfies the requirements of 40 CFR 51.308.
EPA published a direct final rule on October 18, 2017 (82 FR 48431), approving the Illinois regional haze progress report as a revision to the Illinois SIP, along with a proposed rule (82 FR 48473) that provided a 30-day public comment period.
In the direct final rule, it states that if EPA received adverse comments, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the
EPA received two anonymous comments on the proposed approval of the Illinois regional haze progress report.
Comment #1—One commenter stated that the source-specific emissions limits for four sources in the Illinois regional haze SIP are not enforceable as the emission limits were not included in the state's plan but were rather contained in a memorandum of understanding or consent decrees. These four sources are the City of Springfield City Water, Light, and Power electric generating facility (CWLP), the Dominion Kincaid power plant (Kincaid), CITGO Petroleum Corporation (CITGO) Lemont petroleum refinery, and Exxon Mobil Corporation (Exxon Mobil) Joliet petroleum refinery. The commenter raised concern that these limits cannot be enforced by citizens.
The source-specific emission limits for CWLP and Kincaid are contained in federally enforceable permits, as well as in the Illinois' regional haze SIP. Illinois issued joint construction and operating air permits to CWLP and Kincaid pursuant to authority in the Illinois SIP. The two permits were incorporated into the Illinois' regional haze SIP (77 FR 39948). Illinois's progress report confirms that these permits, setting nitrogen oxide (NO
Comment #2—Another commenter stated that EPA is incorrect in saying that Illinois did not rely on the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR) for its regional haze goals. The commenter notes that in its submittal, Illinois lists the “Transport Rule (Part 1)” under the “on-the books” control measures the state is relying on for the years 2002-2018.
EPA's Response to the Comment—In our direct final rule, EPA noted that Illinois did not rely on the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR) or CSAPR in its regional haze SIP. 82 FR 48432. EPA's position reflects the statement made by Illinois in its regional haze progress report that “Illinois does
The progress report does contain a list of modeled “on-the-books” control measures used in the analysis for the Illinois regional haze plan. The progress report states, “that these control measures were used in the future year modeling prepared by the Midwest Regional Planning Organization (MRPO) prior to the Illinois SIP submittal and are expected to be implemented between 2002 and 2018.” The modeling analysis prepared by MRPO included reductions from CAIR, as well as other existing federal measures, to assess anticipated future visibility conditions. (See 77 FR 3971; January 26, 2012). Illinois did not rely on emission reductions from CAIR or CSAPR to satisfy the BART requirements because the state demonstrated that the benefits of Illinois' alternative control strategy satisfied the regional haze BART requirements.
We also note that CSAPR is being implemented at this time in Illinois and other states. Given this, it is unclear how the commenter's concerns are relevant to the approvability of Illinois' progress report.
EPA evaluated the Illinois progress report which indicates that implementation of the control measures in its regional haze plan is on track to achieve the established regional haze visibility improvement goals for the first implementation period. EPA finds that the Illinois progress report satisfies 40 CFR 51.308.
EPA is approving the regional haze progress report submitted on February 1, 2017, as a revision to the Illinois SIP on the basis that it satisfies the requirements of 40 CFR 51.308. The progress report includes an adequate discussion of the implementation of the regional haze SIP measures and of the significant emission reductions achieved. The progress report also includes a determination that the Illinois existing regional haze SIP is sufficient to achieve the established regional haze visibility improvement and emissions reduction goals for the first implementation period. EPA also finds that Illinois has met the requirements for a determination of adequacy of its regional haze plan with the progress report.
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Is not an Executive Order 13771 (82 FR 9339, February 2, 2017) regulatory action because SIP approvals are exempted under Executive Order 12866;
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by June 11, 2018. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2)).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a revision to the Alaska regional haze State Implementation Plan (SIP), submitted by the State of Alaska on March 10, 2016. Alaska submitted its Regional Haze Progress Report (“progress report” or “report”) and a negative declaration stating that further revision of the existing regional haze SIP is not needed at this time. Alaska submitted both the progress report and the negative declaration in the form of implementation plan revisions as required by federal regulations. The progress report addresses the federal Regional Haze Rule requirements under the Clean Air Act to submit a report describing progress in achieving reasonable progress goals established for regional haze and a determination of the adequacy of the state's existing plan addressing regional haze. We are also approving minor updates to the Enhanced Smoke Management Plan, Long-Term Strategy, and Commitment to Future 308 Plan Revision sections of the regional haze SIP, submitted concurrently with the progress report.
This final rule is effective May 14, 2018.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R10-OAR-2016-0749. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Jeff Hunt, Air Planning Unit, Office of Air and Waste (OAW-150), EPA Region 10, 1200 Sixth Ave Suite 900, Seattle, WA 98101; telephone number: (206) 553-0256; email address:
On February 16, 2018, the EPA proposed to approve Alaska's Regional Haze Progress Report, as well as minor updates to the Enhanced Smoke Management Plan, Long-Term Strategy, and Commitment to Future 308 Plan Revision sections of the regional haze SIP, submitted concurrently with the progress report (83 FR 7002). An explanation of the Clean Air Act requirements, a detailed analysis of the submittal, and the EPA's reasons for proposing approval were provided in the notice of proposed rulemaking, and will not be restated here. The public comment period for the proposal ended March 19, 2018. We received no adverse comments.
The EPA is approving the Alaska Regional Haze Progress Report submitted on March 10, 2016, as meeting the applicable requirements of the Clean Air Act and the federal Regional Haze Rule, as set forth in 40 CFR 51.308(g). The EPA has determined that the existing regional haze SIP is adequate to meet the state's visibility goals and requires no substantive revision at this time, as set forth in 40 CFR 51.308(h). We have also determined that Alaska fulfilled the requirements in 40 CFR 51.308(i) regarding state coordination with Federal Land Managers. Lastly, we are approving updates to the Enhanced Smoke Management Plan, Long-Term Strategy, and Commitment to Future 308 Plan Revision sections of the regional haze SIP, submitted concurrently with the Alaska Regional Haze Progress Report.
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Clean Air Act and applicable federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, the EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• is not an Executive Order 13771 (82 FR 9339, February 2, 2017) regulatory action because actions such as SIP approvals are exempted under Executive Order 12866;
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because this action does not involve technical standards; and
• does not provide the EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land and is also not approved to apply in any other area where the EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by June 11, 2018. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements (See section 307(b)(2)).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes tolerances for residues of clethodim in or on multiple commodities which are identified and discussed later in this document. In addition, this regulation removes several previously established tolerances that are superseded by this final rule. Interregional Research Project Number 4 (IR-4) requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective April 12, 2018. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before June 11, 2018, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0651, is available at
Michael L. Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0651 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before June 11, 2018. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0651, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Consistent with the authority in FFDCA 408(d)(4)(A)(i), EPA is issuing tolerances that vary from what the petitioner sought. The reason for these changes is explained in Unit IV.D.
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of, and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for clethodim including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with clethodim follows.
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered their validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children.
The clethodim toxicity database shows relatively low toxicity with the liver being the target organ based on repeated dosing by either oral or dermal routes in rats, mice, and dogs. The observed liver effects are characterized by increased liver weights, clinical chemistry changes, and centrilobular hepatic hypertrophy. Most liver effects that occurred at or below 100 milligrams/kilogram body weight (mg/kg bw) were considered as adaptive effects and not adverse. Decreased body weight was also a common finding across studies and species. In the 1-year dog oral toxicity study, hematological changes such as increased platelet and leukocyte counts and slight elevation of glucose levels (in dogs only) were also seen.
No developmental effects were present in the rabbits. In the rat developmental toxicity study, reduced fetal body weights and an increase in the incidence of delayed ossification of the lower vertebrae were seen at the dose (350 mg/kg/day) where maternal toxicity (excessive salivation and lacrimation, red nasal discharge) was also observed. No reproductive or offspring effects were seen in the 2-generation rat reproduction study. Therefore, the toxicity data showed no increased susceptibility in the young. The clethodim database also showed no potential for neurotoxicity or immunotoxicity.
Results of rat and mouse carcinogenicity studies did not show treatment-related increases in tumor incidence. Therefore, clethodim is not shown to be genotoxic and is classified as “not likely to be carcinogenic to humans.”
Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by clethodim as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies can be found at
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there
A summary of the toxicological endpoints for clethodim used for human risk assessment is discussed in Unit III of the final rule published in the
1.
i.
Such effects were identified for clethodim. In estimating acute dietary exposure, EPA used the Dietary Exposure Evaluation Model software with the Food Commodity Intake Database (DEEM-FCID), Version 3.16, which incorporates 2003-2008 food consumption data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA's) National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, What We Eat in America, (NHANES/WWEIA). As to residue levels in food, EPA conducted unrefined acute dietary analyses assuming tolerance levels for all commodities and 100 percent crop-treated (PCT). DEEM version 7.81 default processing factors were assumed, except where tolerances were established for processed commodities.
ii.
iii.
iv.
2.
Surface and ground water contamination may occur from clethodim as well as its sulfoxide and sulfone degradates. Exposure from water contamination is primarily associated with clethodim sulfone and clethodim sulfoxide rather than parent clethodim based on greater persistence and mobility of these degradates. Thus, the exposure assessments were based on the total toxic residue rather than parent only.
Based on the First Index Reservoir Screening Tool (FIRST) and Pesticide Root Zone Model Ground Water (PRZM GW), the estimated drinking water concentrations (EDWCs) of clethodim for acute exposures are estimated to be 330 parts per billion (ppb) for surface water and 1,430 ppb for ground water. For chronic exposures for non-cancer assessments EDWCs are estimated to be 137 ppb for surface water and 1,150 ppb for ground water.
Modeled estimates of drinking water concentrations were directly entered into the dietary exposure model. For acute dietary risk assessment, the water concentration value of 1,430 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water. For chronic dietary risk assessment, the water concentration of value 1,150 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
3.
Clethodim is currently registered for the following uses that could result in residential exposures: In and around ornamental plant beds, landscaped area, trees, and ground covers (mulch). EPA assessed residential exposure using the following assumptions:
In a reassessment of existing residential uses of clethodim conducted to reflect updates to EPA's 2012 Residential SOPs along with policy changes for body weight assumptions, the Agency assessed short-term residential handler (adult only) inhalation exposure. There is potential residential dermal post-application exposure from the existing use of clethodim on ornamentals. However, since there is no adverse systemic hazard via the dermal route of exposure, and there is no incidental oral exposure expected from clethodim use on ornamental plants, a residential post-application assessment has not been conducted. Further information regarding EPA standard assumptions and generic inputs for residential exposures may be found at
4.
EPA has not found clethodim to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and clethodim does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that clethodim does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine
1.
2.
3.
i. The toxicity database for clethodim is complete and sufficient for selecting toxicity endpoints and PODs for assessing risks.
ii. There is no indication that clethodim is a neurotoxic chemical and there is no need for a developmental neurotoxicity study or additional UFs to account for neurotoxicity.
iii. There is no evidence that clethodim results in increased susceptibility of fetuses as compared to maternal animals following
iv. There are no residual uncertainties identified in the exposure databases. The dietary food exposure assessments were determined based on 100 PCT and tolerance-level residues. EPA made conservative (protective) assumptions in the ground and surface water modeling used to assess exposure to clethodim in drinking water. Post application exposure of children and incidental oral exposures to toddlers are expected to be negligible. All exposure estimates are based on conservative assumptions that will not underestimate the exposure and risks posed by clethodim.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
Using the exposure assumptions discussed in this unit for acute exposure, the acute dietary exposure from food and water to clethodim will occupy 29% of the aPAD, at the 95th percentile of exposure for all infants (<1 year old), the population group receiving the greatest exposure.
2.
3.
Using the exposure assumptions described in this unit for short-term exposures, EPA has concluded the combined short-term food, water, and residential exposures result in a short-term aggregate risk estimate for adults ages 20 to 49 is a MOE of 2,100. Because EPA's level of concern for clethodim is a MOE of 100 or below, this MOE is not of concern.
4.
Intermediate-term exposure is not expected for the residential exposure pathway. Therefore, the intermediate-term aggregate exposure would be equivalent to the chronic dietary exposure estimate.
5.
6.
Adequate analytical methods are available for enforcing clethodim tolerances in/on the proposed/registered plant commodities. Samples were analyzed for residues of clethodim and metabolites containing the 2-cyclohexen-1-one moiety using the gas chromatography/mass spectroscopy (GC/MS) Method YARL-0602D, adapted from Method RM-26B-3 entitled, “The Determination of Clethodim Residues in Crops, Chicken and Beef Tissues, Milk and Eggs” (revision dated January 20, 1994). The method converts residues of clethodim and metabolites to clethodim sulfoxide (CSO) and clethodim 5 hydroxy sulfoxide (5-OH CSO
The method may be requested from: Chief, Analytical Chemistry Branch, Environmental Science Center, 701 Mapes Rd., Ft. Meade, MD 20755-5350; telephone number: (410) 305-2905; email address:
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
There are no Codex MRLs for clethodim and its metabolites in or on the crops associated with this action.
The Agency received four comments on the notice of filing (NOF) for this petition. While none of the commenters mentioned any specific concerns with the clethodim tolerances noticed in the NOF, two comments generally opposed the use of chemicals or pesticides in or food and two comments generally urged the Agency to ensure protection of the environment and human health by reviewing science and determining whether use of pesticide is safe for human consumption.
The Agency recognizes that some individuals believe that certain pesticides are “toxic chemicals” that should not be permitted in our food; however, no new information demonstrating toxicity or exposure of clethodim that EPA could use to evaluate the safety of the pesticide was provided by commenters. The existing legal framework provided by section 408 of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) states that tolerances may be set when persons seeking such tolerances or exemptions have demonstrated that the pesticide meets the safety standard imposed by that statute. When new or amended tolerances are requested for residues of a pesticide in food or feed, the Agency, as is required by section 408 of FFDCA, estimates the risk of the potential exposure to these residues. The Agency has conducted that risk assessment, which includes the consideration of long-term animal studies with clethodim, and concluded that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate human exposure to clethodim and that, accordingly, the use of clethodim on petitioned-for food commodities is “safe.”
In accordance with its standard practice to provide greater precision about the levels of residues that are permitted by a tolerance, EPA is adding an additional significant figure to the petitioned-for tolerance values for Almond hulls and Nut, tree, group 14-12. This is to avoid the situation where residues may be higher than the tolerance level, but as a result of rounding would be considered non-violative (for example, Almond tolerance proposed at 0.2 ppm was established at 0.20 ppm, to avoid an observed hypothetical tolerance at 0.24 ppm being rounded to 0.2 ppm).
In this final rule, EPA is establishing a crop subgroup tolerance for subgroup 22A (stalk and stem vegetable) at 1.7 ppm. This subgroup includes the commodity kohlrabi, for which a tolerance is currently set at 3.0 ppm, as one of the commodities in the currently established tolerance for
In accordance with the World Trade Organization's (WTO) Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS) Agreement, EPA intends to promptly publish this action with the WTO. In addition, EPA is allowing the existing kohlrabi tolerance to remain in effect for six months following publication of this rule in order to provide a six-month reasonable interval for producers in exporting countries to adapt the modified tolerances. Before that date, residues of clethodim in or on kohlrabi will be permitted at the current tolerance levels; after that date, residues will need to be in compliance with the new tolerance levels.
The tolerance level is appropriate based on available data and residue levels resulting from registered use patterns. The tolerance levels are not discriminatory; the same food safety standard contained in the FFDCA applies equally to domestically produced and imported foods. None of the other tolerance actions taken in this rulemaking restrict permissible pesticide residues below currently allowed levels in the United States.
Any commodities listed in the regulatory text of this document that are treated with the pesticides subject to this final rule, and that are in the channels of trade following the expiration of the tolerance, shall be subject to FFDCA section 408(1)(5). Under this unit, any residues of these pesticides in or on such food shall not render the food adulterated so long as it is shown to the satisfaction of the Food and Drug Administration that:
1. The residue is present as the result of an application or use of the pesticide at a time and in a manner that was lawful under FIFRA.
2. The residue does not exceed the level that was authorized at the time of the application or use to be present on the food under a tolerance or exemption from tolerance. Evidence to show that food was lawfully treated may include records that verify the dates that the pesticide was applied to such food.
Therefore, tolerances are established for residues of the herbicide clethodim, 2-[(1E)-1-[[[(2E)-3-chloro-2-propenyl]oxy]imino]propyl]-5-[2-(ethylthio)propyl]-3-hydroxy-2-cyclohexen-1-one, and its metabolites containing the 5-(2-ethylthiopropyl)cyclohexene-3-one and 5-(2-ethylthiopropyl)-5-hydroxycyclohexene-3-one moieties and their sulphoxides and sulphones, calculated as the stoichiometric equivalent of clethodim, in or on Almond, hulls at 0.20 ppm;
This action establishes tolerances under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997)); or Executive Order 13771, entitled “Reducing Regulations and Controlling Regulatory Costs” (82 FR 9339, February 3, 2017). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a) * * *
UNITED STATES (US) FOOTNOTES
US378 In the band 1710-1755 MHz, the following provisions apply:
(a) Federal fixed and tactical radio relay stations may operate indefinitely on a primary basis within 80 km of Cherry Point, NC (34°58′ N, 76°56′ W) and Yuma, AZ (32°32′ N, 113°58′ W).
(b) Federal fixed and tactical radio relay stations shall operate on a secondary basis to primary non-Federal operations at the 14 sites listed below:
(c) In the sub-band 1710-1720 MHz, precision guided munitions shall operate on a primary basis until inventory is exhausted or until December 31, 2008, whichever is earlier.
(d) All other Federal stations in the fixed and mobile services shall operate on a primary basis until reaccommodated in accordance with the Commercial Spectrum Enhancement Act.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; inseason adjustment.
NMFS announces the adjustment of the commercial per-trip possession limit in the skate wing fishery for the remainder of the 2017 fishing year, through April 30, 2018, based on a revised landings projection. This possession limit adjustment is necessary to allow fishermen the opportunity to fully harvest the remaining skate wing annual total allowable landings. This announcement also informs the public that the skate wing possession limit is increased until the end of the fishing year (April 30).
Effective April 9, 2018, through April 30, 2018.
Cynthia Hanson, Fishery Management Specialist, (978) 281-9180.
The skate wing fishery is managed through the Northeast Skate Complex Fishery Management Plan (FMP); the regulations for which are found at 50 CFR part 648, subpart O. On December 27, 2017, we reduced the commercial skate wing possession limit from 4,100 lb (1,860 kg) of skate wings (9,307 lb (4,222 kg) whole weight) per trip to the incidental limit of 500 lb (227 kg) of skate wings (1,135 lb (515 kg) whole weight) per trip for the remainder of the fishing year (82 FR 59526). The Regional Administrator is authorized to reduce the skate wing possession limit when landings reach 85 percent of the annual total allowable landings (TAL), which occurred in December. However, this is discouraged if the reduction is expected to prevent attainment of the annual TAL. Regulations at § 648.322(b) describe this process of adjusting the commercial possession limit of skate wings.
Based on landings data reported through March 31, 2018, our revised projections indicate that under the current possession limits, the skate wing fishery will only harvest 98 percent of the annual TAL before the end of the fishing year on April 30. Because the annual TAL would not be fully utilized under the current incidental possession limit, we are authorized to adjust the possession limit in accordance with the regulations to allow the full attainment of the annual TAL. Revised projections indicate that increasing the possession limit for skate wings from 500 lb (227 kg) back to the seasonal 4,100 lb (1,860 kg) per trip for the remainder of April (and the fishing year) would better allow the annual TAL to be fully utilized while still limiting the possibility of exceeding it due to the limited time period.
This action increases the commercial skate wing possession limit from the incidental limit of 500 lb (227 kg) of skate wings (1,135 lb (515 kg) whole weight) per trip to the seasonal 4,100 lb (1,860 kg) of skate wings (9,307 lb (4,222 kg) whole weight) per trip. This action is being implemented to allow the skate wing fishery an opportunity to fully attain the annual TAL while minimizing the possibility of exceeding it. Upon filing of this notice, no person may possess on board or land more than 4,100 lb (1,860 kg) of skate wings (9,307 lb (4,222 kg) whole weight) per trip for the remainder of the 2017 fishing year, unless under specific exemption. This action applies to the skate wing fishery only and does not affect vessels fishing in accordance with a skate bait letter of authorization. On May 1, 2018, the 2018 fishing year begins, and the commercial skate wing possession limit will return to the skate wing season 1 (May 1, 2018 through August 31, 2018) possession limit of 2,600 lb (1,179 kg) of skate wings or 5,902 lb (2,677 kg) whole weight per trip.
This action is taken under 50 CFR part 648 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, finds good cause pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) to waive prior notice and the opportunity for public comment because it would be contrary to the public interest. This action ends the previous trip limit reduction in the commercial skate bait fishery, and raises the possession limit from the incidental limit to the standard season 2 limit in order to allow fishermen the opportunity to fully harvest the annual skate wing TAL. The regulations at § 648.322(b)(2)(iii) allow this by stating that trip limits should not be reduced if they prevent the attainment of the TAL. If implementation of this adjustment were delayed to solicit prior public comment, this could further prevent the fishery's ability to harvest the full TAL, thereby undermining the objectives of the Northeast Skate Complex Fishery Management Plan. This action also relieves the restriction of the former trip limit reduction in the wing fishery for the remainder of the 2017 fishing year. The Assistant Administrator further finds, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), good cause to waive the 30-day delayed effectiveness period for the reason stated above.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; closure.
NMFS is prohibiting retention of sablefish by vessels using trawl gear and not participating in the cooperative fishery of the Rockfish Program in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This action is necessary because the 2018 total allowable catch of sablefish allocated to vessels using trawl gear and not participating in the cooperative fishery of the Rockfish Program in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA has been reached.
Effective 1200 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), April 9, 2018, through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31, 2018.
Josh Keaton, (907) 586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.
The 2018 total allowable catch (TAC) of sablefish allocated to vessels using trawl gear and not participating in the cooperative fishery of the Rockfish Program in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA is 501 metric tons (mt) as established by the final 2018 and 2019 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA (83 FR 8768, March 1, 2018).
In accordance with § 679.20(d)(2), the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Administrator), has determined that the 2018 TAC of sablefish allocated to vessels using trawl gear and not participating in the cooperative fishery of the Rockfish Program in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA will be reached. Therefore, NMFS is requiring that sablefish by vessels using trawl gear and not participating in the cooperative fishery of the Rockfish Program in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA be treated as prohibited species in accordance with § 679.21(b). This closure does not apply to fishing by vessels participating in the cooperative fishery of the Rockfish Program for the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA.
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay prohibiting the retention of sablefish by vessels using trawl gear and not participating in the cooperative fishery of the Rockfish Program in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of April 6, 2018.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.20 and § 679.21 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.
Proposed rule.
We are proposing to amend the regulations regarding the branding of bovines imported into the United States from Mexico. We are taking this action at the request of the Government of Mexico to address issues that have arisen with the branding requirement for these bovines. The changes we are proposing would help prevent inconsistencies in branding that can result in bovines being rejected for import into the United States.
We will consider all comments that we receive on or before June 11, 2018.
You may submit comments by either of the following methods:
•
•
Supporting documents and any comments we receive on this docket may be viewed at
Dr. Betzaida Lopez, Senior Staff Veterinarian, National Import Export Services, Policy, Permitting, and Regulatory Services, VS, APHIS, 4700 River Road Unit 39, Riverdale, MD 20737-1231; (301) 851-3300.
The regulations in 9 CFR part 93 prohibit or restrict the importation of certain animals, birds, and poultry into the United States to prevent the introduction of communicable diseases of livestock and poultry. Subpart D of part 93 (§§ 93.400 through 93.436, referred to below as the regulations) governs the importation of ruminants; within subpart D, § 93.427 specifically addresses the importation of cattle and other bovines from Mexico into the United States.
In § 93.427, paragraph (c) contains conditions to prevent the spread of tuberculosis to U.S. livestock and paragraph (e) contains conditions to prevent the entry of bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE) via the importation of cattle and other bovines from Mexico. Under paragraph (c)(1), steers imported into the United States must be identified with a distinct, permanent, and legible “M” mark, and spayed heifers must be identified with a distinct, permanent, and legible “M
Under paragraph (e)(3), sexually intact bovines must be permanently and humanely identified using one of the following methods:
• An “MX” mark applied with a freeze brand, hot iron, or other method prior to arrival at a port of entry. The brand must not be less than 2 inches or more than 3 inches high, and must be applied to the animal's right hip, high on the tailhead (over the junction of the sacral and first coccygeal vertebrae);
• A tattoo with the letters MX applied to the inside of one ear of the animal; or
• Other means of permanent identification upon request if deemed adequate by the Administrator to humanely identify the animal in a distinct and legible way as having been imported from Mexico.
Several issues have arisen as a result of the branding requirements. The small size of the brands means that the brands may blotch when applied to the animals, making the brands difficult to read and potentially requiring the animal to be re-branded. In addition the “M
Accordingly, we are proposing to amend the requirements in § 93.427. In paragraph (c)(1), we would require steers and spayed heifers to be marked with a single “M” brand between 3 and 5 inches (7.5 and 12.5 cm) tall and wide to be placed on the right hip within 4 inches (10 cm) of the midline of the tailhead. This should be interpreted as the top of the brand being within 4 inches of the midline of the tailhead and placed above the hook and pin bones. The brand should also be within 18 inches (45.7 cm) of the anus.
Increasing the size of the brands and simplifying them to a simple “M” would help reduce or eliminate branding errors, which in turn would reduce the need for rebranding and the incidence of cattle rejections at port-of-entry inspection. The change to the description of the placement of the brand clarifies the requirement by making the description more specific.
Similarly, in paragraph (e)(3)(i) we would amend the branding option for sexually intact bovines from Mexico to provide for those animals to be branded with a single “M” brand between 3 and 5 inches (7.5 and 12.5 cm) tall and wide, located on the upper right front shoulder of the animal.
As with the change for steers and spayed heifers, increasing the size of the brand for sexually intact animals would reduce or eliminate branding errors.
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for the purposes of Executive Order 12866 and, therefore, has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. Further, APHIS considers this rule to be a deregulatory action under Executive Order 13771 as the action may result in cost savings.
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 603, we have performed an initial regulatory flexibility analysis, which is summarized below, regarding the economic effects of this proposed rule on small entities. Copies of the full analysis are available by contacting the person listed under
This proposed rule would amend the regulations in 9 CFR part 93 to change the identification requirements of bovines imported from Mexico. At present, cattle from Mexico carry at least two forms of identification, generally a brand and an approved eartag. Cattle imported from Mexico for other than immediate slaughter, are required to be branded with an “M” for steers, an “Mx” for spayed heifers, and an “MX” brand or tattoo for breeding bovines. APHIS is proposing that all bovines imported from Mexico be branded with a single “M” to avoid branding uncertainties. In order to distinguish between feeder and breeding cattle, the brand for steers and spayed heifers would be placed on the back hip and the brand for breeding cattle would be placed on the shoulder. Cattle imported from Mexico would still require an approved eartag.
The new identification requirements would reduce if not eliminate questionable brands, reducing the need for rebranding and the incidence of cattle rejections at port-of-entry inspection. Revenue from hides accounts for about 75 percent of the byproduct-value of beef cattle. Damage from rebranding can reduce hide value. Also, re-inspection due to questionable brands increases transactions costs. Currently, a $4.00 inspection fee per head is billed to the broker who in turn charges the exporter. The single “M” brand would both minimize hide damage and the need for re-inspections. Because the approved eartag is a current requirement, we do not anticipate any additional costs would be incurred.
Entities that may be impacted by the proposed rule fall into various categories of the North American Industry Classification System. The majority of these businesses are small entities.
Based on a sample of the percentage of cattle in fiscal year 2015 that initially were not allowed entry from Mexico because of branding concerns, the decrease in the value of hides when rebranded, and the cost of re-inspection, we estimate annual cost savings attributable to the proposed rule may range from $113,900 to $248,700. There would also be unquantified cost savings from the expected reduction in delays at ports of entry due to branding issues. In accordance with guidance on complying with Executive Order 13771, the primary estimate of the cost savings for this rule is $181,300. This value is the mid-point of the above range in cost savings annualized in perpetuity using a 7 percent discount rate.
This proposed rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. If this proposed rule is adopted: (1) All State and local laws and regulations that are inconsistent with this rule will be preempted; (2) no retroactive effect will be given to this rule; and (3) administrative proceedings will not be required before parties may file suit in court challenging this rule.
In accordance with section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service is committed to compliance with the E-Government Act to promote the use of the internet and other information technologies, to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes. For information pertinent to E-Government Act compliance related to this proposed rule, please contact Ms. Kimberly Hardy, APHIS' Information Collection Coordinator, at (301) 851-2483.
Animal diseases, Imports, Livestock, Poultry and poultry products, Quarantine, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, we propose to amend 9 CFR part 93 as follows:
7 U.S.C. 1622 and 8301-8317; 21 U.S.C. 136 and 136a; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 7 CFR 2.22, 2.80, and 371.4.
(c) * * *
(1) Each steer or spayed heifer imported into the United States from Mexico shall be identified with a distinct, permanent, and legible “M” mark applied with a freeze brand, hot iron, or other method prior to arrival at a port of entry, unless the steer or spayed heifer is imported for slaughter in accordance with § 93.429. The “M” mark shall be between 3 inches (7.5 cm) and 5 inches (12.5 cm) high and wide, and shall be applied to each animal's right hip, within 4 inches (10 cm) of the midline of the tailhead (that is, the top of the brand should be within 4 inches (10 cm) of the midline of the tailhead, and placed above the hook and pin bones). The brand should also be within 18 inches (45.7 cm) of the anus.
(e) * * *
(3) * * *
(i) An “M” mark properly applied with a freeze brand, hot iron, or other method, and easily visible on the live animal and on the carcass before skinning. Such a mark must be between 3 inches (7.5 cm) and 5 inches (12.5 cm) high and wide, and must be applied to the upper right front shoulder of each animal; or
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Proposed rule.
Under the authority of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act), we, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), propose to remove the Kirtland's warbler (
We will accept comments received or postmarked on or before July 11, 2018. We must receive requests for public hearings, in writing, at the address shown in
(1)
(2)
We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on
Scott Hicks, Field Supervisor, Michigan Ecological Services Field Office, 2651 Coolidge Road, Suite 101, East Lansing, MI 48823; telephone 517-351-2555; facsimile 517-351-1443. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), please call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
This action proposes to remove the Kirtland's warbler from the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife in title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations (50 CFR 17.11(h)) based on the species' recovery. Removing a species from the List (“delisting”) can only be completed by issuing a rule.
We may delist a species if the best scientific and commercial data indicate the species is neither an endangered species nor a threatened species for one or more of the following reasons: (1) The species is extinct; (2) the species has recovered; or (3) the original data used at the time the species was classified were in error (50 CFR 424.11). Here, we have determined that the species may be delisted based on recovery. A species may be delisted based on recovery only if the best scientific and commercial data indicate that it is no longer endangered or threatened.
The threats that led to the species being listed under the Act (primarily loss of the species' habitat and effects of brood parasitism by brown-headed cowbirds) have been removed, ameliorated, or are being appropriately managed by the actions of multiple conservation partners over the past 50 years.
Any final action resulting from this proposed rule will be based on the best scientific and commercial data available and be as accurate as possible. Therefore, we request comments or information from other concerned governmental agencies, Native American Tribes, the scientific community, industry, or other interested parties concerning this proposed rule. The comments that will be most useful and likely to influence our decisions are those supported by data or peer-reviewed studies and those that include citations to, and analyses of, applicable laws and regulations. Please make your comments as specific as possible and explain the basis for them. In addition, please include sufficient information with your comments to allow us to authenticate any scientific or commercial data you reference or provide. In particular, we seek comments concerning the following:
(1) Reasons we should or should not delist the Kirtland's warbler.
(2) New information on the historical and current status, range, distribution, and population size of the Kirtland's warbler.
(3) New information on the known and potential threats to the Kirtland's warbler on its breeding grounds, on its wintering grounds, and during migration, including brood parasitism, and habitat availability.
(4) Information on the timing and extent of the effects of climate change on the Kirtland's warbler.
(5) New information regarding the life history, ecology, and habitat use of the Kirtland's warbler.
(6) Current or planned activities within the geographic range of the Kirtland's warbler that may impact or benefit the species.
(7) The adequacy of conservation agreements that would be implemented if the species is delisted.
Please note that submissions merely stating support for or opposition to the action under consideration without providing supporting information, although noted, will not be considered in making a determination, as section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
Prior to issuing a final rule on this proposed action, we will take into consideration all comments and any additional information we receive. Such
You may submit your comments and materials concerning the proposed rule by one of the methods listed in
We will post your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—on
Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we used in preparing this proposed rule, will be available for public inspection on
Section 4(b)(5)(E) of the Act provides for one or more public hearings on this proposed rule, if requested. We must receive requests for public hearings, in writing, at the address shown in
In accordance with our policy on peer review published in the
The Kirtland's warbler was listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Preservation Act on March 11, 1967 (32 FR 4001), primarily due to threats associated with limited breeding habitat and brown-headed cowbird (
On June 29, 2012, we published a document in the
On November 14, 2013, we published a rule in the
On April 17, 2017, we published a document in the
The Kirtland's warbler is a songbird classified in the Order Passeriformes, Family Parulidae. Spencer Baird originally described this species in 1852, and named it
The Kirtland's warbler is a neotropical migrant that breeds in jack pine (
Kirtland's warblers are not evenly distributed across their breeding range. More than 98 percent of all singing males have been counted in the northern Lower Peninsula of Michigan since population monitoring began in 1951 (Michigan Department of Natural Resources (MDNR), Service (USFWS), U.S. Forest Service (USFS), unpubl. data). The core of the Kirtland's warbler's breeding range is concentrated in five counties in northern lower Michigan (Ogemaw, Crawford, Oscoda, Alcona, and Iosco), where nearly 85 percent of the singing males were recorded between 2000 and 2015, with over 30 percent counted in Ogemaw County alone and over 21 percent in just one township during that same time period (MDNR, USFWS, USFS, unpubl. data).
Kirtland's warblers have also been observed in Ontario periodically since 1900 (Samuel 1900, pp. 391-392), and in Wisconsin since the 1940s (Hoffman 1989, p. 29). Systematic searches for the presence of Kirtland's warblers in States and provinces adjacent to Michigan, however, did not begin until 1977 (Aird 1989, p. 32; Hoffman 1989, p. 1). Shortly after these searches began, male Kirtland's warblers were found during the breeding season in Ontario (in 1977), Quebec (in 1978), Wisconsin (in 1978), and the Upper Peninsula of Michigan (in 1982) (reviewed in Aird 1989, pp. 32-35). Nesting was confirmed in the Upper Peninsula in 1996 (Weinrich 1996, p. 2; Weise and Weinrich 1997, p. 2), and in Wisconsin and Ontario in 2007 (Richard 2008, pp. 8-10; Trick
The current distribution of breeding Kirtland's warblers encompasses the known historical breeding range of the species based on records of singing males observed in Michigan's northern Lower Peninsula, Wisconsin, and Ontario (Walkinshaw 1983, p. 23). In 2015, the number of singing males confirmed during the formal census period in Wisconsin (19), Ontario (20), and the Upper Peninsula (37) represented approximately 3 percent of the total singing male population (Environment Canada, MDNR, USFWS, USFS, Wisconsin DNR (WNDR), unpubl. data), demonstrating the species' reliance on their core breeding range in Michigan's northern Lower Peninsula. The number of Kirtland's warblers that could ultimately exist outside of the core breeding range is unknown; however, these peripheral individuals do contribute to a wider distribution.
Given the geographical extent of the warbler's historical range, peripheral Kirtland's warblers and habitat (outside the northern Lower Peninsula of Michigan) may help maintain the breadth of environmental diversity within the species, and increase the species' adaptive diversity (ability to adapt to changing environmental conditions over time) (Shaffer and Stein 2000, pp. 308-311). In Michigan's northern Lower Peninsula, the Kirtland's warbler's breeding habitat is spread over an approximately 15,540 square kilometer (km) (6,000 square mile) non-contiguous area. Therefore, within Michigan's northern Lower Peninsula, the Kirtland's warbler's breeding habitat is unlikely to uniformly experience catastrophic events (
Kirtland's warblers are more difficult to detect during the winter and are infrequently observed. The warblers appear to be unevenly distributed across the landscape; they tend to hide in low-lying, dense vegetation; and males do not generally sing during the winter (Currie
Although the known wintering range appears restricted primarily to The Bahamas, many of the islands in the Caribbean basin are uninhabited by people or have had limited avian survey efforts, which may constrain our ability to comprehensively describe the species' wintering distribution. Kirtland's warblers readily shift sites on the wintering grounds based on habitat availability and food resources, and colonize new areas following disturbance (Wunderle
The Kirtland's warbler's breeding habitat consists of jack pine-dominated forests with sandy soil and dense ground cover (Walkinshaw 1983, p. 36), most commonly found in northern lower Michigan, with scattered locations in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan, Wisconsin, and Ontario. Jack pine-dominated forests of the northern Great Lakes region historically experienced large, frequent, and catastrophic stand-replacing fires (Cleland
Kirtland's warblers generally occupy jack pine stands that are 5 to 23 years old and at least 12 ha (30 ac) in size (Donner
Occupied stands usually occur on dry, excessively drained, nutrient-poor glacial outwash sands (Kashian
Optimal habitat is characterized as large stands (more than 32 ha (80 ac)) composed of 8 to 20-year-old jack pines that regenerated after wildfires, with 27 to 60 percent canopy cover, and more than 5,000 stems per hectare (2,023 stems per acre) (Probst and Weinrich 1993, pp. 262-263). The poor quality and well-drained soils reduce the risk of nest flooding and maintain low shrubs that provide important cover for nesting and brood-rearing. Yet as jack pine saplings grow in height, percent canopy cover increases, causing self-pruning of the lower branches and changes in light regime, which diminishes cover of small herbaceous understory plants (Probst 1988, p. 29; Probst and Weinrich 1993, p. 263; Probst and Donnerwright 2003, p. 331). Bocetti (1994, p. 122) found that nest sites were selected based on higher jack pine densities, higher percent cover of blueberry, and lower percent cover of woody debris than would be expected if nests were placed at random. Due to edge effects associated with low area-to-perimeter ratios, predation rates may be higher for Kirtland's warblers nesting in small patches bordered by mature trees than in large patches (Probst 1988, p. 32; Robinson
Conversely, marginal habitat is characterized as jack pine stands with at least 20 to 25 percent tree canopy cover and a minimum density of 2,000 stems per hectare (809 stems per acre, Probst and Weinrich 1993, pp. 261-265; Nelson and Buech 1996, pp. 93-95), and is often associated with unburned-unplanted areas (Donner
Habitat management to benefit Kirtland's warblers began as early as 1957 on State forest land and 1962 on Federal forest land (Mayfield 1963, pp. 217-219; Radtke and Byelich 1963, p. 209). Efforts increased in 1981, with the establishment of an expanded habitat management program to supplement wildfire-regenerated habitat and ensure the availability of relatively large patches of early successional jack pine forest for nesting (Kepler
On the wintering grounds, Kirtland's warblers occur in early successional scrublands, characterized by dense, low, broadleaf shrubs of varied foliage layers with small openings, resulting from natural or anthropogenic disturbances (locally known as low coppice) (Maynard 1896, pp. 594-595; Challinor 1962, p. 290; Mayfield 1972, p. 267; Mayfield 1992, p. 3; Mayfield 1996, pp. 38-39; Radabaugh 1974, p. 380; Lee
Clearing vegetation by bulldozers, wildfires, hurricanes, and local agricultural practices, such as “slash and burn,” can create suitable habitat on Eleuthera Island (Wunderle
Spring departure from the wintering grounds is estimated to occur from late-April to early May, and arrival on the breeding grounds approximately 15 days later based on data from geolocators attached to 27 male Kirtland's warblers in 2012 and 2014 (Cooper
Cooper
Migrating Kirtland's warblers have been observed in a variety of habitats, including shrub/scrub, residential, park, orchard, woodland, and open habitats (Petrucha
On the breeding grounds, Kirtland's warblers are primarily insectivorous and forage by gleaning (plucking insects from) pine needles, leaves, and ground cover, occasionally making short sallies, hover-gleaning at terminal needle clusters, and gathering flying insects on the wing. Kirtland's warblers have been observed foraging on a wide variety of prey items, including various types of larvae, moths, flies, beetles, grasshoppers, ants, aphids, spittlebugs, and blueberries (Mayfield 1960, pp. 18-19; Fussman 1997, p. 33). Deloria-Sheffield
On the wintering grounds, Kirtland's warblers rely on a mixed diet of fruit and arthropods. During foraging observations, 69 percent of Kirtland's warblers consumed fruits, such as snowberry (
The average life expectancy of adult Kirtland's warblers is approximately 2.5 years (Walkinshaw 1983, pp. 142-143). The oldest Kirtland's warbler on record was an 11-year old male, which, when recaptured in the Damon KWMA in 2005, appeared to be in good health and paired with a female (USFS, unpubl. data).
Overall, Kirtland's warbler annual survival estimates are similar to those of other wood warblers (reviewed in Faaborg
From the information available, it appears that Kirtland's warblers display winter and breeding-ground panmixia (mixing of individuals across locations within the population). In 2007, eight birds examined from six different wintering sites on Eleuthera Island were found on breeding territories in the Damon KWMA in Ogemaw County, Michigan (Ewert, unpubl. data). Additionally, four other birds banded from one wintering site on Eleuthera Island were found on breeding territories across four counties in northern lower Michigan. Kirtland's warblers are also known to regularly move between KWMAs in northern lower Michigan during the breeding season (Probst
King
Prior to 1951, the size of the Kirtland's warbler population was extrapolated from anecdotal observations and knowledge about breeding and wintering habitat conditions. The Kirtland's warbler population may have peaked in the late 1800s, a time when conditions across the species' distribution were universally beneficial (Mayfield 1960, p. 32). Wildfires associated with intensive logging, agricultural burning, and railroads in the Great Lakes region burned hundreds of thousands of acres, and vast portions were dominated by jack pine forests (Pyne 1982, pp. 199-200, 214). Suitable winter habitat consisting of low coppice (early-successional and dense, broadleaf vegetation) was also becoming more abundant, due to a decrease in widespread commercial agriculture in The Bahamas after the abolition of slavery in 1834, resulting in former croplands converting to scrub (low coppice) (Sykes and Clench 1998, p. 245). During this time, Kirtland's warblers were found in greater abundance throughout The Bahamas than were found in previous decades, and reports of migratory strays came from farther north and west of the known migratory range, evidence of a larger population that would produce more migratory strays (Mayfield 1993, p. 352).
Between the early 1900s and the 1920s, agriculture in the northwoods was being discouraged in favor of industrial tree farming, and systematic fire suppression was integrated into State and Federal policy (Brown 1999, p. 9). Mayfield (1960, p. 26) estimated the amount of jack pine on the landscape suitably aged for Kirtland's warblers had decreased to approximately 40,470 ha (100,000 ac) of suitable habitat in any one year. This reduction in habitat amount presumably resulted in fewer Kirtland's warblers from the preceding time period, and Kirtland's warblers were not observed in all stands of suitable conditions (Wood 1904, p. 10). Serious efforts to control forest fires in Michigan began in 1927, and resulted in a further reduction of total acres burned, as the number of wildfires decreased and the size of forest tracts that burned decreased (Mayfield 1960, p. 26; Radtke and Byelich 1963, p. 210).
By this time, brown-headed cowbirds had expanded from the short grass plains and become common within the Kirtland's warbler's nesting range due to clearing of land for settlement and farming in northern Michigan (Wood and Frothingham 1905, p. 49; Mayfield 1960, p. 146). Brown-headed cowbirds are obligate brood parasites; females remove an egg from a host species' nest and lay their own egg to be raised by the adult hosts, and the result usually causes the death of the remaining host nestlings (Rothstein 2004, p. 375). Brood parasitism by brown-headed cowbirds contributed to the decline of Kirtland's warblers, and a brown-headed cowbird trapping program was initiated in 1972, to reduce the impact of brood parasitism (see Factor E discussion, below).
Comprehensive surveys (censuses) of the entire Kirtland's warbler population began in 1951. Because of the warbler's specific habitat requirements and the frequent, loud and persistent singing of males during the breeding season, it was possible to establish a singing male census (Ryel 1976, p. 2). The census consists of an extensive annual survey of all known and potential breeding habitat to count singing males. The census protocol assumes that there is a breeding female for each singing male, so the number of singing males is assumed to equate to the number of breeding pairs. Although this may not be true in some cases, the census provides a robust, relative index of the Kirtland's warbler population change over time (Probst
Due in part to the increase in population numbers and distribution, and significant effort and cost associated with monitoring for the Kirtland's warbler, the census in Michigan's northern Lower Peninsula has shifted to a less intensive survey protocol (Kennedy 2017, pers. comm.; Williams
Since implementation of the brown-headed cowbird control program began in 1972, the Kirtland's warbler population size closely tracked with the amount of suitable habitat on the landscape in northern lower Michigan at least through 2004 (Donner
Brown
Under the current management conditions, which include habitat management and brown-headed cowbird control at existing levels, the model predicts that the Kirtland's warbler population will be stable over a 50-year simulation period. When simulating a reduced brown-headed cowbird removal effort by restricting cowbird trapping activities to the central breeding areas in northern lower Michigan (
Brown
It is important to acknowledge that the results of the model simulations are most helpful to indicate the effect of various management decisions relative to one another, rather than provide predictions of true population abundance. In other words, we interpreted the model output to provide us with projections of relative trends, rather than to apply specific population abundance thresholds to each future projection. Although there are limitations to all population models based on necessary assumptions, input data limitations, and unknown long-term responses such as adaptation and plasticity, data simulated by Brown
In summary, Kirtland's warbler population numbers have been greatly affected by brown-headed cowbird parasitism rates and the extent and quality of available habitat on the breeding grounds. The best available population model predicts that limited non-traditional habitat management and continued low brood parasitism rates will result in sustained population numbers above the recovery goal. Monitoring population numbers and brood parasitism rates will be important in evaluating population viability in the future, and will be considered as part of the post-delisting monitoring plan.
State and Federal efforts to conserve the Kirtland's warbler began in 1957, and were focused on providing breeding habitat for the species. The Kirtland's warbler was federally listed as an endangered species in 1967, under the Endangered Species Preservation Act of 1966 (Pub. L. 89-669). By 1972, a Kirtland's Warbler Advisory Committee had been formed to coordinate management efforts and research actions across Federal and State agencies, and conservation efforts expanded to include management of brown-headed cowbird brood parasitism (Shake and Mattsson 1975, p. 2).
Efforts to protect and conserve the Kirtland's warbler were further enhanced when the Endangered Species Act of 1973 became law and provided for acquisition of land to increase available habitat, funding to carry out additional management programs, and provisions for State and Federal cooperation. In 1975, the Kirtland's Warbler Recovery Team (Recovery Team) was appointed by the Secretary of the Interior to guide recovery efforts. A Kirtland's Warbler Recovery Plan was completed in 1976 (USFWS 1976), and updated in 1985 (USFWS 1985), outlining steps designed to protect and increase the species' population.
Recovery plans provide important guidance to the Service, States, and other partners on methods of minimizing threats to listed species and measurable objectives against which to measure progress towards recovery, but they are not regulatory documents. A decision to revise the status of or remove a species from the List is ultimately based on an analysis of the
The Kirtland's warbler recovery plan (USFWS 1985) identifies one “primary objective” (hereafter referred to as “recovery criterion”) that identifies when the species should be considered for removal from the List, and “secondary objectives” (hereafter referred to as “recovery actions”) that are designed to accomplish the recovery criterion. The recovery criterion states that the Kirtland's warbler may be considered recovered and considered for removal from the List when a self-sustaining population has been re-established throughout its known range at a minimum level of 1,000 pairs. The 1,000-pair demography-based standard was informed by estimates of the amount of the specific breeding habitat required by each breeding pair of Kirtland's warblers, the amount of potential habitat available on public lands in Michigan's northern Lower Peninsula, and the ability of State and Federal land managers to provide suitable nesting habitat on an annual basis. The recovery criterion was intended to address the point at which the ultimate limiting factors to the species had been ameliorated so that the population is no longer in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future.
The recovery plan, however, does not clearly articulate how meeting the recovery criterion will result in a population that is at reduced risk of extinction. The primary threats to the Kirtland's warbler are pervasive and recurring threats, but threat-based criteria specifying measurable targets for control or reduction of those threats were not incorporated into the recovery plan. Instead, the recovery plan lists actions focused on specific actions, in order to accomplish the recovery criterion. These included managing breeding habitat, protecting the Kirtland's warbler on its wintering grounds and along the migration route, reducing key factors such as brown-headed cowbird parasitism from adversely affecting reproduction and survival of Kirtland's warblers, and monitoring the Kirtland's warbler to evaluate responses to management practices and environmental changes.
At the time the recovery plan was prepared, we estimated that land managers would need to annually maintain approximately 15,380 ha (38,000 ac) of nesting habitat in order to support and sustain a breeding population of 1,000 pairs (USFWS 1985, pp. 18-20). We projected that this would be accomplished by protecting existing habitat, improving occupied and developing habitat, and establishing approximately 1,010 ha (2,550 ac) of new habitat each year, across 51,640 ha (127,600 ac) of State and Federal pine lands in the northern Lower Peninsula of Michigan (USFWS 1985, pp. 18-20). We also prioritized development and improvement of guidelines that would maximize the effectiveness and cost efficiency of habitat management efforts (USFWS 1985, p. 24). The MDNR, USFS, and Service developed the Strategy for Kirtland's Warbler Habitat Management (Huber
By the time the recovery plan was updated in 1985, the brown-headed cowbird control program had been in effect for more than 10 years. The brown-headed cowbird control program had virtually eliminated brood parasitism and more than doubled the warbler's productivity rates in terms of fledging success (Shake and Mattsson 1975, pp. 2-4). The Kirtland's warbler's reproductive capability had been successfully restored, and the brown-headed cowbird control program was credited with preventing further decline of the species. Because management of brown-headed cowbird brood parasitism was considered essential to the survival of the Kirtland's warbler, it was recommended that the brown-headed cowbird control program be maintained for “as long as necessary” (USFWS 1985, p. 27).
Although the recovery plan identifies breeding habitat as the primary limiting factor, with brood parasitism as a secondary limiting factor, it also suggests that events or factors outside the breeding season might be adversely affecting survival (USFWS 1985, pp. 12-13). At the time the recovery plan was updated, little was known about the Kirtland's warbler's migratory and wintering behavior, the species' migratory and wintering habitat requirements, or ecological changes that may have occurred within the species' migration route or on its wintering range. This lack of knowledge emphasized a need for more information on the Kirtland's warbler post fledging, during migration, and on its wintering grounds (Kelly and DeCapita 1982, p. 365). Accordingly, recovery efforts were identified to: (1) Define the migration route and locate wintering areas, (2) investigate the ecology of the Kirtland's warbler and factors that might be affecting mortality during migration and on its winter range, and (3) provide adequate habitat and protect the Kirtland's warbler during migration and on its wintering areas (USFWS 1985, pp. 24-26).
In correspondence with the Service's Midwest Regional Director, and based on more than 20 years of research on the Kirtland's warbler's ecology and response to recovery efforts, the Recovery Team helped clarify recovery progress and issues that needed attention prior to reclassification to threatened status or delisting (Ennis 2002, pp. 1-4; Ennis 2005, pp. 1-3). From that synthesis, several important concepts emerged that continued to inform recovery including: (1) Breeding habitat requirements, amount, configuration, and distribution; (2) brood parasitism management; (3) migratory connectivity, and protection of Kirtland's warblers and their habitat during migration and on the wintering grounds; and (4) establishment of credible mechanisms to ensure the continuation of necessary management (Thorson 2005, pp. 1-2).
Our understanding of the Kirtland's warbler's breeding habitat selection and use and the links between maintaining adequate amounts of breeding habitat and a healthy Kirtland's warbler population has continued to improve. As the population has rebounded, Kirtland's warblers have become reliant on artificial regeneration of breeding habitat, but have also recolonized naturally regenerated areas within the historical range of the species and nested in habitat types previously considered non-traditional or less suitable. As explained in more detail below, recovery efforts have expanded to establish and enhance management efforts on the periphery of the species' current breeding range in Michigan's Upper Peninsula, Wisconsin, and Canada, and reflect the best scientific understanding of the amount and configuration of breeding habitat (see Factor A discussion, below). These adjustments improve the species' ability to adapt to changing environmental conditions, withstand stochastic disturbance and catastrophic events, and better ensure long-term conservation for the species.
The brown-headed cowbird control program has run uninterrupted since 1972, as recommended in the recovery plan, and the overall methodology has remained largely unchanged since the
We now recognize that the Kirtland's warbler persists only through continual management activities designed to mitigate recurrent threats to the species. The Kirtland's warbler is considered a conservation-reliant species, which means that it requires continuing management to address ongoing threats (Goble
The Kirtland's warbler has a strong conservation partnership consisting of multiple stakeholders that have invested considerable time and resources to achieving and maintaining this species' recovery. Since 2016, the Recovery Team is no longer active, but instead new collaborative efforts formed to help ensure the long-term conservation of the Kirtland's warbler regardless of its status under the Act. These efforts formed to facilitate conservation planning through coordination, implementation, monitoring, and research efforts among many partners and across the species' range. A coalition of conservation partners lead by Huron Pines, a nonprofit conservation organization based in northern Michigan, launched the Kirtland's Warbler Initiative in 2013. The Kirtland's Warbler Initiative brings together State, Federal, and local stakeholders to identify and implement strategies to secure funds for long-term Kirtland's warbler conservation actions given the continuous, recurring costs anticipated with conserving the species into the future. The goal of this partnership is to ensure the Kirtland's warbler thrives and ultimately is delisted, as a result of strong public-private funding and land management partnerships. Through the Kirtland's Warbler Initiative, a stakeholder group called the Kirtland's Warbler Alliance was developed to raise awareness in support of the Kirtland's warbler and the conservation programs necessary for the health of the species and jack pine forests.
The second effort informing Kirtland's warbler conservation efforts is the Kirtland's Warbler Conservation Team. The Kirtland's Warbler Conservation Team was established to preserve institutional knowledge, share information, and facilitate communication and collaboration among agencies and partners to maintain and improve Kirtland's warbler conservation. The current Kirtland's Warbler Conservation Team is comprised of representatives from the Service, USFS, MDNR, Wisconsin DNR, U.S. Department of Agriculture's Wildlife Services (USDA-WS), Canadian Wildlife Service, Huron Pines, Kirtland's Warbler Alliance, The Nature Conservancy, and California University of Pennsylvania.
Since 2015, conservation efforts for the Kirtland's warbler have been guided by the Kirtland's Warbler Breeding Range Conservation Plan (Conservation Plan) (MDNR
In April 2016, the Service, MDNR, and USFS renewed a memorandum of understanding (MOU) committing the agencies to continue collaborative habitat management, brown-headed cowbird control, monitoring, research, and education in order to maintain the Kirtland's warbler population at or above 1,000 breeding pairs, regardless of the species' legal protection under the Act (USFWS, MDNR, and USFS 2016, entire). In addition, Kirtland's warbler conservation actions are included in the USFS's land and resource management plans (Forest Plans), which guide management priorities for the Huron-Manistee, Hiawatha, and Ottawa National Forests.
Funding mechanisms that support long-term land management and brown-headed cowbird control objectives are in place to assure a high level of certainty that the agencies can meet their commitments to the conservation of the Kirtland's warbler. MDNR and USFS have replanted approximately 26,420 ha (90,000 ac) of Kirtland's warbler habitat over the past 30 years. Over the last 10 years, only a small proportion of the funding used to create Kirtland's warbler habitat is directly tied to the Act through the use of grant funding (
In summary, the general guidance of the recovery plan has been effective, and the Kirtland's warbler has responded well to active management over the past 50 years. The primary threats identified at listing and during the development of the recovery plan have been managed, and commitments are in place to continue managing the threats. The status of the Kirtland's warbler has improved, primarily due to breeding habitat and brood parasitism management provided by MDNR, USFS, and the Service. The population has been above the 1,000 pair goal since 2001, above 1,500 pairs since 2007, and above 2,000 pairs since 2012. The recovery criterion has been met. Since 2015, efforts for the Kirtland's warbler have been guided by a Conservation Plan that will continue to be implemented if the species is delisted.
Since the revision of the recovery plan (USFWS 1985), decades of research have been invaluable to refining recovery implementation and have helped clarify our understanding of the dynamic condition of the Kirtland's warbler, jack pine ecosystem, and the factors influencing them. The success of recovery efforts in mitigating threats to the Kirtland's warbler are evaluated below.
Section 4 of the Act and its implementing regulations (50 CFR part 424) set forth the procedures for listing species, reclassifying species, or removing species from listed status. The term “species” includes “any subspecies of fish or wildlife or plants, and any distinct population segment [DPS] of any species of vertebrate fish or wildlife which interbreeds when mature” (16 U.S.C. 1532(16)). A species may be determined to be an endangered species or threatened species because of any one or a combination of the five factors described in section 4(a)(1) of the Act: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence. We must consider these same five factors in delisting a species. We may delist a species according to 50 CFR 424.11(d) if the best available scientific and commercial data indicate that the species is neither endangered nor threatened for the following reasons: (1) The species is extinct; (2) the species has recovered and is no longer endangered or threatened; and/or (3) the original scientific data used at the time the species was classified were in error.
For species that are already listed as endangered or threatened, this analysis of threats is an evaluation of both the threats currently facing the species and the threats that are reasonably likely to affect the species in the foreseeable future following delisting or downlisting (
The Act does not define the term “foreseeable future.” For the purpose of this proposed rule, we defined the “foreseeable future” to be the extent to which, given the amount and substance of available data, we can anticipate events or effects, or reliably extrapolate threat trends, such that we reasonably believe that reliable predictions can be made concerning the future as it relates to the status of the Kirtland's warbler. Based on the history of habitat and brown-headed cowbird management and the established commitment by State and Federal partners to continue the necessary management that has been conducted over the past 50 years, as well as the predictions of the population viability model (Brown
In considering what factors might constitute threats, we must look beyond the exposure of the species to a particular factor to evaluate whether the species may respond to the factor in a way that causes actual impacts to the species. If there is exposure to a factor and the species responds negatively, the factor may be a threat, and during the status review, we attempt to determine how significant a threat it is. The threat is significant if it drives or contributes to the risk of extinction of the species, such that the species warrants listing as endangered or threatened as those terms are defined by the Act. However, the identification of factors that could impact a species negatively may not be sufficient to compel a finding that the species warrants listing. The information must include evidence sufficient to suggest that the potential threat is likely to materialize and that it has the capacity (
Historically, wildfires were the most important factor in the establishment of natural jack pine forests and Kirtland's warbler breeding habitat. However, modern wildfire suppression greatly altered the natural disturbance regime that generated Kirtland's warbler breeding habitat for thousands of years (USFWS 1985, p. 12; Cleland
In the absence of wildfire, land managers must take an active role in mimicking natural processes that regularly occurred within the jack pine ecosystem, namely stand-replacing disturbance events. This is primarily done through large-scale timber harvesting and human-assisted reforestation. Although planted stands
The Conservation Plan (MDNR
The Conservation Plan identifies a goal to develop at least 75 percent of the Kirtland's warbler's breeding habitat acreage using traditional habitat management techniques (opposing wave planting with interspersed openings), and no more than 25 percent of habitat using non-traditional habitat management techniques (
The land management agencies have maintained adequate breeding habitat despite times when their budgets were flat or declining, even while costs related to reforestation continue to increase. For example, over the last 30 years, the MDNR replanted over 20,000 ha (50,000 ac) of Kirtland's warbler habitat, averaging over 680 ha (1,700 ac) per year. They took this action voluntarily, and within the past 10 years, they used funding from sources other than those available under the Act. Section 6 grants under the Act have helped support MDNR's Kirtland's warbler efforts, but that funding has largely been used for population census work in recent years and reflects only a small percentage of the funding the State of Michigan spends annually to produce Kirtland's warbler breeding habitat.
Shifting agency priorities and competition for limited resources have and will continue to challenge the ability of land managers to fund reforestation of areas suitable for Kirtland's warblers. Low jack pine timber sale revenues, in conjunction with reduced budgets, increased Kirtland's warbler habitat reforestation costs, and competition with other programs, are challenges the land management agencies have met in the past and will need to continue addressing to meet annual habitat development objectives. Commitments by land managers and the Conservation Team are in place, as described previously, to ensure recovery of the Kirtland's warbler will be sustained despite these challenges.
A regulatory mechanism that aids in the management of breeding habitat is Executive Order (E.O.) 13186, “Responsibilities of Federal Agencies to Protect Migratory Birds” (66 FR 3853), which directs Federal agencies to develop a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with the Service to promote the conservation of migratory bird populations. The USFS and the Service signed an MOU (FS Agreement #08-MU-1113-2400-264) pursuant to E.O. 13186 with the purpose of strengthening migratory bird conservation by identifying and implementing strategies that promote conservation and avoid or minimize adverse impacts on migratory birds through enhanced collaboration. Additionally, USFS Forest Plans have been developed in compliance with the provisions of section 7 of the Act and the Healthy Forest Restoration Act of 2003 (Pub. L. 108-148). These plans emphasize management that maintains
We reviewed available information on the effects from expanded development adjacent to occupied habitats in both breeding and wintering areas, and impacts from recreational activities on the breeding grounds. Although these factors and those discussed above do affect Kirtland's warblers and their habitat, land management agencies have been successful in maintaining sufficient amounts of suitable habitat to support historically high numbers of Kirtland's warblers. Although activities that affect breeding habitat may still have some negative effects on individual Kirtland's warblers, the population of Kirtland's warblers appears resilient to these activities within the context of the current management regime. Furthermore, to date, management efforts have been adaptive in terms of the acreage and spatial and temporal configuration of habitat needed to mitigate the effects associated with natural breeding habitat loss and fragmentation. The land management agencies have shown a commitment to Kirtland's warbler habitat management through signing the 2016 MOU, agreeing to continue habitat management, and developing and implementing the Conservation Plan.
Although Kirtland's warblers spend a relatively small amount of time each year migrating, the migratory period has the highest mortality rate out of any phase of the annual cycle, accounting for 44 percent of annual mortality (Rockwell
The quantity and quality of migratory habitat needed to sustain Kirtland's warbler numbers above the recovery goal of 1,000 pairs appears to be sufficient, based on a sustained and increasing population since 2001. If loss or destruction of migratory habitat were limiting or likely to limit the population to the degree that maintaining a healthy population may be at risk, it should be apparent in the absence of the species from highly suitable breeding habitat in the core breeding range. In fact, we have seen just the opposite: Increasing densities of breeding individuals in core areas and a range expansion into what would appear to be less suitable habitat elsewhere. This steady population growth and range expansion has occurred despite increased development and fragmentation of migratory stopover habitat within coastal areas; therefore, loss or degradation of migratory habitat is not a substantial threat to the species now or in the foreseeable future.
The quantity and quality of wintering habitat needed to sustain Kirtland's warbler numbers above the recovery goal of 1,000 pairs appears to be sufficient, based on a sustained and increasing population since 2001. Compared to the breeding grounds, less is known about the wintering grounds in The Bahamas. Factors affecting Kirtland's warblers on the wintering grounds, as well as the magnitude of the impacts, remain somewhat uncertain. Few of the known Kirtland's warbler wintering sites currently occur on protected land. Rather, most Kirtland's warblers appear to winter more commonly in early successional habitats that have recently been or are currently being used by people (
Tourism is the primary economic activity in The Bahamas, accounting for 65 percent of the gross domestic product, and The Bahamas' Family Islands Development Encouragement Act of 2008 supports the development of resorts on each of the major Family Islands (part of The Bahamas) (Moore and Gape 2009, p. 72). Residential and commercial development could result in direct loss of Kirtland's warbler habitat, especially on New Providence and Grand Bahama, which together support 85 percent of the population of Bahamian people (Moore and Gape 2009, p. 73; Wunderle
Local depletion and degradation of the water table from wells and other water extraction and introduction of salt water through human-made channels or other disturbances to natural hydrologies may also negatively impact Kirtland's warblers by affecting fruit and arthropod availability (Ewert 2011, pers. comm.).
Fire may have positive or negative impacts on winter habitat, depending on the frequency and intensity of fires, and where the fires occur. Fires are relatively common and widespread on the pine islands in the northern part of the archipelago, and have increased since settlement, especially during the dry winter season when Kirtland's warblers are present (The Nature Conservancy 2004, p. 3). Human-made fires may negatively impact wintering Kirtland's warblers if they result in reduced density and fruit production of understory shrubs in Caribbean pine (
Invasive plants are another potential factor that could limit the extent of winter habitat in The Bahamas. Brazilian pepper (
The Bahamas National Trust administers 32 national parks that cover over 809,371 ha (2 million ac) (Bahamas National Trust 2017, p. 3). Although not all national parks contain habitat suitable for Kirtland's warblers, several parks are known to provide suitable wintering habitat, including the Leon Levy Native Plant Preserve on Eleuthera Island, Harrold and Wilson Ponds National Park on New Providence Island, and Exuma Cays Land and Sea Park on Hawksbill Cay (The Nature Conservancy 2011, p. 2). Hog Bay Island, a national park in Bermuda, also provides suitable Kirtland's warbler wintering habitat (Amos 2005).
Caribbean pine, a potentially important component of wintering Kirtland's warbler habitat, is protected from harvest in The Bahamas under the Conservation and Protection of the Physical Landscape of The Bahamas (Declaration of Protected Trees) Order of 1997. The Bahamas National Trust Act of 1959 and the National Parks Ordinance of 1992 established non-government statutory roles to the Bahamas National Trust and the Turks and Caicos Islands National Trust, respectively. These acts empower these organizations to hold and manage environmentally important lands in trust for their respective countries.
Simply protecting parcels of land or important wintering habitat, however, may be insufficient to sustain adequate amounts of habitat for the Kirtland's warbler because of the species' dependence on early successional habitat (Mayfield 1972, p. 349; Sykes and Clench 1998, pp. 256-257; Haney
Although threats to Kirtland's warblers on the wintering grounds exist as a result of habitat loss due to succession or development, the current extent and magnitude of these threats appears not to be significantly limiting Kirtland's warbler population numbers based on the species' continuous population growth over the last two decades. This indicates that loss or degradation of winter habitat is not a substantial threat causing population-level effects to the species now or in the foreseeable future.
The Kirtland's warbler has always occupied a relatively limited geographic range on both the breeding and wintering grounds. This limited range makes the species naturally more vulnerable to catastrophic events compared to species with wide geographic distributions, because having multiple populations in a wider distribution reduces the likelihood that all individuals will be affected simultaneously by a catastrophic event (
The Kirtland's warbler is a non-game species, and there is no known or potential commercial harvest in either the breeding or wintering grounds. Utilization for recreational, scientific, or educational purposes appears to be adequately regulated by several State, Federal, and international wildlife laws, based on a sustained and increasing population since 2001. Land management agencies within the Kirtland's warbler's breeding range have the ability to implement seasonal closures to specific areas for a variety of reasons and, when necessary, could limit access outside of designated roads and trails to further protect the species.
The Kirtland's warbler is protected by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918 (MBTA; 16 U.S.C. 703-712). The MBTA prohibits take, capture, killing, trade, or possession of Kirtland's warblers and their parts, as well as their nests and eggs. The regulations implementing the MBTA further define “take” as to “pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect” or attempt those activities (50 CFR 10.12).
The States of Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, Virginia, and Wisconsin list the Kirtland's warbler as endangered, under their respective State endangered species regulations. In Michigan, where the majority of the population breeds, part 365 of Public Act 451 of 1994 prohibits take, possession, transportation, importation, exportation, processing, sale, offer for sale, purchase, or offer to purchase, transportation or receipt for shipment by a common or contract carrier of Kirtland's warblers or their parts. The Kirtland's warbler is listed as endangered under Ontario's Endangered Species Act of 2007.
The Kirtland's warbler was declared federally endangered in Canada in 1979. Canada's Species at Risk Act of 2003 (SARA) is the primary law protecting the Kirtland's warbler in Canada. Canada's SARA bans killing, harming, harassing, capturing, taking, possessing, collecting, buying, selling, or trading of individuals that are federally listed. In addition, SARA also extends protection to the residence (habitat) of individuals that are federally listed.
Canada's Migratory Bird Convention Act of 1994 also provides protections to Kirtland's warblers. Under Canada's Migratory Bird Convention Act, it is unlawful to be in possession of migratory birds or nests, or to buy, sell, exchange, or give migratory birds or nests, or to make them the subject of commercial transactions.
In The Bahamas and the Turks and Caicos Islands, the Kirtland's warbler is recognized as a globally Near Threatened species, but has no federally listed status. In The Bahamas, the Wild Birds Protection Act (chapter 249) allows the Minister of Wild Animals and Birds Protection to establish and modify reserves for the protection of any wild bird. The species is also protected in The Bahamas by the Wild Animals (Protection) Act (chapter 248) that prohibits the take or capture, export, or attempt to take, capture, or export any wild animal from The Bahamas. The Bahamas regulates scientific utilization
The species remains protected from pursuit, wounding, or killing that could potentially result from activities focused on the species in breeding, wintering, and migratory habitat (
There is no information of any disease impacting the Kirtland's warbler on either the breeding or wintering grounds.
For most passerines, nest predation has the greatest negative impact on reproductive success, and can affect entire populations (Ricklefs 1969, p. 6; Martin 1992, p. 457). Nest predation may be particularly detrimental for ground-nesting bird species in shrublands (Martin 1993, p. 902). Predation rates of Kirtland's warbler nests have ranged from 3 to 67 percent of nests examined (Mayfield 1960, p. 204; Cuthbert 1982, p. 1; Walkinshaw 1983, p. 120); however, few predation events have been directly observed, and in general, evidence regarding the importance of certain nest or adult predators lack quantitative support (Mayfield 1960, p. 182; Walkinshaw 1972, p. 5; Walkinshaw 1983, pp. 113-114).
Overall, nest predation rates for Kirtland's warblers are similar to non-endangered passerines and are below levels that would compromise population replacement (Bocetti 1994, pp. 125-126; Cooper
Under this factor, we examine the threats identified within the other factors as ameliorated or exacerbated by any existing regulatory mechanisms or conservation efforts. Section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act requires that the Service take into account “those efforts, if any, being made by any State or foreign nation, or any political subdivision of a State or foreign nation, to protect such species.” In relation to Factor D under the Act, we interpret this language to require the Service to consider relevant Federal, State, and Tribal laws, regulations, and other such binding legal mechanisms that may ameliorate or exacerbate any of the threats we describe in threat analyses under the other four factors or otherwise enhance the species' conservation. Our consideration of these mechanisms is described within each of the threats to the species, where applicable (see discussion under each of the other factors).
Brood parasitism can depress reproduction of avian hosts in several ways, including the direct removal or predation of eggs or young, facilitating nest predation by other nest predators, reducing hatching or fledging success, altering host population sex ratios, and increasing juvenile and adult mortality beyond the nest (Elliot 1999, p. 55; Hoover 2003, pp. 928-929; Smith
Although brown-headed cowbirds were historically restricted to prairie ecosystems, forest clearing and agricultural development of Michigan's Lower Peninsula in the late 1800s facilitated the brown-headed cowbird's range expansion into Kirtland's warbler nesting areas (Mayfield 1960, p. 145). Wood and Frothingham (1905, p. 49) found that brown-headed cowbirds were already common within the Kirtland's warbler's breeding range by the early 1900s. Strong (1919, p. 181) later reported the first known instance of brood parasitism of a Kirtland's warbler nest in Crawford County, Michigan, in 1908. Shortly thereafter, Leopold (1924, p. 57) related the scarcity of Kirtland's warblers to brown-headed cowbird parasitism. Mayfield (1960, pp. 180-181) supported Leopold's hypothesis with empirical data, and further recognized that brown-headed cowbird parasitism significantly affected the survival of the Kirtland's warbler.
The Kirtland's warbler is particularly sensitive to brown-headed cowbird brood parasitism. The warbler's limited breeding range likely exposes the entire population to brown-headed cowbird parasitism (Mayfield 1960, pp. 146-147; Trick, unpubl. data). In addition, the peak egg-laying period of the brown-headed cowbird completely overlaps with that of the Kirtland's warbler, and the majority of Kirtland's warblers produce only one brood each year (Mayfield 1960, pp. 151-152; Radabaugh 1972, p. 55; Rockwell, unpubl. data). Kirtland's warblers have limited evolutionary experience with brown-headed cowbirds compared to other hosts and have not developed effective defensive behaviors to thwart brood parasitism (Walkinshaw 1983, pp. 157-158).
Between 1903 and 1971, researchers observed parasitism rates of Kirtland's warbler nests ranging from 48 percent to 86 percent (reviewed in Shake and Mattson 1975, p. 2). Brown-headed cowbirds also appear to exert greater pressure on Kirtland's warbler nests than other passerines within the same breeding habitat. Walkinshaw (1983, p. 154) reported that 93 percent of all the brown-headed cowbird eggs he found in jack pine habitat were located in Kirtland's warbler nests compared to all other host species combined. Kirtland's warbler fledging rates averaged less than 1 young per nest prior to the initiation of brown-headed cowbird control (Walkinshaw 1972, p. 5).
The effect of brown-headed cowbird parasitism exacerbated negative impacts associated with habitat loss in the decline of the Kirtland's warbler population (Rothstein and Cook 2000, p. 7). Nicholas Cuthbert and Bruce Radabaugh (Cuthbert 1966, pp. 1-2) demonstrated that trapping brown-headed cowbirds within Kirtland's warbler nesting areas decreased parasitism rates and increased Kirtland's warbler nesting success. Accordingly, intensive brown-headed cowbird removal was recommended on major Kirtland's warbler nesting areas as one of the necessary steps for the recovery of the Kirtland's warbler (Shake and Mattsson 1975, p. 2).
Since 1972, the Service, in conjunction with the USDA-WS, MDNR, and USFS, has implemented an intensive brown-headed cowbird control program within major Kirtland's warbler nesting areas in Michigan's Lower Peninsula. On average, the control program annually removes approximately 3,573 brown-headed cowbirds from occupied Kirtland's warbler habitat in northern lower Michigan (USDA-WS 2016, unpubl.
Following the initiation of brown-headed cowbird control in northern lower Michigan in 1972, brood parasitism rates decreased to 6.2 percent, and averaged 3.4 percent between 1972 and 1981 (Kelly and DeCapita 1982, p. 363). Kirtland's warbler fledging rates simultaneously increased from less than 1 per nest to 2.8 per nest, and averaged 2.78 young fledged per nest between 1972 and 1981 (Kelly and DeCapita 1982, pp. 364-365). Had brown-headed cowbird parasitism not been controlled, Mayfield (1975, p. 43) calculated that by 1974, the Kirtland's warbler population may have been reduced to only 42 pairs.
Brood parasitism of Kirtland's warbler nests also occurs in Wisconsin. In 2007, two of three Kirtland's warbler nests were parasitized (USFWS unpubl. data). After the initiation of brown-headed cowbird control in 2008, brood parasitism rates in Wisconsin have fluctuated substantially among years, from 10 percent to 66 percent (USFWS unpubl. data; Trick unpubl. data). However, in the same time period (2008-2017), overall nest success has ranged from 19 to 80 percent, and the average fledge rate was estimated to be between 1.51 to 1.92 chicks per nest (USFWS 2017, pp. 2-3).
Limited studies on the effectiveness of the brown-headed cowbird control program in relation to Kirtland's warbler nest productivity in Michigan have been conducted since the early 1980s. De Groot and Smith (2001, p. 877) found that brown-headed cowbirds were nearly eliminated in areas directly adjacent to a trap, and brown-headed cowbird densities decreased 5 km (3 miles) and greater from brown-headed cowbird removal areas. Brown-headed cowbird densities significantly increased at distances greater than 10 km (6 miles) from brown-headed cowbird removal areas, further demonstrating the localized effect of brown-headed cowbird control (De Groot and Smith 2001, p. 877). Although brown-headed cowbird density increased with distance beyond 5 km (3 miles) of brown-headed cowbird traps, brown-headed cowbird densities were still low in those areas compared to other parts of North America (De Groot and Smith 2001, p. 877). Anecdotal observation of brood parasitism rates have also indicated very low levels of brood parasitism within Kirtland's warbler nesting areas (Bocetti 1994, p. 96; Rockwell 2013, p. 93).
A study is currently underway in Michigan to evaluate the effective range of a brown-headed cowbird trap and to determine the brood parasitism rate of Kirtland's warbler nests when traps are not operated during the warbler's breeding season. Beginning in 2015, 12 brown-headed cowbird traps (out of 55 total) were closed for two breeding seasons, and Kirtland's warbler nests were searched to determine the rate of parasitism (Cooper
Additionally, point count surveys were conducted during 2015 and 2016, in Kirtland's warbler nesting areas in Michigan's northern Lower Peninsula where brown-headed cowbird traps were not being operated. Only 13 brown-headed cowbirds were observed during 271 point count surveys (Cooper
However, in similar experiments where brown-headed cowbird trapping was reduced or brought to an end following a lengthy period of trapping, brood parasitism rates elevated or returned to pre-trapping rates. Research at Fort Hood Military Reservation in Texas showed that after 3 years of decreased brown-headed cowbird trapping levels, parasitism rates increased from 7.9 percent to 23.1 percent and resulted in black-capped vireo (
After 45 years of brown-headed cowbird trapping in Michigan, the threat of brood parasitism on the Kirtland's warbler has been greatly reduced, but not eliminated. Brown-headed cowbirds are able to parasitize more than 200 host species (Friedmann
The MOA (see Recovery and Recovery Plan Implementation discussion, above) established in 2015 between the Service and MDNR addresses the commitment and long-term costs associated with future efforts to control cowbirds. The MOA established a dedicated account from which income can be used to implement cowbird management and other conservation actions for the Kirtland's warbler. To date, the account has greater than one million dollars invested for long-term growth, and income generated will be used to ensure sufficient cowbird management to adequately reduce nest parasitism of the Kirtland's warbler.
Thus, we conclude that with the expected continued management, the threat of brood parasitism by brown-headed cowbirds to the Kirtland's
The effects of projected changes in temperature, precipitation, and sea level on Kirtland's warblers were not identified in the listing rule (32 FR 4001; March 11, 1967) or in the updated recovery plan (USFWS 1985, entire), yet the potential impact of climate change has gained widespread recognition as one of many pressures that influence the distributions of species, the timing of biological activities and processes, and the health of populations. Potential effects to the Kirtland's warbler include a decrease in productivity rates, a decrease and shift in suitable breeding habitat outside of the species' current range (Prasad
There are a multitude of anticipated changes to the extent and availability of suitable Kirtland's warbler habitat within jack pine forests on the breeding grounds based on projected changes to temperature and precipitation that range from expansion to contraction of habitat. Continued increases in temperature and evaporation will likely reduce jack pine forest acreage (NAST 2000, pp. 116-117), as well as increase the susceptibility of current jack pine forests to pests and diseases (Bentz
On the wintering grounds, effects to the Kirtland's warbler could occur as a result of changing temperature, precipitation, rising sea levels, and storm events. For migratory species, unfavorable changes on the wintering grounds can result in subsequent negative effects on fitness later in the annual cycle (Marra
Temperatures in the Caribbean have shown strong warming trends across all regions, particularly since the 1970s (Jones
Increasing temperatures can contribute to sea level rise from the melting of ice over land and thermal expansion of seawater. A wide range of estimates for future global mean sea level rise are found in the scientific literature (reviewed in Simpson
Generally, climate models predict a drying trend in the Caribbean, but there is considerable temporal and spatial variation and often disagreement among models regarding specific predictions that make it difficult to determine the extent to which reduced rainfall or timing of rainfall may affect the Kirtland's warbler in the future. We reviewed available literature examining precipitation trends and projections in the Caribbean, and specifically The
Jones
Karmalkar
Finally, Wolcott
Accurately projecting future precipitation trends in the Caribbean is difficult due to the complex interactions between sea surface temperatures, atmospheric pressure at sea level, and predominant wind patterns. Further, some models have difficulty accurately simulating the semi-annual seasonal cycle of precipitation observed in the Caribbean. Recent models using statistical downscaling techniques have improved resolution, but still show limitations for predicting precipitation. Thus, rainfall projections where Kirtland's warblers overwinter have limited certainty and should be interpreted with caution. Understanding the likely projected precipitation in the Bahamas and Caribbean is important because of the strong link between late winter rainfall and fitness of Kirtland's warblers. A drying trend on the wintering grounds will likely cause a corresponding reduction in available food resources (Studds and Marra 2007, pp. 120-121; Studds and Marra 2011, pp. 4-6). Rainfall in the previous month was an important factor in predicting fruit abundance (both ripe and unripe fruit) for wild sage and black torch in The Bahamas (Wunderle
Decreases in rainfall and resulting decreases in food availability may also result in poorer body condition prior to migration. The need to build up the necessary resources to successfully complete migration could, in turn, result in delays to spring departure in dry years (Wunderle
Extreme weather events such as tropical storms and hurricanes will continue to occur with an expected reduction in the overall frequency of weaker tropical storms and hurricanes, but an increase in the frequency of the most intense hurricanes (category 4 and 5 hurricanes), based on several dynamical climate modeling studies of Atlantic basin storm frequency and intensity (Bender
Because of the uncertainties in modeling the projected changes in precipitation, both spatially and temporally, there is a great level of uncertainty in how precipitation is likely to change in the foreseeable future and thereby affect Kirtland's warbler. There is more confidence that temperatures are likely to increase, and it is possible that there will be a drying trend over much of the Caribbean. However, it is not clear whether all islands will be equally affected by less precipitation. As a long-distance migrant, the Kirtland's warbler is well suited, in terms of its movement patterns and dispersal ability, to reach other locations outside of their current winter range where suitable winter habitat and food resources may be more
Collision with human-made structures (
There are five confirmed reports of Kirtland's warblers colliding with human-made structures, all of which resulted in death. Two of these deaths resulted from collisions with windows (Kleen 1976, p. 78; Kramer 2009, pers. comm.), and three resulted from collisions with a lighted structure, including a lighthouse (Merriam 1885, p. 376), an electric light mast (Jones 1906, pp. 118-119), and a lighted monument (Nolan 1954). Another report of a Kirtland's warbler that flew into a window and appeared to survive after only being stunned by the collision (Cordle 2005, p. 2) was not accepted as an official documented observation of a Kirtland's warbler (Maryland Ornithological Society 2010, unpaginated).
Some bird species may be more vulnerable to collision with human-made structures than others due to species-specific behaviors. Particularly vulnerable species include: Night-migrating birds that are prone to capture or disorientation by artificial lights because of the way exposure to a light field can disrupt avian navigation systems; species that habitually make swift flights through restricted openings in dense vegetation; and species that are primarily active on or near the ground (reviewed in Ogden 1996, p. 8; Gauthreaux and Belser 2006, p. 67). Of the avian species recorded, the largest proportion of species (41 percent) that suffer migration mortality at human-made structures belong to the wood warbler subfamily (Parulinae), of which many species exhibit the above-mentioned behaviors (Ogden 1996, p. 14).
The Kirtland's warbler belongs to the Parulinae subfamily and exhibits many of the behaviors characteristic of other birds considered vulnerable to collision with human-made structures, yet little is known regarding how prone this species is to collision. The majority of bird collisions go undetected because corpses land in inconspicuous places or are quickly removed by scavengers postmortem (Klem 2009, p. 317). Additionally, while most avian collisions take place during migration, detailed information about Kirtland's warbler migration is still limited. The Kirtland's warbler population is also small, reducing the probability of collision observations by chance alone, compared to other species. These factors have inhibited the gathering of information, and in turn, a more comprehensive understanding of the hazards human-made structures pose to the Kirtland's warbler. It is reasonable to presume, however, that more Kirtland's warblers collide with human-made structures than are reported.
Solutions to reduce the hazards that cause avian collisions with human-made structures are being implemented in many places. Extinguishing internal lights of buildings at night, avoiding the use of external floodlighting, and shielding the upward radiation of low-level lighting such as street lamps are expected to reduce attraction and trapping of birds within illuminated urban areas, and in turn, injury and mortality caused by collision, predation, starvation, or exhaustion (reviewed in Ogden 1996, p. 31). The Service's Urban Conservation Treaty for Migratory Birds program has worked with several cities to adopt projects that benefit migrating birds flying through urban areas in between breeding and wintering grounds. For example, some cities within the Kirtland's warbler's migration corridor, such as Chicago, Indianapolis, Columbus, Detroit, and Milwaukee, have “Lights Out” or similar programs, which encourage the owners and managers of tall buildings to turn off or dim exterior decorative lights as well as interior lights during spring and fall migration periods (
Additionally, migrating birds are not equally attracted to various lighting patterns, and modifying certain types of lighting systems could significantly reduce collision-related mortality. Gehring
As noted previously concerning potential threats to migratory habitat, if mortality during migration were limiting or likely to limit the population to the degree that maintaining a healthy population may be at risk, it should be apparent in the absence of the species from highly suitable breeding habitat in the core breeding range. In fact, we have seen just the opposite, increasing densities of breeding individuals in core areas and a range expansion into what would appear to be less suitable habitat elsewhere. This steady population growth and range expansion occurred while the potential threats to the species during migration were all increasing on the landscape (
When threats occur together, one may exacerbate the effects of another, causing effects not accounted for when threats are analyzed individually. Many of the threats to the Kirtland's warbler and its habitat discussed above under Factors A through E are interrelated and could be synergistic, and thus may cumulatively impact Kirtland's warbler beyond the extent of each individual threat. For example, increases in temperature and evaporation could reduce the amount of jack pine habitat available and increase the level of brood parasitism. Historically, habitat loss and brood parasitism significantly impacted
Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533), and its implementing regulations at 50 CFR part 424, set forth the procedures for determining whether a species is an endangered species or threatened species and should be included on the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants. The Act defines an endangered species as any species that is “in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range” and a threatened species as any species “that is likely to become endangered throughout all or a significant portion of its range within the foreseeable future.”
On July 1, 2014, we published a final policy interpreting the phrase “significant portion of its range” (SPR) (79 FR 37578). Aspects of that policy were vacated for species that occur in Arizona by the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona (
Our final policy addresses the consequences of finding a species is in danger of extinction in an SPR, and what would constitute an SPR. The final policy states that (1) if a species is found to be endangered or threatened throughout a significant portion of its range, the entire species is listed as an endangered species or a threatened species, respectively, and the Act's protections apply to all individuals of the species wherever found; (2) a portion of the range of a species is “significant” if the species is not currently endangered or threatened throughout all of its range, but the portion's contribution to the viability of the species is so important that, without the members in that portion, the species would be in danger of extinction, or likely to become so in the foreseeable future, throughout all of its range; (3) the range of a species is considered to be the general geographical area within which that species can be found at the time the Service or the National Marine Fisheries Service makes any particular status determination; and (4) if a vertebrate species is endangered or threatened throughout an SPR, and the population in that significant portion is a valid DPS, we will list the DPS rather than the entire taxonomic species or subspecies.
The SPR policy applies to analyses for all status determinations, including listing, delisting, and reclassification determinations. The procedure for analyzing whether any portion is an SPR is similar, regardless of the type of status determination we are making. The first step in our assessment of the status of a species is to determine its status throughout all of its range. We subsequently examine whether, in light of the species' status throughout all of its range, it is necessary to determine its status throughout a significant portion of its range. If we determine that the species is in danger of extinction, or likely to become so in the foreseeable future, throughout all of its range, we list the species as an endangered (or threatened) species and no SPR analysis will be required. As described in our policy, once the Service determines that a “species”—which can include a species, subspecies, or distinct population segment (DPS)—meets the definition of “endangered species” or “threatened species,” the species must be listed in its entirety and the Act's protections applied consistently to all individuals of the species wherever found (subject to modification of protections through special rules under sections 4(d) and 10(j) of the Act).
Under section 4(a)(1) of the Act, we determine whether a species is an endangered species or threatened species because of any of the following factors: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence. These same factors apply whether we are analyzing the species' status throughout all of its range or throughout a significant portion of its range.
We conducted a review of the status of the Kirtland's warbler and assessed the five factors to evaluate whether the species is in danger of extinction, or likely to become so in the foreseeable future, throughout all of its range. The size of the Kirtland's warbler population is currently at its known historical maximum, which is nearly 10 times larger than it was at the time of listing and close to 2.5 times larger than the recovery goal. The population's breeding range also expanded outside of the northern Lower Peninsula to areas in Michigan's Upper Peninsula, Wisconsin, and Ontario. This recovery is attributable to successful interagency cooperation in the management of habitat and brood parasitism. The amount of suitable habitat has increased by approximately 150 percent since listing, primarily due to the increased amount of planted habitat generated from adaptive silvicultural techniques. Brown-headed cowbird control has been conducted on an annual basis within the majority of Kirtland's warbler nesting areas since 1972, and has greatly reduced the impacts of brood parasitism.
During our analysis, we found that impacts believed to be threats at the time of listing have been eliminated or reduced, or are being adequately managed since listing, and we do not expect any of these conditions to substantially change after delisting and into the foreseeable future. Population modeling that assessed the long-term population viability of Kirtland's warbler populations showed stable populations over a 50-year simulation period with current habitat management and maintaining sufficient cowbird
Consistent with our interpretation that there are two independent bases for listing species, as described above, after examining the status of the Kirtland's warbler throughout all of its range, we now examine whether it is necessary to determine its status throughout a significant portion of its range. Per our final SPR policy, we must give operational effect to both the “throughout all” of its range language and the SPR phrase in the definitions of “endangered species” and “threatened species.” As discussed earlier and in greater detail in the SPR policy, we have concluded that to give operational effect to both the “throughout all” language and the SPR phrase, the Service should conduct an SPR analysis if (and only if) a species does not warrant listing according to the “throughout all” language.
Because we determined that the Kirtland's warbler is not in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future throughout all of its range, we will consider whether there are any significant portions of its range in which the species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so. To undertake this analysis, we first identify any portions of the species' range that warrant further consideration. The range of a species can theoretically be divided into portions in an infinite number of ways. However, there is no purpose in analyzing portions of the range that have no reasonable potential to be significant or in analyzing portions of the range in which there is no reasonable potential for the species to be in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future in that portion. To identify only those portions that warrant further consideration, we determine whether there are any portions of the species' range: (1) That may be “significant,” and (2) where the species may be in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future. We emphasize that answering these questions in the affirmative is not equivalent to a determination that the species should be listed—rather, it is a step in determining whether a more-detailed analysis of the issue is required.
If we identify any portions (1) that may be significant and (2) where the species may be in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future, we conduct a more thorough analysis to determine whether both of these standards are indeed met. The determination that a portion that we have identified does meet our definition of significant does not create a presumption, prejudgment, or other determination as to whether the species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future in that identified SPR. We must then analyze whether the species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the SPR. To make that determination, we use the same standards and methodology that we use to determine if a species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future throughout all of its range (but applied only to the portion of the range now being analyzed).
In practice, one key part of identifying portions appropriate for further analysis may be whether the threats are geographically concentrated. If a species is not in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future throughout all of its range and the threats to the species are essentially uniform throughout its range, then there is no basis on which to conclude that the species may be in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future in any portion of its range. Therefore, we examined whether any threats are geographically concentrated in some way that would indicate the species may be in danger of extinction, or likely to become so, in a particular area. Kirtland's warblers occupy different geographic areas throughout their annual life cycle (breeding grounds, migratory routes, wintering grounds). Although there are different threats during time spent in each of these areas, the entire population moves through the full annual cycle (breeding, migration, and wintering) and functions as a single panmictic population (see Genetics discussion above). Because all individuals move throughout all of these geographic areas, these different geographic areas do not represent biologically separate populations that could be exposed to different threats. The entire population and all individuals move through each of these geographic areas and are exposed to the same threats as they do; thus, no portion could have a different status.
Although there are different threats acting on the species on the breeding grounds, migratory routes, and wintering grounds (see discussion under Factors A through E, above), the entire Kirtland's warbler population experiences all of these threats at some point during their annual cycle and those threats, in combination, have an overall low-level effect on the species as a whole. Threats throughout the species' range are being managed or are occurring at low levels, as is evident in the species' continued population growth over the last two decades. Commitments by management agencies through the MOA and MOU provide assurances that habitat management and brown-headed cowbird control will continue at sufficient levels to ensure continued stable population numbers. We conclude that there are no portions of the species' range that are likely to be both significant and be in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future. Therefore, no portion warrants further consideration to determine whether the species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so in a significant portion of its range. For these reasons, we conclude that the species is not in danger of extinction, or likely to become so within the foreseeable future, throughout a significant portion of its range.
We have carefully assessed the best scientific and commercial information available regarding the past, present, and future threats to the Kirtland's warbler. The threats that led to the species being listed under the Act (primarily loss of the species' habitat (Factor A) and effects of brood parasitism by brown-headed cowbirds (Factor E)) have been removed, ameliorated, or are being appropriately
This proposal, if made final, would revise 50 CFR 17.11(h) by removing the Kirtland's warbler from the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife. The prohibitions and conservation measures provided by the Act, particularly through sections 7 and 9, would no longer apply to this species. Federal agencies would no longer be required to consult with the Service under section 7 of the Act in the event that activities they authorize, fund, or carry out may affect the Kirtland's warbler. There is no critical habitat designated for this species. Removal of the Kirtland's warbler from the List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife would not affect the protection given to all migratory bird species under the MBTA.
Section 4(g)(1) of the Act requires us, in cooperation with the States, to implement a system to monitor for not less than 5 years for all species that have been recovered and delisted. The purpose of this requirement is to develop a program that detects the failure of any delisted species to sustain itself without the protective measures provided by the Act. If, at any time during the monitoring period, data indicate that protective status under the Act should be reinstated, we can initiate listing procedures, including, if appropriate, emergency listing.
We will coordinate with other Federal agencies, State resource agencies, interested scientific organizations, and others as appropriate to develop and implement an effective post-delisting monitoring (PDM) plan for the Kirtland's warbler. The PDM plan will build upon current research and effective management practices that have improved the status of the species since listing. Ensuring continued implementation of proven management strategies, such as brown-headed cowbird control and habitat management, that have been developed to sustain the species will be a fundamental goal for the PDM plan. The PDM plan will identify measurable management thresholds and responses for detecting and reacting to significant changes in the Kirtland's warbler's numbers, distribution, and persistence. If declines are detected equaling or exceeding these thresholds, the Service, in combination with other PDM participants, will investigate causes of these declines. The investigation will be to determine if the Kirtland's warbler warrants expanded monitoring, additional research, additional habitat protection or brood parasite management, or resumption of Federal protection under the Act.
We are required by Executive Orders 12866 and 12988 and by the Presidential Memorandum of June 1, 1998, to write all rules in plain language. This means that each rule we publish must:
(a) Be logically organized;
(b) Use the active voice to address readers directly;
(c) Use clear language rather than jargon;
(d) Be divided into short sections and sentences; and
(e) Use lists and tables wherever possible.
If you feel that we have not met these requirements, send us comments by one of the methods listed in
We determined that we do not need to prepare an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement, as defined under the authority of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175, Secretarial Order 3206, the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, and the Native American Policy of the Service, January 20, 2016, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with recognized Federal Tribes on a government-to-government basis. We will coordinate with tribes in the Midwest within the range of the Kirtland's warbler and request their input on this proposed rule.
A complete list of all references cited in this proposed rule is available at
The primary authors of this proposed rule are staff members of the Michigan Ecological Services Field Office in East Lansing, Michigan, in coordination with the Midwest Regional Office in Bloomington, Minnesota.
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
Accordingly, we propose to amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Proposed rule; request for comments.
NMFS proposes small-mesh multispecies specifications for fishing years 2018-2020 and corrects a regulatory error from a previous rulemaking action. The specifications are intended to establish allowable catch limits for each stock within the fishery to control overfishing while allowing optimum yield. This action also informs the public of the proposed fishery specifications and regulatory correction, and provides an opportunity for comment.
Comments must be received by 5:00 p.m. local time, on April 27, 2018.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2018-0031, by either of the following methods:
1. Go to
2. Click the “Comment Now!” icon, complete the required fields, and
3. Enter or attach your comments.
A draft environmental assessment (EA) has been prepared for this action that describes the proposed measures and other considered alternatives, as well as provides an analysis of the impacts of the proposed measures and alternatives. Copies of the specifications document, including the EA and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA), are available on request from Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council, 50 Water Street, Newburyport, MA 01950. These documents are also accessible via the internet at
Cynthia Hanson, Fishery Management Specialist, (978) 281-9180.
The New England Fishery Management Council manages the small-mesh multispecies fishery within the Northeast Multispecies Fishery Management Plan (FMP). The small-mesh multispecies fishery is composed of five stocks of three species of hakes: Northern silver hake, southern silver hake, northern red hake, southern red hake, and offshore hake. Southern silver hake and offshore hake are often grouped together and collectively referred to as “southern whiting.” The small-mesh multispecies fishery is managed separately from the groundfish fishery because it is conducted with much smaller mesh, and does not generally result in the catch of regulated groundfish species like cod and haddock. Amendment 19 to the FMP (April 4, 2013; 78 FR 20260) established the process and framework for setting catch specifications for the small-mesh fishery. The FMP requires that catch and landing limits for the small-mesh multispecies fishery be established through the specifications process on an annual basis for up to three years at a time.
The Whiting Plan Development Team (PDT) met in July 2017 to review the latest Stock Assessment and Fishery Evaluation (SAFE) report for the small-mesh multispecies fishery. This assessment update indicated that, in general, small-mesh multispecies stocks (whiting and hake) are increasing in the north and decreasing in the south. The Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC) conducted a final review of the PDT's recommended specifications and the SAFE report at their October 2017 meeting. On December 7, 2017, the Council approved the final recommended 2018-2020 catch limit specifications for the small-mesh multispecies fishery.
During development of these specifications, NMFS identified an error in the small-mesh multispecies regulations. In a previous action (80 FR 30379; May 28, 2015), we approved a Council-recommended reduction in the northern red hake possession limit from 5,000 lb (2,268 kg) to 3,000 lb (1,361 kg). However, when we drafted the rule implementing this change, we did not clarify that the possession limit for southern red hake remained unchanged at 5,000 lb (2,268 kg). In addition to setting new specifications for the whiting fishery for 2018 and projecting specifications for 2019 and 2020, this action would correct the error, and clarify the red hake possession limits in the regulations.
The recommended specifications would adjust the overfishing limit (OFL), allowable biological catch (ABC), annual catch limit (ACL), and total allowable landings (TAL) for the four main stocks in the small-mesh multispecies fishery (Table 1). These adjustments are based on Council recommendations, and account for the changes in stock biomass shown in the latest stock assessment update from 2017. The specification limits are intended to provide for sustainable yield and keep the risk of overfishing at acceptable levels as defined by the Council and its SSC.
This action proposes the Council's recommended specifications for the
These proposed specifications represent increases in the catch limits of the northern stocks, and decreases in the catch limits of the southern stocks. These changes are unlikely to have a significant impact because generally the small-mesh multispecies fishery harvests less than 50 percent of any given TAL each year; except in the case of northern red hake. In the southern fishery, southern red hake landings have approached 50 percent of the TAL, while southern whiting landings have not exceeded 20 percent of the TAL in the last five years. The northern fishery is usually limited by the northern red hake stock, which has achieved or exceeded the TAL, triggering inseason accountability measures (AM) to reduce the possession limit, each year for the past several years. These restrictions often prevent the northern silver hake landings from reaching much higher than 30 percent of the TAL because of the geographic overlap of the two species and similar fishing practices used. The proposed increase to the northern stocks catch limits, based on evidence in the SAFE report that populations of northern silver hake and northern red hake have increased, may have a positive impact on the fishery by delaying the need for inseason AMs, avoiding unnecessary discards, and allowing better utilization of the increase in biomass of both stocks.
The 2017 stock assessment update showed that the risk of overfishing in the northern stocks is relatively low. Therefore, the increase in ACL and TAL should not negatively affect the northern stocks. However, the update did show that southern red hake is overfished and overfishing is occurring, and while southern whiting is not overfished, the stock is declining. The Council was notified of the overfished status of southern red hake at their meeting in Gloucester, MA on September 26, 2017, and will begin development of a rebuilding program within the next couple of years. The decrease in southern ACLs is intended to end overfishing. Because recruitment data is conflicting in recent years, the Council is suggesting a full benchmark assessment to re-evaluate southern red hake status before initiating the rebuilding process. The next benchmark assessment for small-mesh multispecies is scheduled for 2019. All other management measures in the small-mesh multispecies fishery (such as possession limits) will remain unchanged. If approved, these specifications would remain effective for fishing years 2018-2020 unless otherwise revised during that time.
This action also proposes to correct regulatory text that specifies the red hake possession limits in the southern small mesh exemption areas (Southern New England and Mid-Atlantic Exemption Areas). In the 2015-2017 specifications for the small-mesh multispecies fishery (May 28, 2015; 80 FR 30379), the possession limit for red hake in the northern exemption areas was reduced from 5,000 lb (2,268 kg) to 3,000 lb (1,361 kg), but did not specify that the possession limit in the southern areas would remain 5,000 lb (2,268 kg). The Council never intended to change the possession limit for the southern red hake fishery. This action would modify the text in the regulations, consistent with the Council's intent, to specify that the northern red hake possession limit is 3,000 lb (1,361 kg), and the southern red hake possession limit remains 5,000 lb (2,268 kg). This minor modification would reduce confusion in the industry, as it clarifies the difference in red hake possession limits between the northern and southern exemption areas, as originally intended by the Council.
Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the Magnuson Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act), the NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that this proposed rule is consistent with the Northeast Multispecies FMP, other provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law, subject to further consideration after public comment.
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Council prepared a draft EA for this action that analyzes the impacts of this proposed rule. The EA includes an IRFA, as required by section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), which is supplemented by information contained in the preamble of this proposed rule. The IRFA was prepared to examine the economic impacts of this proposed rule, if adopted, on small business entities. A description of the specifications, why they are being considered, and the legal basis for this action are contained at the beginning of this section and in the preamble to this proposed rule. A copy of the detailed RFA analysis is available from the Council (see
This action proposes catch limits and fishery specifications for the 2018-2020 small-mesh multispecies fishery. The measures are consistent with the best scientific information available, and the most recent catch limit recommendations of the Council's SSC to prevent overfishing, as well as achieve sustainable yield in the fishery. This action also clarifies regulatory text to specify the red hake possession limits for the northern and southern stocks.
The legal basis and objectives for this action are contained in the preamble to this proposed rule, and are not repeated here.
This proposed rule affects commercial fish harvesting entities engaged in the northeast multispecies limited access
The small-mesh exempted fishery allows vessels to harvest species in designated areas using mesh sizes smaller than the minimum mesh size required by Regulated Mesh Area (RMA) regulations. To participate in the small-mesh multispecies exempted fishery, vessels must possess either a limited access multispecies permit (categories A, C, D, E or F) or an open access multispecies permit (category K). Limited access multispecies permit holders can target small-mesh multispecies with different possession limit requirements depending on fishing region and mesh size used, and open access, Category K permit holders may fish for small-mesh multispecies when participating in an exempted fishing program. Therefore, entities holding one or more multispecies permits (permit type A, C-F, K) are the entities that have the potential to be directly impacted by this action. According to the commercial database, there were 853 distinct ownership entities, based on entities' participation during the 2014-2016 time-period, that could potentially target small-mesh multispecies. This includes entities that could not be classified into a business type because they did not earn revenue from landing and selling fish in 2014-2016 and thus are considered to be small. Of the 853 total firms, 844 are categorized as small business entities and nine are categorized as large business.
While 853 commercial entities have the potential to be impacted by the proposed action, not all of these entities actively land small-mesh multispecies for commercial sale. Therefore, not all 853 entities may be directly affected by the proposed action. There are 406 distinct entities that commercially sold small-mesh multispecies from 2014-2016 and may be directly affected by the proposed action. Of those, 404 (over 99 percent) are categorized as small business.
There are no new reporting, recordkeeping, or other compliance requirements contained in this proposed rule, or any of the alternatives considered for this action.
NMFS is not aware of any relevant Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this proposed rule.
This action (the preferred alternative) proposes 2018-2020 commercial catch specifications for the small-mesh multispecies fishery based on the most recent stock assessment update, which would increase the ACLs and TALs for the northern stocks of red and silver hake, and decrease the ACLs and TALs of southern red hake and whiting. The Council also considered a No Action alternative, where the same catch limits and specifications from 2017 would continue into 2018 with no change. Only these two alternatives are considered significant because in order to be considered, alternatives must be recommended by the Council and satisfy Magnuson-Stevens Act requirements. These alternatives were the only two that met these qualifications.
While catch limits for the southern stocks are more restrictive in the preferred alternative, they will not necessarily have a negative impact. Landings of both southern whiting and southern red hake in 2016 were well below the respective 2016 TALs, and southern whiting landings in 2016 were well below the proposed 2018-2020 preferred specifications. Based on 2016 landings, southern red hake landings would likely exceed the proposed TAL, but only by a very small amount. Therefore, we expect the proposed action to have minimal economic impact in the southern region compared to the no action alternative.
For the northern stocks, the proposed action is less restrictive than the no action alternatives and raises the TAL by 33 percent for silver hake and 128 percent for red hake. This is expected to have no impact or low positive impacts on profit relative to the TAL under the no action alternative, depending on availability and market conditions.
The Council recommended these proposed specifications (preferred alternative) over the no action alternative to satisfy the Magnuson-Stevens Act requirements to end overfishing, while allowing the greatest opportunity to achieve sustainable yield. This also increases the likelihood that the fishery will remain a viable source of fishing revenues for small-mesh multispecies entities in the long term, and makes it the better economic choice. Overall, we expect the proposed action to have no impact or slight positive impacts compared to the no-action alternative.
Fisheries, Fishing, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 648 is proposed to be amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(v)
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by May 14, 2018 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725—17th Street NW, Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by May 14, 2018 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW, Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Office of Trade and Foreign Agricultural Affairs, USDA.
Notice of public meeting and request for comments.
The Office of Trade and Foreign Agricultural Affairs (TFAA), U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), is sponsoring a public meeting on May 31, 2018. The objective of the public meeting is to provide information and receive public comments on agenda items and draft United States (U.S.) positions to be discussed at the 41st Session of the Codex Alimentarius Commission (CAC) taking place in Rome, Italy, between July 2 and 6, 2018. The Administrator of the Food Safety and Inspection Service and the Deputy Under Secretary for Food Safety recognize the importance of providing interested parties the opportunity to obtain background information on the 41st Session of the CAC and to address items on the agenda.
The public meeting is scheduled for Thursday, May 31, 2018, 1:00 p.m.-4:00 p.m.
The public meeting will take place at the USDA, Jamie L. Whitten Building, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Room 107-A, Washington, DC 20250.
Documents related to the 41st Session of the CAC will be accessible via the internet at the following address:
The U.S. Delegate to the 41st Session of the CAC invites U.S. interested parties to submit their comments electronically to the following email address:
If you wish to participate in the public meeting for the 41st Session of the CAC by conference call, please use the call-in-number and the participant code listed below:
The participant code will be posted on the web page below:
Attendees may register to attend the public meeting by emailing
CAC was established in 1963 by two United Nations organizations, the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the World Health Organization (WHO). Through adoption of food standards, codes of practice, and other guidelines developed by its committees, and by promoting their adoption and implementation by governments, the CAC seeks to protect the health of consumers and ensure fair practices in the food trade; promotes coordination of all food standards work undertaken by international governmental and non-governmental organizations; determines priorities and initiates and guides the preparation of draft standards through and with the aid of appropriate organizations; finalizes the standards elaborated and publishes them in a
The following items on the Agenda for the 41st Session of the CAC will be discussed during the public meeting:
Each issue listed will be fully described in documents distributed, or to be distributed, by the Secretariat before the meeting. Members of the public may access or request copies of these documents (see
At the May 31, 2018, public meeting, draft U.S. positions on the agenda items will be described and discussed, and attendees will have the opportunity to pose questions and offer comments. Written comments may be offered at the meeting or sent to the U.S. Delegate for the 41st Session of the CAC (see
Public awareness of all segments of rulemaking and policy development is important. Consequently, FSIS will announce this
FSIS also will make copies of this publication available through the FSIS Constituent Update, which is used to provide information regarding FSIS policies, procedures, regulations,
No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, or political beliefs, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United States under any program or activity conducted by the USDA.
To file a complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, which may be accessed online at
Send your completed complaint form or letter to USDA by mail, fax, or email:
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD).
Done at Washington, DC.
United States Commission on Civil Rights.
Notice of Commission Telephonic Business Meeting.
Friday, April 20, 2018, at 11:00 a.m. EST.
Meeting to take place by telephone.
Brian Walch, (202) 376-8371,
This business meeting is open to the public by telephone only. Participant access instructions: Listen-only, toll free: 1-877-723-9519; Conference ID: 762-4641. Please dial in 5-10 minutes prior to the start time.
International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice and request for comments.
The International Trade Administration is seeking information to support the development of a comprehensive strategy to address trade-related forced localization policies, practices, and measures impacting the U.S. information and communications technology (ICT) hardware manufacturing industry. Comments will be used to support the development of a holistic strategic plan for counteracting and deterring the expansion of barriers to trade and trade-related measures put in place by U.S. trading partners that are specifically designed to localize the production and technology development of ICT hardware, and unfairly harm U.S. ICT hardware manufacturers and exports.
Written comments must be submitted on or before May 14, 2018. Comments must be in English.
You may submit responses to the questions below by one of the following methods. Comments should be submitted under docket ITA-2008-0001:
(a)
(b)
For alternatives to online or mail submissions, please contact Mr. Cary Ingram at (202) 482-2872 or
Questions regarding the submission of comments should be directed to Mr. Cary Ingram at (202) 482-2872, or
The ICT hardware sector has become a leading target for discriminatory measures in markets throughout the world at an accelerated level of proliferation. Examples of trade-related barriers and measures impacting the industry include:
• Local content requirements (LCRs) for ICT products sold in the domestic market;
• Subsidies or other government preferences made contingent upon the use of local ICT products, indigenous technology, or domestically owned IP;
• Mandates for service providers to purchase domestically-manufactured ICT hardware or ICT products with specific levels of domestic content;
• Measures to force the transfer of technology or IP to local entities;
• Unjustified requirements to conduct conformity assessment and certification procedures in-country.
The competitiveness of the U.S. ICT manufacturing sector is increasingly coming under threat by the continued expansion of forced localization policies and practices in geographic and technological scope. These forced localization measures and barriers not only threaten U.S. production of ICT hardware currently in the market, but also threaten the United States' competitive position in new and emerging technology sectors across the entire ICT-enabled industrial base as these policies expand to broader technology segments. Recognizing the need to address current forced localization measures impacting the U.S. ICT hardware manufacturing sector on a strategic basis, and to deter additional localization barriers, the U.S. Department of Commerce's International Trade Administration is reviewing the landscape of policy options and potential remedies that can be utilized to develop a strategic response to the expanding forced localization trend causing harm to the U.S. ICT manufacturing base. The Department is seeking to develop a comprehensive, holistic set of actionable tools, tactics, and strategies to counteract the spread of policies, practices, and barriers-to-trade specifically designed to discriminate against U.S. ICT products and exports, while instigating the domestic localization of ICT hardware production and technology development.
2.
The information obtained from written submissions will be used to inform the strategic planning to address
The U.S. Department of Commerce invites comments from stakeholders from the private sector, academia, think-tanks, civil society, and other interested parties concerned with the continued growth and competitiveness of the U.S. ICT manufacturing industry in the global economy. Entities making submissions may be contacted for further information or explanation, and, in some cases, meetings with individual submitters may be requested. The Department may also hold additional forums for comment such as roundtables or workshops to attain expanded input for strategy development.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that Pidilite Industries Limited (Pidilite), a producer/exporter of carbazole violet pigment 23 (CVP 23) from India, sold subject merchandise at prices below normal value (NV) during the period of review (POR) December 1, 2015, through November 30, 2016.
Applicable April 12, 2018.
Irene Gorelik or George Ayache, AD/CVD Operations, Office VIII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone (202) 482-6905 or (202) 482-2623, respectively.
On December 4, 2017, Commerce published the
The merchandise subject to the
The merchandise subject to the
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties to this administrative review are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
Based on a review of the record and comments received from interested parties, we have not made changes to the
For Pidilite, in the original investigation, we subtracted the portion of the countervailing duty rate attributable to export subsidies (17.02 percent) from the final dumping margin of 66.59 percent in order to calculate the cash-deposit rate of 49.57 percent.
Commerce determines that, for the period of December 1, 2015, through November 30, 2016, the following dumping margin exists:
Commerce shall determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries of subject merchandise in accordance with the final results of this review.
We intend to issue instructions to CBP 15 days after the date of publication of the final results of this review.
The following deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the notice of the final results of this administrative review for all shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date of the final results, as provided by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rate for Pidilite will be the rate established in the final results of this review; (2) for previously reviewed or investigated companies not participating in this review, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published for the most recently-completed segment of this proceeding in which the company was reviewed; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review, a prior review, or the less-than-fair value (LTFV) investigation, but the manufacturer is, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established for the most recently-completed segment of this proceeding for the manufacturer of subject merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other manufacturers or exporters will continue to be 27.48 percent, the all-others rate established in the LTFV investigation.
This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of doubled antidumping duties.
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3), this notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under the APO, which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation subject to sanction.
We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.213(h).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Applicable April 12, 2018.
Shanah Lee at (202) 482-6386 (Thailand) and Kristen Johnson at (202) 482-4793 (the People's Republic of China), AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230.
On February 20, 2018, the Department of Commerce (Commerce) initiated countervailing duty (CVD) investigations on rubber bands from Thailand and the People's Republic of China.
Section 703(b)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act) requires Commerce to issue the preliminary determination in a CVD investigation within 65 days after the date on which Commerce initiated the investigation. However, section 703(c)(1)(A) of the Act permits Commerce to postpone the preliminary determination until no later than 130 days after the date on which Commerce initiated the investigation if a petitioner makes a timely request for a postponement. Under 19 CFR 351.205(e), a petitioner must submit a request for postponement 25 days or more before the scheduled date of the preliminary determination and must state the reason for the request. Commerce will grant the request unless it finds compelling reasons to deny the request.
On March 27, 2018, Alliance Rubber Co. (the petitioner) submitted a timely request, pursuant to section 703(c)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(e), to postpone fully the preliminary determinations.
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.205(e), the petitioner stated the reason for requesting a postponement of the preliminary determinations and the record does not present any compelling reasons to deny the request. Therefore, in accordance with section 703(c)(1)(A) of the Act, Commerce is postponing the deadline for the preliminary determinations to July 2, 2018.
This notice is issued and published pursuant to section 703(c)(2) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(f)(1).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that countervailable subsidies are being provided to producers/exporters of stainless steel flanges from the People's Republic of China (China). The period of investigation is January 1, 2016, through December 31, 2016.
Applicable April 12, 2018.
Justin Neuman or Jerry Huang, AD/CVD Operations, Office V, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone (202) 482-0486 or (202) 482-4047, respectively.
The Preliminary Determination in this investigation was published on January 23, 2018.
The products covered by this investigation are stainless steel flanges from China. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation, see the Appendix to this notice.
As noted above, we received no comments pertaining to the Preliminary Determination. As stated in the Preliminary Determination, we found that the mandatory respondents in these investigations, Bothwell (Jiangyan) Steel Fittings Co., Ltd.; Hydro Fluids Controls Limited; Jiangyin Shengda Brite Line Kasugai Flange Co., Ltd.; and Qingdao I-Flow Co., Ltd.; did not cooperate to the best of their abilities and, accordingly, we determined it appropriate to apply facts otherwise available with adverse inferences, in accordance with section 776(a)-(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act).
As discussed in the Preliminary Determination, Commerce based the selection of the “All-Others” rate on the countervailable subsidy rate established for the mandatory respondents in accordance with section 705(c)(5)(A)(ii) of the Act.
Commerce determines that the following estimated countervailable subsidy rates exist:
As a result of our Preliminary Determination and pursuant to section 703(d)(1)(B) and (d)(2) of the Act, Commerce directed U.S. Customs and
If the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) issues a final affirmative injury determination, we will issue a CVD order, will continue the suspension of liquidation under section 706(a) of the Act, and will require a cash deposit of estimated countervailing duties for such entries of subject merchandise in the amounts indicated above. If the ITC determines that material injury, or threat of material injury, does not exist, this proceeding will be terminated and all estimated duties deposited or securities posted as a result of the suspension of liquidation will be refunded or canceled.
In accordance with section 705(d) of the Act, Commerce will notify the ITC of its determination. In addition, we are making available to the ITC all non-privileged and non-proprietary information related to this investigation. We will allow the ITC access to all privileged and business proprietary information in our files, provided the ITC confirms that it will not disclose such information, either publicly or under an administrative protective order (APO), without the written consent of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.
In the event that the ITC issues a final negative injury determination, this notice will serve as the only reminder to parties subject to an APO of their responsibility concerning the destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return/destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
This determination is issued and published pursuant to sections 705(d) and 777(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.210(c).
The products covered by this investigation are certain forged stainless steel flanges, whether unfinished, semi-finished, or finished (certain forged stainless steel flanges). Certain forged stainless steel flanges are generally manufactured to, but not limited to, the material specification of ASTM/ASME A/SA182 or comparable domestic or foreign specifications. Certain forged stainless steel flanges are made in various grades such as, but not limited to, 304, 304L, 316, and 316L (or combinations thereof). The term “stainless steel” used in this scope refers to an alloy steel containing, by actual weight, 1.2 percent or less of carbon and 10.5 percent or more of chromium, with or without other elements.
Unfinished stainless steel flanges possess the approximate shape of finished stainless steel flanges and have not yet been machined to final specification after the initial forging or like operations. These machining processes may include, but are not limited to, boring, facing, spot facing, drilling, tapering, threading, beveling, heating, or compressing. Semi-finished stainless steel flanges are unfinished stainless steel flanges that have undergone some machining processes.
The scope includes six general types of flanges. They are: (1) Weld neck, generally used in butt-weld line connection; (2) threaded, generally used for threaded line connections; (3) slip-on, generally used to slide over pipe; (4) lap joint, generally used with stub-ends/butt-weld line connections; (5) socket weld, generally used to fit pipe into a machine recession; and (6) blind, generally used to seal off a line. The sizes and descriptions of the flanges within the scope include all pressure classes of ASME B16.5 and range from one-half inch to twenty-four inches nominal pipe size. Specifically excluded from the scope of these orders are cast stainless steel flanges. Cast stainless steel flanges generally are manufactured to specification ASTM A351.
The country of origin for certain forged stainless steel flanges, whether unfinished, semi-finished, or finished is the country where the flange was forged. Subject merchandise includes stainless steel flanges as defined above that have been further processed in a third country. The processing includes, but is not limited to, boring, facing, spot facing, drilling, tapering, threading, beveling, heating, or compressing, and/or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigations if performed in the country of manufacture of the stainless steel flanges.
Merchandise subject to the investigation is typically imported under headings 7307.21.1000 and 7307.21.5000 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). While HTSUS subheadings and ASTM specifications are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope is dispositive.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; request for comments.
The Assistant Regional Administrator for Sustainable Fisheries, Greater Atlantic Region, NMFS (Assistant Regional Administrator), has made a preliminary determination that three exempted fishing permit applications contain all of the required information and warrant further consideration. These exempted fishing permits would authorize five commercial fishing vessels to test the economic viability of using hook gear to selectively target pollock and haddock in the Western Gulf of Maine and Cashes Ledge Closure Areas (excluding the Cashes Ledge Habitat Management Area), and to temporarily retain undersized catch for measurement and data collection.
Regulations under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act require publication of this notification to provide interested parties the opportunity to comment on applications for proposed exempted fishing permits.
Comments must be received on or before April 27, 2018.
You may submit written comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
Kyle Molton, Fishery Management Specialist, 978-281-9236,
Two commercial fishermen and a groundfish sector submitted complete applications to renew exempted fishing permits (EFPs) on February 16, 2018, to conduct commercial fishing activities that the regulations would otherwise restrict. These EFPs would authorize five commercial fishing vessels to fish a combined total of 150 trips in the Western Gulf of Maine (WGOM) and Cashes Ledge Closure Areas, excluding the Cashes Ledge Habitat Management Area (HMA), with hook gear, and to temporarily retain undersized catch for measurement and data collection. Within the Cashes Ledge Closure Area, access would be permitted in the Fippennies Ledge HMA, but not in the Cashes Ledge or Ammen Rock HMAs. These HMAs were developed as part of the New England Fisheries Management Council's Omnibus Essential Fish Habitat Amendment 2, and approved by NMFS on January 3, 2018.
The EFPs would authorize the applicants to use hook gear to selectively target pollock and haddock while maintaining minimal bycatch. In addition, the applicants would also explore and develop premium markets to increase the value of the catch. This study would be conducted in the WGOM and Cashes Ledge Closure Areas. The applicants have requested access to these areas based on reports, and experimental fishing, which suggest that there are high concentrations of the target species located in these areas. The exemptions are necessary to conduct this study because vessels on commercial groundfish trips are prohibited from fishing for groundfish in these closed areas and from retaining undersized groundfish. EFP trips would occur year-round, excluding existing seasonal closures.
Participating vessels would take a combined total of 150 trips to closed areas. Trips would be roughly 24 hours or less in length. Vessels would use automated jigging machines, handline, and rod and reel gears only. Based on preliminary 2017 data, estimated catch on these trips is between 1,000 and 2,000 lb (453.5 to 907.2 kg) of pollock and haddock, combined, per trip. 2017 data indicate that catch of non-target species is small; cod represented less than 10 percent of catch overall, and other species were encountered only sporadically or in low numbers.
Because these vessels would be fishing in closed areas, and must minimize interactions with non-target species like cod, the use of a vessel monitoring system and 100-percent monitoring would be required for all vessels. A research technician or at-sea monitor would accompany all trips that occur under these EFPs to measure and document fish caught and document fishing gear, bait, location, and fishing conditions to evaluate gear performance. The vessel captains would also document fishing practices used to avoid bycatch of non-target species. Undersized fish would be discarded as quickly as possible after sampling. All Northeast multispecies of legal size would be landed, and all catch would be attributed to the vessel's sector annual catch entitlement. The applicants will also document ex-vessel price for all sold catch for comparison with other harvest methods and markets. The participating vessels would not be exempt from any sector monitoring or reporting requirements.
If approved, the applicants may request minor modifications and extensions to the EFPs throughout the year. EFP modifications and extensions may be granted without further notice if they are deemed essential to facilitate completion of the proposed research and have minimal impacts that do not change the scope or impact of the initially approved EFP request.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; request for comments.
The Assistant Regional Administrator for Sustainable Fisheries, Greater Atlantic Region, NMFS, has made a preliminary determination that an exempted fishing permit application submitted by the Cape Cod Commercial Fishermen's Alliance contains all of the required information and warrants further consideration. This exempted fishing permit would require participants to use electronic monitoring systems on 100 percent of sector trips for catch accounting in the groundfish fishery. Additionally, vessels would be authorized to access portions of groundfish closed areas. Regulations under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act require publication of this notification to provide interested parties the opportunity to comment on applications for proposed exempted fishing permits.
Comments must be received on or before April 27, 2018.
You may submit written comments by either of the following methods:
•
•
Claire Fitz-Gerald, Fishery Management Specialist, 978-281-9255.
Groundfish sectors are required to implement and fund an at-sea monitoring (ASM) program. Sectors may use electronic monitoring (EM) to satisfy this monitoring requirement, provided that NMFS deems the technology sufficient for catch monitoring. NMFS has yet to approve EM as a suitable alternative to ASM. However, NMFS is working with industry and other stakeholders to test the operational feasibility of EM and resolve outstanding barriers to implementation. Project partners include the Cape Cod Commercial Fishermen's Alliance, The Nature Conservancy, the Maine Coast Fishermen's Association, the Gulf of Maine Research Institute, and fishermen from the Northeast Fishery Sectors V & XI, the GB Cod Fixed Gear Sector, the Sustainable Harvest Sector, and the Maine Coast Community Sector.
In fishing year 2017, NMFS issued an exempted fishing permit (EFP) to these project partners to develop an audit-model EM program for the groundfish fishery. The EFP required vessels to use EM systems on 100 percent of groundfish sector trips to verify regulated groundfish discards. EM was used in lieu of human observers to meet their sector ASM requirements. Thirteen vessels using a variety of gear types (
The project partners have submitted a renewal request for fishing year 2018. The proposed participant list includes 14 vessels, 13 of which participated in this EFP in fishing year 2017. Together, these vessels are expected to take an estimated 400 trips. The project partners expect up to 10 additional vessels may join the project in fishing year 2018.
Vessels participating in this EFP would be required to use EM on 100 percent of groundfish trips. Camera systems would be used in lieu of human at-sea monitors, and in addition to Northeast Fishery Observer Program (NEFOP) observers. Vessels would adhere to a vessel-specific monitoring plan detailing at-sea catch handling protocols. Vessels would submit haul-level electronic vessel trip reports (eVTR) with count and weight estimates for all groundfish discards.
The discard estimates provided in the eVTR would be used for catch accounting, and all catch of allocated groundfish would be deducted from the appropriate sector's allocation. The EM service provider would review the video footage and produce an EM summary report identifying, counting, and generating weight estimates for all groundfish discards. The provider would submit this report to NMFS. NMFS would compare the eVTR and EM summary file to ensure the submissions match within an established tolerance. If the trips do not match, the eVTR would not be used for catch accounting for that trip. For trips that carry a NEFOP observer, the NEFOP data would be used for catch accounting. The EM service provider would review 100 percent of the video footage at the outset of the fishing year, but may reduce the review percentage mid-year as part of audit-model testing, if approved by NMFS.
Because participating vessels would be fully monitored, project partners requested access to closed areas to incentivize participation and create additional fishing opportunities for healthy stocks. Vessels would be allowed to use hook gear and sink gillnets in Closed Area II from May 1 through February 15, hook gear in Western Gulf of Maine Closure Area, and jig gear in Cashes Ledge Closure Area.
If approved, the applicant may request minor modifications and extensions to the EFP throughout the year. EFP modifications and extensions may be granted without further notice if they are deemed essential to facilitate completion of the proposed research and have minimal impacts that do not change the scope or impact of the initially approved EFP request. Any fishing activity conducted outside the scope of the exempted fishing activity would be prohibited.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; request for comments.
The Assistant Regional Administrator for Sustainable Fisheries, Greater Atlantic Region, NMFS, has made a preliminary determination that an exempted fishing permit application submitted by the Gulf of Maine Research Institute contains all of the required information and warrants further consideration. The exempted fishing permit would allow the use of electronic monitoring to support testing a maximized retention model in the groundfish fishery.
Regulations under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act require publication of this notification to provide interested parties the opportunity to comment on applications for proposed Exempted Fishing Permits.
Comments must be received on or before April 27, 2018.
You may submit written comments by either of the following methods:
•
•
Claire Fitz-Gerald, Fishery Management Specialist, 978-281-9255.
Groundfish sectors are required to implement and fund an at-sea monitoring (ASM) program. A sector is allowed to use electronic monitoring (EM) to satisfy this monitoring requirement, provided that NMFS deems the technology sufficient for catch monitoring. NMFS has yet to approve EM as an alternative to ASM, but is working with industry and other stakeholders to develop EM for catch monitoring in the groundfish fishery. For the groundfish fishery, the program designs currently being considered are the “audit model” and the “maximized retention model.” The audit model would use EM to verify discards reported by a captain on a vessel trip report. Under the maximized retention electronic monitoring (MREM) model, vessels would be required to retain most fish species (
GMRI submitted an exempted fishing permit (EFP) application to test a maximized retention electronic monitoring (MREM) model and an accompanying dockside monitoring (DSM) program to monitor high-volume bottom-trawl vessels in the groundfish fleet. Vessels would be outfitted with EM systems (cameras and gear sensors), and the cameras would be on for 100 percent of groundfish trips. The EFP would require participating vessels to retain and land all catch of allocated groundfish, including undersized fish that they would normally be required to discard. All other species would be handled per normal commercial fishing operations. An EM service provider would review 100 percent of the video footage to verify that the vessels did not discard allocated groundfish. NMFS Northeast Fisheries Science Center staff would conduct a secondary review of 100 percent of the video footage for all trips.
All catch would be assessed shoreside via an accompanying DSM program. The DSM program would have three primary objectives: (1) Biological sampling; (2) verification of dealer-reported landings, and; (3) fish hold inspections. Vessels would be authorized to sell catch, including undersized fish, to a limited number of dealers. The vessel and dealer would work with the Center to ensure that a Federal employee or contract staff is present to observe 100 percent of offloads for this project. The sampler would verify dealer landings and collect biosamples, including length-frequency data on a subset of fish in each market category. The Northeast Region Office of
Because vessels would be fully monitored, GMRI also requested exemptions to incentivize participation in the project and increase fishing opportunities for healthy stocks. The EFP would allow vessels to use the codend configuration used in the Canadian haddock fishery (5.1-inch (13.0-cm) square mesh codend) and/or the codend configuration tested in the REDNET project (4.5-inch (11.4-cm) diamond mesh codend). This exemption is intended to improve size selectivity and increase catch of target species, while avoiding groundfish species of concern.
The applicant also requested access to portions of Closed Area II. Vessels would be allowed to fish in the non-essential fish habitat portions of Closed Areas I and II from May 1 through February 15. Vessels would not be allowed to fish in the area from February 16 through April 30 as fishing activity during this time may negatively affect Georges Bank cod and haddock spawning. The applicant states that, due to the distribution and movement of groundfish stocks, this exemption would improve vessels' ability to selectively target healthy groundfish stocks.
The EFP application also requested an exemption from sector third-party ASM requirements. We do not intend to grant this requested exemption. Participating vessels would still be required to discard non-allocated groundfish stocks (
This EFP would cover fishing trips that occur in the 2018 and 2019 fishing years. NMFS would authorize a maximum of eight bottom-trawl vessels to participate. All catch of groundfish stocks allocated to sectors would be deducted from the appropriate sector's allocation for each groundfish stock. Because this is a maximized retention program, vessels would not be permitted to discard legal unmarketable fish for allocated groundfish stocks, regardless of whether the vessel holds a sector exemption to do so through its operations plan.
If approved, the applicant may request minor modifications and extensions to the EFP throughout the year. EFP modifications and extensions may be granted without further notice if they are deemed essential to facilitate completion of the proposed research and have minimal impacts that do not change the scope or impact of the initially approved EFP request. Any fishing activity conducted outside the scope of the exempted fishing activity would be prohibited.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; request for comments.
The Acting Assistant Regional Administrator for Sustainable Fisheries, Greater Atlantic Region, NMFS, has made a preliminary determination that an exempted fishing permit application submitted by The Nature Conservancy contains all of the required information and warrants further consideration. This exempted fishing permit would allow participants to use electronic monitoring systems in lieu of at-sea monitors in support of a study to develop electronic monitoring for catch monitoring in the groundfish fishery. Regulations under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act require publication of this notification to provide interested parties the opportunity to comment on applications for proposed Exempted Fishing Permits.
Comments must be received on or before April 27, 2018.
You may submit written comments by either of the following methods:
•
•
Claire Fitz-Gerald, Groundfish Fishery Management Specialist, 978-281-9255.
Groundfish sectors are required to implement and fund an at-sea monitoring (ASM) program. Sectors may use electronic monitoring (EM) to satisfy this monitoring requirement, provided NMFS deems the technology sufficient for catch monitoring. NMFS has yet to approve EM as a suitable alternative to ASM. However, we are working with industry and other stakeholders to test the operational feasibility of EM and resolve outstanding issues that are barriers to implementation.
In fishing year 2016, The Nature Conservancy, in partnership with the Cape Cod Commercial Fishermen's Alliance; the Maine Coast Fishermen's Association; and, the Gulf of Maine Research Institute; and fishermen from the Northeast Fishery Sectors V & XI, the GB Cod Fixed Gear Sector, the Sustainable Harvest Sector, and the Maine Coast Community Sector; obtained an exempted fishing permit (EFP) for vessels to use EM systems in lieu of human observers to meet their ASM requirements. Fourteen vessels participated in the project, and 52 EFP trips were completed. In fishing year 2017, the project partners submitted a renewal request for this EFP as well as an additional EFP application for a 100-percent EM project. Both EFPs were issued; 13 vessels participated in the 100-percent EFP and 5 vessels participated in this EFP. Thirty-seven EFP trips were completed this year to date under this EFP.
The project partners have submitted a renewal request for this EFP for the 2018 fishing year. The proposed participant list includes five vessels, all of which participated in this EFP in fishing year 2017. Together, they are expected to take an estimated 225 trips in fishing year 2018. At 15-percent
Vessels participating in this EFP would use EM in lieu of human ASMs, and in addition to Northeast Fishery Observer Program (NEFOP) observers, on groundfish trips selected for observer coverage. Vessels would adhere to a vessel-specific Vessel Monitoring Plan (VMP) detailing at-sea catch handling protocols. An EM service provider would review 100 percent of the video footage. The provider would also produce an EM summary report identifying, counting, and generating weight estimates for all groundfish discards, which it would submit to the NMFS Greater Atlantic Fisheries Regional Office. These data would be used for catch accounting purposes on trips selected for ASM coverage. EM data would not be used for catch accounting in place of observer data on NEFOP trips, but the information generated would facilitate comparisons between cameras and human observers. The Northeast Fisheries Science Center would conduct a secondary review of the EM summary reports for a subset of EFP trips.
Under this EFP, vessels would be exempt from their sector's monitoring program requirement only, and all other standard sector reporting and monitoring requirements would still apply, such as using dealer-reported landings and vessel trip reports. Vessels would be assigned observer coverage at the standard ASM coverage level of 15 percent, which is a combination of NEFOP and ASM coverage. All catch of allocated groundfish stocks would be deducted from the appropriate sector's allocation. Legal-sized regulated groundfish would be retained and landed, as required by the Northeast Multispecies Fishery Management Plan. Undersized groundfish would be handled according to the VMP guidelines in view of cameras and returned to the sea as quickly as possible. All other species would be handled per normal commercial fishing operations. No legal-size regulated groundfish would be discarded, unless otherwise permitted through regulatory exemptions granted to the participating vessel's sector.
If approved, the applicant may request minor modifications and extensions to the EFP throughout the year. EFP modifications and extensions may be granted without further notice if they are deemed essential to facilitate completion of the proposed research and have minimal impacts that do not change the scope or impact of the initially approved EFP request. Any fishing activity conducted outside the scope of the exempted fishing activity would be prohibited.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS has received a request from the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) for authorization to take marine mammals during the dismantling and reuse of the original East Span of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (SFOBB) in the San Francisco Bay (SFB). Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.
Comments and information must be received no later than May 14, 2018.
Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments should be sent to
Sara Young, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
This action is consistent with categories of activities identified in Categorical Exclusion B4 (incidental harassment authorizations with no anticipated serious injury or mortality) of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the issuance of the proposed IHA qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review.
We will review all comments submitted in response to this notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the IHA request.
On January 9, 2018, NMFS received a request from Caltrans for an IHA to take marine mammals incidental to the demolition and reuse of the original East Span of the SFOBB in San Francisco Bay. Caltrans' request is for take of seven species of marine mammals, by Level B harassment. Neither Caltrans nor NMFS expects serious injury or mortality to result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
NMFS previously issued several IHAs to Caltrans for similar work, with the most recent IHA issued in 2017 (82 FR 35510). Caltrans complied with all the requirements (
Caltrans proposes to demolish and reuse portions of the original East Span of the SFOBB by mechanical dismantling and by use of controlled charges to implode two piers (Piers E19 and E20) into their open cellular chambers below the mudline. Activities associated with dismantling of the piers may potentially result in incidental take of marine mammals due to the use of highly controlled charges to dismantle the marine foundations of the piers. A public access point will incorporate existing piers (E21, E22, and E23) but requires use of pile driving to finalize the access structure. Pier E2 will also be retained for public access improvements, but does not require any in-water work.
Several previous one-year IHAs have been issued to Caltrans for pile driving/removal and construction of the new SFOBB East Span beginning in 2003. NMFS has issued 11 IHAs to Caltrans for the SFOBB Project. The first five IHAs (2003, 2005, 2007, 2009, and 2011) addressed potential impacts associated with pile driving for the construction of the new East Span of the SFOBB. IHAs issued in 2013, 2014 and July 2015 addressed activities associated with both constructing the new East Span and dismantling the original East Span, specifically addressing vibratory pile driving, vibratory pile extraction/removal, attenuated impact pile driving, pile proof testing, and mechanical dismantling of temporary and permanent marine foundations. On September 9, 2015, NMFS issued an IHA to Caltrans for incidental take associated with the demolition of Pier E3 of the original SFOBB by highly controlled explosives (80 FR 57584; September 24, 2015). On September 30, 2016, NMFS issued an IHA authorizing the incidental take of marine mammals associated with both pile driving/removal and controlled implosion of Piers E4 and E5 (81 FR 67313). On July 13, 2017, NMFS issued an IHA to Caltrans authorizing take of marine mammals for additional dismantling the original East Span of the SFOBB using mechanical means as well as 5to 6 implosion events to dismantle 13 piers (Piers E6-E18). This year of work will include removal of Piers E19 and E20.
Vibratory pile driving for construction of the Oakland Touchdown pedestrian bridge (OTD) and OTD access trestle may begin in June 2018. Impact pile-driving activities will be restricted from June 1 to November 30, to avoid peak salmonid migration periods. Pier implosion requiring IHA coverage is scheduled to begin in September 2018. Pier implosion will be restricted from September 1 to November 30, to minimize potential impacts on biological resources in the Bay.
The SFOBB project area is located in the central SFB or Bay, between Yerba Buena Island (YBI) and the city of Oakland. The western limit of the project area is the east portal of the YBI tunnel, located in the city of San Francisco. The eastern limit of the project area is located approximately 1,312 feet (400 meters) west of the Bay Bridge toll plaza, where the new and former spans of the bridge connect with land at the OTD in the city of Oakland. The approximate width of the in-water work area is 350 meters (1,148 feet). This includes all in-water areas under the original bridge and new bridge. All activities proposed under this IHA application will be confined to this area. However, other previous in-water project activities have taken place in discrete areas near both YBI and Treasure Island outside these limits.
Construction activities associated with both dismantling and reuse of marine foundations of the original east span bridge may result in the incidental take of marine mammals. These activities include the use of highly controlled charges to dismantle Piers E19 and E20, as well as pile-driving activities associated with construction of a public access facility that will incorporate reuse Piers E21, E22 and E23. Pier E2 will also be retained and incorporated into a public access facility. However, public access improvements at Pier E2 will not require any in-water work and would not result in incidental take of marine mammals; therefore, are not discussed further.
The removal of Piers E19 and E20 will be performed in three phases. The first phase will use mechanical dismantling to remove the above-water portions of
Piers E19 and E20 are large cellular structures through the water column, which are supported on concrete slabs and hundreds of driven timber piles encased in a concrete seal. The timber piles and concrete seal courses that are below approved removal limits will remain in place. Rubble that mounds above the determined debris removal elevation limits from the dismantling of these piers will be removed off-site for disposal; as was done during the removal of Piers E6 to E18.
A Blast Attenuation System (BAS) similar to that used for previous blast events will be used during all future controlled blasting events, to minimize potential impacts on biological resources in the Bay. The effectiveness of this minimization measure is supported by the findings from the successful removal of Piers E3 to E18.
Each pier will be removed in the following three phases:
• Pre-blasting activities, including removing the pier cap and concrete pedestals, installing and testing the BAS;
• installing charges, activating the BAS, and imploding the pier; and
• dredging of imploded rubble to specified removal limits.
Further detail on the above steps to remove the marine foundations are provided. Phase 1: Dismantling the concrete pedestals and concrete pier cap by mechanical means (including the use of torches and excavators mounted with hoe rams, drills, and cutting tools), and drilling vertical boreholes where the charges will be loaded for controlled blasting. Phase 2: The charges then will be loaded into the drilled boreholes. Controlled blasting removal will be accomplished using hundreds of small charges, with delays between individual charges. The controlled blast sequence for each pier will last approximately 1 to 5 seconds. The controlled blast removals have been designed to remove each pier to between 0.46 and 0.91 meter (1.5 and 3 feet) below the mudline. Phase 3: Dredging of imploded rubble to specified removal limits.
The BAS will be deployed around each pier being imploded and will be the same system as that successfully used for the removal of Piers E3 to E18. The BAS is a modular system of pipe manifold frames, placed around each pier and fed by air compressors to create a curtain of air bubbles. Each BAS frame is approximately 15.4 meters long by 1.8 meters wide (50.5 feet long by 6 feet wide). The BAS to be used will be the same design that was used at Piers E3 to E18 and will meet the same specifications. The BAS will be activated before and during implosion. As shown during the Pier E3 Demonstration Project and eight subsequent pier blast events by the SFOBB Project, the BAS will attenuate noise and pressure waves generated during each controlled blast, to minimize potentially adverse effects on biological resources that may be nearby.
Before installing the BAS, Caltrans will move any existing debris on the Bay floor that may interrupt or conflict with proper installation of the BAS. Each BAS frame will be lowered to the bottom of the Bay by a barge-mounted crane and will be positioned into place. Divers will assist frame placement and will the connect air hoses to the frames. Based on location around the pier, the BAS frame elements will be situated from approximately 8 to 12 meters (25 to 40 feet) from the outside edge of each pier. The frames will be situated to contiguously surround each pier. Frame ends will overlap to ensure no break in the BAS when operational. Each frame will be weighted to negative buoyancy for activation. Compressors will provide enough pressure to achieve a minimal air volume fraction of 3 to 4 percent, consistent with the successful use of BAS systems in past controlled blasting activities.
The complete BAS will be installed and tested during the weeks leading up to the controlled blast. The BAS test parameters will include checking operating levels, flow rate, and a visual check to determine that the system is operating correctly. System performance is anticipated to provide approximately 80 percent noise and pressure attenuation, based on the results from the previous SFOBB Project blast events using a similar system.
Test blasts may be conducted to ensure that the hydroacoustic monitoring equipment will be functional and triggered properly before the pier implosion event. The test blasts would be conducted within the completely installed and operating BAS. A key requirement of pier implosion will involve accurately capturing hydroacoustic information from the controlled blast. To accomplish this, a smaller test charge will be used to trigger recording instrumentation. Multiple test blasts on the same day may be required to verify proper instrument operation and calibrate the equipment for the implosion events. These same instruments and others of the same type will use high-speed recording devices to capture hydroacoustic data at both near-field and far-field monitoring locations during the implosion.
Test blasts will be scheduled to occur within two weeks of the scheduled implosion. Tests will use a charge weight of approximately 18 grains (0.0025 pound) or less and will be placed along one of the longer faces of the pier. The results from test blasts that occurred before the implosions of Pier E3 and E5 indicate that these test blasts will have minimal impacts on fish and no impacts on marine mammals (see Appendix A in application).
Piers E19 and E20 will be imploded during a single event. Before pier removal via controlled blasting, Caltrans will load the bore holes of the piers with controlled charges. Individual cartridge charges using electronic blasting caps have been selected to provide greater control and accuracy in determining the individual and total charge weights. Use of individual cartridges will allow a refined blast plan that efficiently breaks concrete while minimizing the amount of charges needed.
Boreholes will vary in diameter and depth, and have been designed to provide optimal efficiency in transferring the energy created by the controlled charges to dismantle the piers. Individual charge weights will vary from 7 to 11 kilograms (15 to 25 pounds), and the total charge weight for the Pier E19 and E20 blast event will be approximately 1,800 kilograms (4,000 pounds). The total number of individual charges to be used per pier will be approximately 100. Charges will be arranged in different levels (decks) and will be separated in the boreholes by stemming. Stemming is the insertion of inert materials (
Piers E19 and E20 will be blasted in a single pier implosion event. These piers will be removed by blasting down through the concrete cellular structure but not through the concrete slab, seal, and timber piles below. Remaining concrete seals and timber piles below the mudline will not be removed.
Piers E19 and E20 will be imploded during a single event. Before pier removal via controlled blasting, Caltrans will load the bore holes of the pier with controlled charges. Individual cartridge charges using electronic blasting caps have been selected to provide greater control and accuracy in determining the individual and total charge weights. Use of individual cartridges will allow a refined blast plan that efficiently breaks concrete while minimizing the amount of charges needed.
Boreholes will vary in diameter and depth, and have been designed to provide optimal efficiency in transferring the energy created by the controlled charges to dismantle the piers. Individual charge weights will vary from 7 to 11 kilograms (15 to 25 pounds), and the total charge weight for the Pier E19 and E20 blast event will be approximately 1,800 kilograms (4,000 pounds). The total number of individual charges to be used per pier will be approximately 100. Charges will be arranged in different levels (decks) and will be separated in the boreholes by stemming. Stemming is the insertion of inert materials (
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are described in detail later in this document (please see “Proposed Mitigation” and “Proposed Monitoring and Reporting”).
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;
Table 1 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in San Francisco Bay and summarizes information related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS's SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as gross indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS's stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS's U.S. 2016 SARs (Carretta
All species that could potentially occur in the proposed survey areas are included in Table 1. However, the temporal or spatial occurrence of the species italicized in Table 1 is such that take is not expected to occur, and they are not discussed further beyond the explanation provided here. San Francisco Bay would be considered extralimital and have not been sighted during marine mammal monitoring conducted by Caltrans under past IHAs.
Harbor seals are found from Baja California to the eastern Aleutian Islands of Alaska. The species primarily hauls out on remote mainland and island beaches and reefs, and estuary areas. Harbor seal tends to forage locally within 53 miles (85 kilometers) of haul out sites (Harvey and Goley 2011). Harbor seal is the most common marine mammal species observed in the Bay and also commonly is seen near the SFOBB east span (Department 2013b, 2013c). Tagging studies have shown that most seals tagged in the Bay remain in the Bay (Harvey and Goley 2011; Manugian 2013). Foraging often occurs in the Bay, as noted by observations of seals exhibiting foraging behavior (short dives less than 5 minutes, moving back and forth in an area, and sometimes tearing up prey at the surface).
The molt occurs from May through June. During both pupping and molt seasons, the number of seals and the length of time hauled out per day increases, with about 60.5 percent of the population hauled out during this time versus less than 20 percent in fall (Yochem
Harbor seal tends to forage at night and haul out during the day. Harbor seal predominately hauls out from 10 a.m. to 7 p.m., with a peak in the afternoon between 1 and 4 p.m. (Yochem
Tide level also can affect haul out behavior, by exposing and submerging preferred haul out sites. Tides likely affect the maximum number of seals hauled out, but time of day and the season have the greatest influence on haul out behavior (Stewart and Yochem 1994; Patterson and Acevedo-Gutiérrez 2008).
Harbor seals in the Bay are an isolated population, although about 40 percent may move a short distance out of the Bay to forage (Manugian
During 251 days of SFOBB monitoring from 2000 through 2016, 958 harbor seals were observed in the vicinity of the SFOBB east span. Harbor seals made up 90 percent of the marine mammals observed during monitoring for the SFOBB Project. In 2015 and 2016, the number of harbor seals sighted in the project area increased (8 days of monitoring and 95 sightings). Foraging near the project area was common, particularly in the coves adjacent to the YBI United States Coast Guard Station and in Clipper Cove between YBI and Treasure Island. Foraging also occurred in a shallow trench area southeast of YBI (Department 2013a, 2013b). These sites are more than 900 to 1,525 meters (3,000 to 5,000 feet) west of Pier E6. In 2015, juvenile harbor seals began foraging around Piers E2W and E2E of the new SFOBB east span, and in 2016, they extended east around Piers E3 to E5 of the new SFOBB east span. Foraging can occur throughout the Bay, and prey abundance and distribution affect where harbor seals will forage. Most of the harbor seal sightings were
California sea lion breeds on the offshore islands of California from May through July (Heath and Perrin 2008). During the non-breeding season, adult and sub-adult males and juveniles migrate northward along the coast, to central and northern California, Oregon, Washington, and Vancouver Island (Jefferson
California sea lions have been observed occupying docks near Pier 39 in San Francisco, about 3.2 miles (5.2 kilometers) from the project area, since 1987. The highest number of sea lions recorded at Pier 39 was 1,701 individuals in November 2009 (De Rango, pers. comm., 2013). Occurrence of sea lions here typically is lowest in June (breeding season) and highest in August. Approximately 85 percent of the animals that haul out at this site are males, and no pupping has been observed here or at any other site in the Bay (Lander, pers. comm., 1999). Pier 39 is the only regularly used haul out site in the project vicinity, but sea lions occasionally haul out on human-made structures, such as bridge piers, jetties, or navigation buoys (Riedman 1990).
During monitoring for the SFOBB Project, 80 California sea lions were observed from 2000 through 2016. The number of sea lions that were sighted in the project area decreased in 2015 and 2016. Sea lions appear mainly to be transiting through the project area rather than feeding, although two exceptions have occurred. In 2004, several sea lions were observed following a school of Pacific herring that moved through the project area, and one sea lion was observed eating a large fish in 2015.
Breeding and pupping occur from mid to late May until late July. After the mating season, adult males migrate northward to feeding areas as far away as the Gulf of Alaska (Lowry
Northern elephant seal is common on California coastal mainland and island sites, where the species pups, breeds, rests, and molts. The largest rookeries are on San Nicolas and San Miguel islands in the northern Channel Islands. Near the Bay, elephant seals breed, molt, and haul out at Año Nuevo Island, the Farallon Islands, and Point Reyes National Seashore.
Northern elephant seals haul out to give birth and breed from December through March. Pups remain onshore or in adjacent shallow water through May. Both sexes make two foraging migrations each year: One after breeding and the second after molting (Stewart 1989; Stewart and DeLong 1995). Adult females migrate to the central North Pacific to forage, and males migrate to the Gulf of Alaska to forage (Robinson
Generally, only juvenile elephant seals enter the Bay and do not remain long. The most recent sighting near the project area was in 2012, on the beach at Clipper Cove on Treasure Island, when a healthy yearling elephant seal hauled out for approximately 1 day. Approximately 100 juvenile northern elephant seals strand in or near the Bay each year, including individual strandings at YBI and Treasure Island (less than 10 strandings per year).
Northern fur seal breeds on the offshore islands of California and in the Bering Sea from May through July. Two stocks of Northern fur seals may occur near the Bay, the California and Eastern Pacific stocks. The California stock breeds, pups, and forages off the California coast. The Eastern Pacific stock breeds and pups on islands in the Bering Sea, but females and juveniles move south to California waters to forage in the fall and winter months.
Both the California and Eastern Pacific stocks forage in the offshore waters of California, but only sick, emaciated, or injured fur seals enter the Bay. The Marine Mammal Center (TMMC) occasionally picks up stranded fur seals around YBI and Treasure Island. The rare occurrence of northern fur seal near the SFOBB east span makes it unlikely that the species will be exposed to implosion activities.
This species is found within 0.6 mile (1 kilometer) of shore and occurs from northern Baja California, Mexico to Bodega Bay, with the range extending north over the last several decades related to El Niño events and increased ocean temperatures. As the range of bottlenose dolphins extended north, dolphins began entering the Bay in 2010 (Szczepaniak 2013). Until 2016, most bottlenose dolphins in the Bay were observed in the western Bay, from the Golden Gate Bridge to Oyster Point and Redwood City, although one individual was observed frequently near the former Alameda Air Station (Perlman 2017). In 2017, two individuals have been observed regularly near Alameda (Keener, pers. comm., 2017) and likely passed by the project area.
This species seldom is found in waters warmer than 62.6 degrees Fahrenheit (17 degrees Celsius) (Read 1990) or south of Point Conception, and occurs as far north as the Bering Sea (Barlow and Hanan 1995; Carretta
Harbor porpoises are seen frequently outside the Bay, and they began to re-enter the Bay in 2008. Keener
The eastern North Pacific population of gray whales ranges from the southern tip of Baja California, Mexico to the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas (Jefferson
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (
• Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 hertz (Hz) and 35 kilohertz (kHz);
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
• High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
• Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz;
• Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared seals): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz.
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. seven marine mammal species (three cetacean and four pinniped (three otariid and one phocid) species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the proposed survey activities. Please refer to Table 1. Of the cetacean species that may be present, one is classified as low-frequency cetaceans (gray whale), one is classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (bottlenose dolphin), and one is classified as high-frequency cetaceans (harbor porpoise).
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and their habitat. The “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment” section later in this document includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The “Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination” section considers the content of this section, the “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment” section, and the “Proposed Mitigation” section, to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or stocks.
Explosives are impulsive sounds, which are characterized by short duration, abrupt onset, and rapid decay. The proposed Caltrans SFOBB work using controlled charges (
Exposure to high intensity sound for a sufficient duration may result in behavioral reactions and auditory effects such as a noise-induced threshold shift—an increase in the auditory threshold after exposure to noise (Finneran
When animals exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (
For cetaceans, published TTS data are limited to the captive bottlenose dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration (
In addition, chronic exposure to excessive, though not high-intensity, noise could cause masking at particular frequencies for marine mammals that utilize sound for vital biological functions (Clark
Masking occurs at the frequency band, which the animals utilize. However, lower frequency man-made noises are more likely to affect detection of communication calls and other potentially important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise. It may also affect communication signals when they occur near the noise band and thus reduce the communication space of animals (
Unlike TS, masking, which can occur over large temporal and spatial scales, can potentially affect the species at population, community, or even ecosystem levels, as well as individual levels. Masking affects both senders and receivers of the signals and could have long-term chronic effects on marine mammal species and populations. Recent science suggests that low frequency ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than 3 times in terms of sound pressure level) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial periods, and most of these increases are from distant shipping (Hildebrand 2009). For Caltrans' proposed SFOBB construction activities, noises from controlled blasting is not likely to contribute to the elevated ambient noise levels in the project area in such a way as to increasing potential for or severity of masking. Baseline ambient noise levels in the Bay are very high due to ongoing shipping, construction and other activities in the Bay, and the sound associated with the controlled blasting activities would be very brief.
Finally, exposure of marine mammals to certain sounds could lead to behavioral disturbance (Richardson
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is also difficult to predict (Southall
The biological significance of many of these behavioral disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral modification could be biologically significant if the change affects growth, survival, and/or reproduction, which depends on the severity, duration, and context of the effects.
It is expected that an intense impulse from the proposed controlled blasting of Piers E19 and E20 would have the potential to impact marine mammals in the vicinity of the activity. The majority of impacts would be startle behavioral responses and temporary behavioral modification of marine mammals. However, a few individual animals could be exposed to sound levels that would cause TTS.
The underwater explosion would send a shock wave and blast noise through the water, release gaseous by-products, create an oscillating bubble, and cause a plume of water to shoot up from the water surface. The shock wave and blast noise are of most concern to marine animals. The effects of an underwater explosion on a marine mammal depends on many factors, including the size, type, and depth of both the animal and the explosive charge; the depth of the water column; and the standoff distance between the charge and the animal, as well as the sound propagation properties of the environment. Potential impacts can range from brief effects (such as behavioral disturbance), tactile perception, physical discomfort, slight injury of the internal organs and the auditory system, to death of the animal (Yelverton
Injuries resulting from a shock wave take place at boundaries between tissues of different density. Different velocities are imparted to tissues of different densities, and this can lead to their physical disruption. Blast effects are greatest at the gas-liquid interface (Landsberg 2000). Gas-containing organs, particularly the lungs and gastrointestinal (GI) tract, are especially susceptible (Goertner 1982; Hill 1978; Yelverton
Because the ears are the most sensitive to pressure, they are the organs most sensitive to injury (Ketten 2000). Sound-related damage associated with blast noise can be theoretically distinct from injury from the shock wave, particularly farther from the explosion. If an animal is able to hear a noise, at some level it can damage its hearing by causing decreased sensitivity (Ketten 1995). Sound-related trauma can be lethal or sublethal. Lethal impacts are those that result in immediate death or serious debilitation in or near an intense source and are not, technically, pure acoustic trauma (Ketten 1995). Sublethal impacts include hearing loss, which is caused by exposures to perceptible sounds. Severe damage (from the shock wave) to the ears includes tympanic membrane rupture, fracture of the ossicles, damage to the cochlea, hemorrhage, and cerebrospinal fluid leakage into the middle ear. Moderate injury implies partial hearing loss due to tympanic membrane rupture and blood in the middle ear. Permanent hearing loss also can occur when the hair cells are damaged by one very loud event, as well as by prolonged exposure to a loud noise or chronic exposure to noise. The level of impact from blasts depends on both an animal's location and, at outer zones, on its sensitivity to the residual noise (Ketten 1995).
The above discussion concerning underwater explosions only pertains to open water detonations in a free field. Caltrans' demolition of Piers E19 and E20 using controlled implosion uses a confined detonation method, meaning that the charges would be placed within the structure. Therefore, most energy from the explosive shock wave would be absorbed through the destruction of the structure itself, and would not propagate through the open water. Measurements and modeling from confined underwater detonation for structure removal showed that energy from shock waves and noise impulses were greatly reduced in the water column compared to expected levels from open water detonations (Hempen
Changes in marine mammal behavior are expected to result from acute stress, or startle, responses. This expectation is based on the idea that some sort of physiological trigger must exist to change any behavior that is already being performed, and this may occur due to being startled by the implosion events. The exception to this expectation is the case of behavioral changes due to auditory masking (increasing call rates or volumes to counteract increased ambient noise). Masking is not likely since the Caltrans' controlled implosion would only consist of five to six short, sequential detonations that last for approximately 3-4 seconds each.
The removal of the SFOBB East Span is not likely to negatively affect the habitat of marine mammal populations because no permanent loss of habitat will occur, and only a minor, temporary modification of habitat will occur due to the addition of sound and activity associated with the dismantling activities.
Project activities will not affect any pinniped haul out sites or pupping sites. The YBI harbor seal haul out site is on the opposite site of the island from the SFOBB Project area. Because of the distance and the island blocking the sound, underwater noise and pressure levels from the SFOBB Project will not reach the haul out site. Other haul out sites for sea lions and harbor seals are at a sufficient distance from the SFOBB Project area that they will not be affected. The closest recognized harbor seal pupping site is at Castro Rocks, approximately 8.7 miles (14 kilometers) from the SFOBB Project area. No sea lion rookeries are found in the Bay.
The addition of underwater sound from SFOBB Project activities to background noise levels can constitute a potential cumulative impact on marine mammals. However, these potential cumulative noise impacts will be short in duration and would not occur in biologically important areas, would not significantly affect biologically important activities, and are not expected to have significant environmental effects, as noted in the original FHWA 2001 FEIS for the SFOBB project, incorporated by reference into NMFS' 2003 EA and subsequent Supplemental EAs (2009 and 2015) for the issuance of IHAs for the SFOBB project.
Marine mammal forage on fish within SFB and pier implosions have the potential to injure or kill fish in the immediate area. During previous pier implosion and pile driving activities, Caltrans reported mortality to prey species of marine mammals, including northern anchovies and Pacific herring (Department 2016), averaging approximately 200 fish per implosion event (none of which were ESA-listed species and none of which are managed under a Fishery Management Plan). These few isolated fish mortality events are not anticipated to have a substantial effect on prey species populations or their availability as a food resource for marine mammals.
Studies on explosives also suggest that larger fish are generally less susceptible to death or injury than small fish, and results of most studies are dependent upon specific biological, environmental, explosive, and data recording factors. For example, elongated forms that are round in cross section are less at risk than deep-bodied forms; orientation of fish relative to the shock wave may also affect the extent of injury; and finally, open water pelagic fish, such as those expected to be in the project area, seem to be less affected than reef fishes.
The huge variation in fish populations, including numbers, species, sizes, and orientation and range from the detonation point, makes it very difficult to accurately predict mortalities at any specific site of detonation. Most fish species experience a large number of natural mortalities, especially during early life-stages, and any small level of mortality caused by the Caltrans' controlled implosion events will likely be insignificant to the population as a whole. This negligible effect on population levels of forage fish should ensure continued prey availability for marine mammal species in the area.
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both NMFS' consideration of “small numbers” and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment only, in the form of disruption of behavioral patterns and TTS, for individual marine mammals resulting from exposure to pile driving and controlled blasting. Based on the nature of the activity and the anticipated effectiveness of the mitigation measures such as the use of a blast attenuation system and shutdown zones, Level A harassment is neither anticipated nor proposed to be authorized.
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and, (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these components in more detail and present the proposed take estimate.
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A harassment). Thresholds have also been developed to identify the pressure levels above which animals may incur different types of tissue damage from exposure to pressure waves from explosive detonation.
Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources—Though significantly driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the source (
Caltrans's proposed activity includes the use of continuous (vibratory pile driving) and impulsive (impact pile driving) sources, and therefore the 120 and 160 dB re 1 μPa (rms) thresholds are applicable.
Level A harassment for non-explosive sources—NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance, 2016) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). Caltrans' proposed activity includes the use of impulsive (impact driving) AND non-impulsive (vibratory driving) sources.
These thresholds are provided in the table below. The references, analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
Explosive sources—Based on the best available science, NMFS uses the acoustic and pressure thresholds indicated in Table 2 to predict the onset of behavioral harassment, PTS, tissue damage, and mortality.
Based on the best available scientific data, NMFS' 2016 Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing includes acoustic thresholds related to PTS and TTS for impulsive sounds that are expressed as weighted, cumulative sound exposure levels (SELcum) and unweighted peak sound pressure levels (SPLPK), as presented in Table 3.
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the acoustic thresholds.
For pile removal activities, hydroacoustic monitoring was performed during the implosions of Piers E3 through E18. Results for this monitoring were used to determine distances to marine mammal threshold criteria for underwater blasting. The criterion for lung injury and mortality to marine mammals is dependent on the mass of the animal and the depth of the animal in the water column; animals smaller in mass are more susceptible to injury from impulse pressures. The criterion is an impulse metric, expressed in pascal-second or psi-msec (Table 5). The estimated mass of a juvenile fur seal (15 kilograms (33 pounds)), was used in the lung injury and mortality calculations, because this will be the smallest animal potentially to be exposed to the implosions. The depth at which the animal is exposed also affects the criterion threshold calculation. The water depth around Piers E19 and E20 is very shallow, at 3 to 4 meters (10 to 12 feet). Although implosions will take place in shallow areas, marine mammals are more likely to be present in slightly deeper waters. Therefore, an average depth for the project area of 6 meters (20 feet) was used in the threshold calculation.
Caltrans proposes to use hydroacoustic monitoring results from the implosions of Piers E3 through E18 to estimate distances to marine mammal thresholds for the implosion of Piers E19 and E20 (Department 2015a, 2016). Measured distances from the implosion of Piers E17 to E18 (two-pier implosion event) were used to estimate distances to threshold criteria for the implosion of Piers E19 and E20. The measured distances to threshold criteria from the previous Pier E17 and E18 implosion event are shown in Tables 5 and 6. Depictions of the isopleths for all functional hearing groups is found in Figures 9-13 in the application.
For pile driving, the distance to the marine mammal threshold criteria for vibratory and impact driving were calculated based on hydroacoustic measurements collected during previous pile-driving activities for the SFOBB Project and other projects, involving similar activities under similar conditions. Measured sound pressure levels from other projects came from Caltrans' Compendium of Pile Driving Sound Data (Department 2007), which provides information on sound pressures resulting from pile driving measured throughout Northern California. Distances to marine mammal threshold criteria were calculated for all pile types and installation methods listed above. These distances were calculated using the NMFS-provided companion User Spreadsheet.
For calculation of SELcum threshold distances, the following assumptions were made:
• Only one type/size of pile will be installed on the same day;
• Only one pile installation method, impact or vibratory, will be performed on the same day;
• A maximum of four steel pipe piles will be installed (impact driving or vibratory) on the same day;
• A maximum of six H-piles will be installed (impact or vibratory) on the same day; and
• A maximum of two pile will be proof-tested with an impact hammer on the same day; administering a maximum of 20 strikes per pile.
The distances to the marine mammal threshold criteria for these pile driving and pile removal activities are shown in Table 8.
The distance to the 120 dB rms Level B Zone of Influence (ZOI) threshold for vibratory pile driving was calculated to be 10,000 meters for 24-inch (0.61-meter) diameter steel pipe piles and 21,544 meters for 36-inch (0.91-meter) diameter steel pipe piles. Previous monitoring for the SFOBB Project has shown background sound levels in the active portions of the Bay, near the project area, to range from 110 to 140 dB rms, with typical background levels in the range of 110 to 120 dB rms (Department 2015). During previous hydroacoustic monitoring for the SFOBB Project, it has not been possible to detect or distinguish sound from vibratory pile driving beyond 1,000 to 2,000 meters (3,280 to 6,562 feet) from the source (Rodkin 2009). Under all previous IHAs for the SFOBB Project, which included vibratory pile driving, the ZOI for this activity has been set at 2,000 meters (6,562 feet) or less (NOAA 2016). Furthermore, it unlikely that marine mammals in the Bay will detect or show response to this sound at distances greater than 2,000 meters (6,562 feet), because of the background sound levels in the Central Bay. Therefore, the practical, applied ZOI for the vibratory driving of 24-inch (0.61-meter) and 36-inch (0.91-meter) diameter steel pipe piles has been set at 2,000 meters (6,562 feet), as shown in Table 7.
When NMFS Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more technically challenging to predict because of the duration component in the new thresholds, we developed a User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with marine mammal density or occurrence to help predict takes. We note that because of some of the assumptions included in the methods used for these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are typically going to be overestimates of some degree, which will result in some degree of overestimate of Level A take. However, these tools offer the best way to predict appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated 3D modeling methods are not available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine these tools, and will qualitatively address the output where appropriate. For stationary sources pile driving, NMFS User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which, if a marine mammal remained at that distance the whole duration of the activity, it would not incur PTS. Inputs used in the User Spreadsheet, and the resulting isopleths are reported below in Table 8.
In this section we provide the information about the presence, density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take calculations.
No systematic line transect surveys of marine mammals have been performed in the Bay. Therefore, the in-water densities of harbor seals, California sea lions, and harbor porpoises were calculated based on 17 years of observations during monitoring for the SFOBB construction and demolition. Care was taken to eliminate multiple observations of the same animal, although this can be difficult and is likely that the same individual may have been counted multiple times on the same day. The amount of monitoring performed per year varied, depending on the frequency and duration of construction activities with the potential to affect marine mammals. During the 257 days of monitoring from 2000 through 2017 (including 15 days of baseline monitoring in 2003), 1,029 harbor seals, 83 California sea lions, and 24 harbor porpoises were observed in waters in the project vicinity in total. In 2015, 2016, and 2017, the number of harbor seals in the project area increased significantly. In 2017, the number of harbor porpoise in the project area also increased significantly. Therefore, a harbor seal density estimate was calculated for 2015-2017, and a harbor porpoise density estimate was calculated for 2017, which may better reflect the current use of the project area by these animals. These observations included data from baseline, pre-, during, and post-pile driving, mechanical dismantling, on-shore blasting, and off-shore implosion activities.
Insufficient sighting data exist to estimate the density of bottlenose dolphins. However, a single bottlenose dolphin has been observed regularly, south of the SFOBB east span since fall 2016. During monitoring performed in 2017 for the SFOBB, two bottlenose dolphins were observed south of the SFOBB.
Insufficient sighting data exist to estimate elephant seal densities in the Bay. Generally, only juvenile elephant seals enter the Bay and do not remain long. The most recent sighting near the project area was in 2012, on the beach at Clipper Cove on Treasure Island, when a healthy yearling elephant seal hauled out for approximately 1 day. Approximately 100 juvenile northern elephant seals strand in or near the Bay each year, including individual strandings at YBI and Treasure Island (less than 10 strandings per year).
Insufficient sighting data exist to estimate northern fur seal densities in the Bay. Only two to four northern fur seals strand in the Bay each year, and they are unlikely to occur in the project area.
The size of the areas monitored for marine mammals has increased over the 17 years of observations. The majority of pinniped monitoring has been focused within a 610-meter (2,000-foot) radius of the work area. Although some pinniped observations have been recorded at greater distances, in part because of recent monitoring of larger areas for harbor porpoise zones during pier implosion, a 2-square-kilometer area, corresponding with a 610-meter (2,000-foot) radial distance, was used for density calculations. Harbor porpoise sightings in the Bay have increased in recent years; however, the majority of harbor porpoise observations made during monitoring for the SFOBB Project have been at distances ranging from 2,438 to 3,048 meters (8,000 to 10,000 feet) from the work area. Therefore, harbor porpoise densities were calculated based on a 15-square-kilometer area, corresponding with a 2,438-meter (8,000-foot) radial distance, with land areas subtracted from the
For species without enough sightings to construct a density estimate, Caltrans uses information based on group size and frequency of sightings from previous years of work to inform the number of animals estimated to be taken, which is detailed in the Take Estimation section below.
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
The numbers of harbor seals, sea lions and harbor porpoise that may be taken by implosion of Piers E19 and E20 were calculated based on distances to the marine mammal threshold criteria, duration of the activity, and the estimated density of these species in the ZOI.
The numbers of elephant seals, northern fur seals and bottlenose dolphin that may be taken by implosion of Piers E19 and E20 were determined based on distances to the marine mammal threshold criteria, duration of the activity, and sightings and occurrence of these species in the Bay, specifically near the project area. Distances to marine mammal threshold criteria were calculated based on the highest sound pressure levels generated during the previous pier implosion of Piers E17 and E18 (two-pier implosion event) . Gray whales were not considered for pier implosion activities as those activities will occur in late fall and early winter, when gray whales are not found in the Bay area.
The number of exposures of each species was calculated over the entire area of each Level A, Level B, and mortality threshold criteria zone for the proposed pier implosion event (Tables 10 through 12).
Based on the distances to the marine mammal threshold criteria and estimated species density, it is not expected that GI tract, lung injury, or mortality could occur from the pier implosion event. Approximately two harbor seals (one by behavioral response and one by TTS) and one harbor porpoise (by behavioral response) may be taken by Level B harassment during the implosion Piers E19 and E20 (Table 12). No take of any other species is anticipated.
The estimated number of marine mammals to be exposed to implosion SPLs for each threshold criteria (Table 13) are based on current density estimates or occurrence of marine mammals in the project area (Table 9 through 12). However, the number of marine mammals in the area at any given time is highly variable. Animal movement depends on time of day, tide levels, weather, and availability and distribution of prey species. Therefore, Caltrans requests the following number of allowable harassment takes for each Level B harassment criteria threshold (Table 14).
The numbers of marine mammals by species that may be taken by pile driving were calculated based on distance to the marine mammal threshold criteria, days of driving, and the estimated density of each species in the ZOI, for the species that density could be determined. The distances to the relevant Level A and B zones are listed above in Table 8. Because the sizes of piles, types of piles, or installation methods to be used are unknown at this time, the take estimate
Caltrans estimates a maximum of 2,392 instances of take by Level B harassment may occur to seven stocks of marine mammal during pile-driving activities (Table 15). These individuals will be exposed temporarily to continuous (vibratory pile driving and removal) sounds greater than 120 dB rms and impulse (impact driving) sounds greater than 160 dB rms. The majority of the animals taken by Level B harassment will be harbor seals (Table 15), the most numerous marine mammals in the project area. Although Level A take of marine mammals was calculated based on distances to the threshold, density of the species, and duration of the activity; Caltrans does not anticipate any individuals will be taken by Level A harassment. With proposed monitoring and establishment of shutdown zones, discussed in the Proposed Mitigation section below, Caltrans proposes to avoid Level A harassment of marine mammals.
The number of takes requested by Caltrans are based on a calculation of marine mammal density multiplied by the daily isopleth multiplied by the number of days of pile driving. However, due to variability in sightings of northern elephant seal, northern fur seal, bottlenose dolphin, and gray whale, take estimates were adjusted using species specific monitoring data detailed below.
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to include information about the availability and feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability implemented as planned); and
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
A 10 meter shutdown zone for all marine mammals will also be implemented for in-water heavy machinery work that is not pile driving or pier implosion. Similarly, if a marine mammal for which take is not authorized is seen within the monitoring zone, operations will cease until the animal is seen leaving the zone or until 15 minutes have passed.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area in which take is anticipated (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Caltrans will collect sighting data and behavioral responses to construction for marine mammal species observed in the region of activity during the period of activity. All protected species observers (PSOs) will be trained in marine mammal identification and behaviors and are required to have no other construction-related tasks while conducting monitoring. A minimum of two PSOs will be required for all pile driving activities. Caltrans will establish shutdown zones, similar to those detailed in Table 8, as well as a monitoring zone of 2,000 meters for all marine mammals. Caltrans will monitor the shutdown zone and monitoring zone 30 minutes before, during, and 30 minutes after pile driving, with observers located at the best practicable vantage points. Based on our requirements, Caltrans would implement the following procedures for pile driving:
• PSOs would be located at the best vantage point(s) in order to properly see the entire shutdown zone and as much of the disturbance zone as possible;
• During all observation periods, observers will use binoculars and the naked eye to search continuously for marine mammals;
• If the shutdown zones are obscured by fog or poor lighting conditions, pile driving at that location will not be initiated until that zone is visible. Should such conditions arise while impact driving is underway, the activity would be halted; and
• The shutdown zone and observable portion of the monitoring zone around the pile will be monitored for the presence of marine mammals 30 min before, during, and 30 min after any pile driving activity.
We require that observers use approved data forms. Among other pieces of information, Caltrans will record detailed information about any implementation of shutdowns, including the distance of animals to the pile and description of specific actions that ensued and resulting behavior of the animal, if any. In addition, Caltrans will attempt to distinguish between the number of individual animals taken and the number of incidences of take. We require that, at a minimum, the following information be collected on the sighting forms:
• Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
• Construction activities occurring during each observation period;
• Weather parameters (
• Water conditions (
• Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of marine mammals;
• Description of any observable marine mammal behavior patterns, including bearing and direction of travel, and if possible, the correlation to SPLs;
• Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
• Description of implementation of mitigation measures (
• Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
• Other human activity in the area.
A draft report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days of the completion of marine mammal monitoring, or 60 days prior to the requested date of issuance of any future IHA for projects at the same location, whichever comes first. The report will include marine mammal observations pre-activity, during-activity, and post-activity during pile driving days, and will also provide descriptions of any behavioral responses to construction activities by marine mammals and a complete description of all mitigation shutdowns and the results of those actions and an extrapolated total take estimate based on the number of marine mammals observed during the course of construction. A final report must be submitted within 30 days following resolution of comments on the draft report.
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
Pile driving and pier implosion activities associated from the Caltrans project, as outlined previously, have the potential to disturb or displace marine mammals. Specifically, the specified activities may result in take, in the form of Level B harassment (TTS and behavioral disturbance), from underwater sounds generated from pier implosions and pile driving. Potential takes could occur if individuals of these species are present in the ensonified zone when pile driving or implosion occurs. A few marine mammals could experience TTS if they occur within the Level B TTS zone. However, TTS is a temporary loss of hearing sensitivity when exposed to loud sound, and the hearing threshold is expected to recover completely within minutes to hours. Therefore, it is not considered an injury. In addition, even if an animal receives a TTS, the TTS would be a one-time event from a brief impulse noise (about 5 seconds), making it unlikely that the TTS would lead to PTS. If an animal undergoes a TTS from pier implosion, it is likely to recover quickly as there is only one implosion event proposed. Finally, there is no critical habitat or other biologically important areas in the vicinity of Caltrans' proposed controlled implosion areas (Calambokidis
No serious injury or mortality is anticipated given the nature of the activities and measures designed to minimize the possibility of injury to marine mammals. The potential for these outcomes is minimized through the construction method and the implementation of the planned mitigation measures. Specifically, Caltrans proposes to use a blast attenuation system for the pier implosion, which it has previously used successfully. For pile driving activities, vibratory and impact hammers will be the primary methods of pier installation. Impact pile driving produces short, sharp pulses with higher peak levels and much sharper rise time to reach those peaks. If impact driving is necessary, implementation of soft start and shutdown zones significantly reduces any possibility of injury. Given sufficient “notice” through use of soft start (for impact driving), marine mammals are expected to move away from a sound source that is annoying prior to it becoming potentially injurious. Caltrans will use a minimum of two PSOs stationed strategically to increase detectability of marine mammals, enabling a high rate of success in implementation of shutdowns to avoid injury.
Caltrans' proposed activities are localized and of relatively short duration (June to November). This duration does not overlap with breeding, pupping, or other biologically significant events for marine mammal species in the area. The project area is also very limited in scope spatially, as all work is concentrated on the edges of a single bridge expanse. These localized and short-term noise exposures may cause short-term behavioral modifications in seven marine mammal species. Moreover, the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to further reduce the likelihood of injury, as it is unlikely an animal would remain in close proximity to the sound source with small Level A isopleths. While the project area is known to be frequented by harbor seals and California sea lions, it is not an established breeding ground for local populations.
The project also is not expected to have significant adverse effects on affected marine mammals' habitat. The project activities would not modify existing marine mammal habitat for a significant amount of time. The activities may cause some fish to leave the area of disturbance, thus temporarily impacting marine mammals' foraging opportunities in a limited portion of the foraging range. However, because of the short duration of the activities and the relatively small area of the habitat that may be affected, and the decreased potential of prey species to be in the Project area during the construction work window, the impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-term negative consequences.
Effects on individuals that are taken by Level B harassment, on the basis of reports in the literature as well as monitoring from other similar activities, will likely be limited to temporary reactions such as increased swimming speeds, increased surfacing time, flushing, or decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring) (
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality is anticipated or authorized;
• No more than 10 individuals per species are expected to incur TTS during pier implosion. No TTS is expected to occur during pile driving. The size of the zones in which TTS is expected to occur are small and will be heavily monitored per the measures outlined above in the Proposed Monitoring section;
• Level B harassment may consist of temporary modifications in behavior (
• The lack of important feeding, pupping, or other biologically significant areas in the action area during the construction window;
• The small impact area relative to species range size;
• Mitigation is expected to minimize the likelihood and severity of the level of harassment; and
• The small percentage of the stock that may be affected by project activities (< eight percent for all stocks).
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
Table 16 above details the number of individuals that could be exposed to received noise levels that could cause TTS or Level B harassment for the proposed work at the project site relative to the total stock abundance. The numbers of animals authorized to be taken for all species would be considered small relative to the relevant stocks or populations even if each estimated instance of take occurred to a new individual. The total percent of the population (if each instance was a separate individual) for which take is requested is less than eight percent for all stocks (Table 16). Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity (including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C. 1531
No incidental take of ESA-listed species is proposed for authorization or expected to result from this activity. Therefore, NMFS has determined that formal consultation under section 7 of the ESA is not required for this action.
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to issue an IHA to Caltrans for conducting pier implosion and pile driving activity at the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge from May 2018-April 2019, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
1. This Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) is valid for 1 year from May 15, 2018 through April 14, 2019.
2. This IHA is valid only for pier implosion and pile driving activities associated with the San Francisco—Oakland Bay Bridge.
3. General Conditions
(a) A copy of any issued LOA or IHA must be in the possession of the applicant, its designees, and work crew personnel operating under the authority of the issued LOA.
(b) The species authorized for taking are summarized in Table 17.
(c) The taking, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the species listed in condition 3(b). See Table 17 for numbers of take authorized.
(d) The taking by injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or death of the species listed in condition 3(c) of the Authorization or any taking of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this IHA, unless authorization of take by Level A harassment is listed in condition 3(b) of this Authorization.
4. Mitigation Measures
The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the following mitigation measures.
(a) In-water pile driving and pile removal activities and the controlled
(b) For controlled implosion of Piers E19 and E20, Caltrans shall install and use a Blast Attenuation System (BAS) prior to demolition to reduce the shockwave from the implosion.
(c) Establishment of shutdown zones
(i) For in-water heavy machinery work (such as debris removal or setting up the BAS), a minimum 10 m shutdown zone shall be implemented. If a marine mammal comes within 10 m of such operations, operations shall cease and vessels shall reduce speed to the minimum level required to maintain steerage and safe working conditions. This type of work could include (but is not limited to) the following activities: (1) Vibratory pile driving; (2) movement of the barge to the pile location; (3) positioning of the pile on the substrate via a crane (
(ii) For controlled implosion and associated test blasting, as well as pile driving, Caltrans shall establish monitoring zones that are appropriate to specific marine mammal functional hearing groups for each implosion scenario (See Tables 18 & 19 below).
(d) Shutdown Zone Monitoring for Mitigation Measures
(i) Pre-activity monitoring shall take place from 30 minutes prior to initiation of activity and post-activity monitoring shall continue through 30 minutes post-completion for construction activity and 60 minutes post-completion for implosion activity. Pile driving may commence at the end of the 30-minute pre-activity monitoring period, provided observers have determined that the shutdown zone is clear of marine mammals, which includes delaying start of pile driving activities if a marine mammal is sighted in the zone, as described in Table 19 above.
(ii) A determination that the shutdown zone is clear must be made during a period of good visibility (
(iii) If a marine mammal approaches or enters the shutdown zone during activities or pre-activity monitoring, all pile driving or implosion activities at that location shall be halted or delayed, respectively. If activity is halted or delayed due to the presence of a marine mammal, the activity may not resume or commence until either the animal has voluntarily left and been visually confirmed beyond the shutdown zone and 30 minutes have passed without re-detection of the animal. Pile driving activities include the time to install or remove a single pile or series of piles, as long as the time elapsed between uses of the pile driving equipment is no more than thirty minutes.
(iv) Caltrans shall use soft start techniques when impact pile driving. Soft start requires contractors to provide an initial set of strikes at reduced energy, followed by a thirty-second waiting period, then two subsequent reduced energy strike sets. Soft start shall be implemented at the start of each day's impact pile driving and at any time following cessation of impact pile driving for a period of thirty minutes or longer.
(v) If the number of authorized takes are reached, Caltrans will shut down if a marine mammal is sighted within or approaching the monitoring zone.
(vi) If a species for which take is not authorized is sighted within or approaching the monitoring zone, Caltrans will shut down.
5. Monitoring
(i) The holder of this Authorization is required to conduct marine mammal monitoring during pier implosion and pile driving and removal activities. Marine mammal monitoring and reporting shall be conducted in accordance with the monitoring measures in the application.
(a) For all pile driving activities, a minimum of two protected species observer (PSOs) shall be required, with at least one PSO stationed at the active pile driving rig or at the best vantage point(s) practicable to monitor the shutdown zone for marine mammals and implement shutdown or delay procedures when applicable through communication with the equipment operator. Other PSOs should be stationed at the best vantage point(s) practicable to observe the monitoring zone.
(b) For all pier implosion activities, a minimum of eight PSOs will be required. One PSO will be designated as the Lead PSO, who will receive updates from other PSOs on the presence or absence of marine mammals within the PSO. This Lead PSO will notify the Environmental Compliance Manager of a cleared shutdown zone before the start of the implosion(s). PSOs shall be positioned near the edge of each of the threshold criteria zones and shall utilize
(ii) Caltrans shall conduct briefings for construction supervisors and crews, the monitoring team, and Caltrans staff prior to the start of all pile driving activity, and when new personnel join the work, in order to explain responsibilities, communication procedures, the marine mammal monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
(iii) Monitoring of pile driving shall be conducted by qualified PSOs (see below), who shall have no other assigned tasks during monitoring periods. Caltrans shall adhere to the following conditions when selecting observers:
• Independent PSOs shall be used (
• At least one PSO must have prior experience working as a marine mammal observer during construction activities;
• Other PSOs may substitute education (degree in biological science or related field) or training for experience;
• Where a team of three or more PSOs are required, a lead observer or monitoring; coordinator shall be designated. The lead observer must have prior experience working as a marine mammal observer during construction; and
• Caltrans shall submit PSO CVs for approval by NMFS;
Caltrans shall ensure that observers have the following additional qualifications:
• Ability to conduct field observations and collect data according to assigned protocols;
• Experience or training in the field identification of marine mammals, including the identification of behaviors;
• Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the construction operation to provide for personal safety during observations;
• Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of observations including but not limited to the number and species of marine mammals observed; dates and times when in-water construction activities were conducted; dates, times, and reason for implementation of mitigation (or why mitigation was not implemented when required); and marine mammal behavior; and
• Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals observed in the area as necessary.
(iv) If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or a species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized takes are met, is observed approaching or within the monitoring zone (2,000 m), activities must shut down immediately using delay and shut-down procedures. Activities must not resume until the animal has been confirmed to have left the area or the observation time period has elapsed.
6. Reporting
(i) Caltrans shall submit a draft report to NMFS [not later than 90 days following the end of construction activities OR 60 days prior to the issuance of any subsequent IHA for the project]. Caltrans shall provide a final report within 30 days following resolution of NMFS' comments on the draft report. Reports shall contain, at minimum, the following:
• Date and time that monitored activity begins and ends for each day conducted (monitoring period);
• Construction activities occurring during each daily observation period, including how many and what type of piles driven;
• Deviation from initial proposal in pile numbers, pile types, average driving times, etc.;
• Weather parameters in each monitoring period (
• Water conditions in each monitoring period (
• For each marine mammal sighting:
○ Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of marine mammals;
○ Description of any observable marine mammal behavior patterns, including bearing and direction of travel and distance from pile driving activity;
○ Location and distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point; and
○ Estimated amount of time that the animals remained in the Level B zone;
• Description of implementation of mitigation measures within each monitoring period (
• Other human activity in the area within each monitoring period
• A summary of the following:
○ Total number of individuals of each species detected within the Level B Zone, and estimated as taken if correction factor appropriate;
○ Total number of individuals of each species detected within the Level A Zone and the average amount of time that they remained in that zone; and
○ Daily average number of individuals of each species (differentiated by month as appropriate) detected within the the Level B Zone, and estimated as taken, if appropriate.
(ii) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this IHA, such as a serious injury or mortality, Caltrans shall immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the West Coast Regional Stranding Coordinator. The report must include the following information:
a. Time and date of the incident;
b. Description of the incident;
c. Environmental conditions (
d. Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
e. Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
f. Fate of the animal(s); and
g. Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
(iii) Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with Caltrans to determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. Caltrans may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
(iv) In the event that the Caltrans discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
The report must include the same information identified above. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS will work with Caltrans to determine whether additional mitigation measures or modifications to the activities are appropriate.
(v) In the event that Caltrans discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (
7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.
We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed pier implosion and pile driving. We also request comment on the potential for renewal of this proposed IHA as described in the paragraph below. Please include with your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a second one-year IHA without additional notice when (1) another year of identical or nearly identical activities as described in the Specified Activities section is planned or (2) the activities would not be completed by the time the IHA expires and a second IHA would allow for completion of the activities beyond that described in the Dates and Duration section, provided all of the following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days prior to expiration of the current IHA;
• The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted beyond the initial dates either are identical to the previously analyzed activities or include changes so minor (
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not previously analyzed or authorized; and
• Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities, the mitigation and monitoring measures remain the same and appropriate, and the original findings remain valid.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; request for comments.
The Assistant Regional Administrator for Sustainable Fisheries, Greater Atlantic Region, NMFS, has made a preliminary determination that an Exempted Fishing Permit application contains all of the required information and warrant further consideration. The Exempted Fishing Permit would allow commercial fishing vessels to land Atlantic halibut under the minimum size limit and in excess of the possession limit. This EFP is required to support an Atlantic halibut study by the University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth, School for Marine Science and Technology, and The Nature Conservancy to improve future halibut stock assessments.
Regulations under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act require publication of this notification to provide interested parties the opportunity to comment on applications for proposed Exempted Fishing Permits.
Comments must be received on or before April 27, 2018.
You may submit written comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
Spencer Talmage, Fishery Management Specialist, 978-281-9232,
The Nature Conservancy (TNC) submitted a complete application for an Exempted Fishing Permit (EFP) on March 6, 2018, which requests a renewal of an EFP issued last year to collect biological samples of halibut. The project is funded through the Saltonstall-Kennedy Grant Program, and seeks to address identified information gaps in order to improve future Atlantic halibut stock assessments. Research focuses on characteristics such as stock structure, seasonal movements, behavior, and life history. The renewal application requests the same exemptions from the regulations that were approved for the 2017 fishing year. The exemptions include the Atlantic halibut possession limit, as described in § 648.86(c), and the Atlantic halibut minimum size limit, as described in § 648.83(a)(1).
The EFP would authorize 21 commercial fishing vessels to collect biological samples of halibut during regular fishing operations. A maximum of five halibut may be sampled per trip. Participating vessels may land halibut under the minimum size limit and/or above the possession limit provided these fish are transferred to participating researchers for additional data collection. The EFP issued for the 2017 fishing year allowed for a total sampling size of 250 halibut sampled across the entirety of the project. To date, TNC has sampled 132 halibut. The renewed EFP would increase the total sample size to 275. TNC requested this increase in order to fully utilize Saltonstall-Kennedy Grant Program funding. Sampling would include recording of fish length and weight, as well as removal of gonads, otoliths, and genetic material.
The exemption from the minimum size limit would allow researchers to collect data from all sizes of halibut, which is necessary to ensure that results of the project are accurate and reflective of the halibut population. The exemption from the possession limit is necessary to ensure that the researchers are able to obtain sufficient biological samples to conduct their research. No halibut above the possession limit or below the minimum size limit could be landed for sale.
Fishing under the EFP would occur during the 2018 fishing year, from May 1, 2018 through April 30, 2019. Participating vessels would use multiple gear types, including handline/jig, longline, sink gillnet, and otter trawl. Fishing would occur throughout both the Gulf of Maine and the Georges Bank Regulated Mesh Areas, primarily in statistical areas 514, 521, 522, 525, and 526.
If approved, the applicants may request minor modifications and extensions to the EFPs throughout the year. EFP modifications and extensions may be granted without further notice if they are deemed essential to facilitate completion of the proposed research and have minimal impacts that do not change the scope or impact of the initially approved EFP request. Any fishing activity conducted outside the scope of the exempted fishing activity would be prohibited.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Office of the Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff, Department of Defense.
Notice of Advisory Committee closed meeting.
The Department of Defense is publishing this notice to announce that the following Federal Advisory Committee meeting of the U.S. Strategic Command Strategic Advisory Group will take place.
Day 1—Closed to the public Thursday, May 10, 2018, from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. and Day 2—Closed to the public Friday, May 11, 2018, from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
Dougherty Conference Center, Building 432, 906 SAC Boulevard, Offutt AFB, Nebraska 68113.
Mr. John L. Trefz, Jr., Designated Federal Officer, (402) 294-4102 (Voice), (402) 294-3128 (Facsimile),
This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) of 1972 (5 U.S.C. Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.140. This meeting is being held under the provisions of the FACA of 1972 (5 U.S.C. Appendix), the Government Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b), and 41 CFR 102-3.150.
Institute of Education Sciences, Department of Education.
Notice of a new system of records.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Privacy Act), the Department of Education (the Department) publishes this notice of a new system of records entitled “Impact Evaluation of Parent Messaging Strategies on Student Attendance (18-13-42).” This system contains individually identifying information voluntarily provided by individuals and districts who participate in the impact study. The information contained in the records maintained in this system will be used to conduct a rigorous study of the effectiveness of a low-cost, parent-focused text messaging intervention, meant to reduce elementary school absenteeism and ultimately improve student achievement.
Submit your comments on this new system of records notice on or before May 14, 2018.
This new system of records will become applicable upon publication in the
The Department will publish any significant changes to the system of records or routine uses that result from public comment.
Submit your comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal or via postal mail, commercial delivery, or hand delivery. We will not accept comments submitted by fax or by email or those submitted after the comment period. To ensure that we do not receive duplicate copies, please submit your comments only once. In addition, please include the Docket ID at the top of your comments.
•
•
Dr. Meredith Bachman, Project's COR, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education, Potomac Center Plaza, Room 4102, 550 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20202, by telephone at 1-202-245-7494, or by email at
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), you may call the Federal Relay Service, at 1-800-877-8339.
The study will address the following central research questions: (1) What is the impact on student attendance of using text messaging to provide parents with basic information related to attendance? (2) For parents who do not respond to the messaging strategies that provide basic information, does a more intensive strategy work better to improve attendance? (3) Do adaptive interventions (
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Impact Evaluation of Parent Messaging Strategies on Student Attendance (18-13-42).
Unclassified.
Evaluation Division, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Institute of Education Sciences (IES), U.S. Department of Education (the Department), Potomac Center Plaza, 550 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20202.
Project's COR, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education, Potomac Center Plaza, Room 4102, 550 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20202.
The study is authorized under ssections 171(b) and 173 of the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (ESRA) (20 U.S.C. 9561(b) and 9563) and section 8601 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (20 U.S.C. 7981) and the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015 (Pub. L. 113-235).
The information contained in the records maintained in this system will be used to conduct a rigorous study of a low-cost, parent-focused text messaging intervention, meant to reduce elementary school absenteeism and ultimately improve student achievement.
The study will address the following central research questions: (1) What is the impact on student attendance of using text messaging to provide parents with basic information related to attendance? (2) For parents who do not respond to the messaging strategies that provide basic information, does a more intensive strategy work better to improve attendance? (3) Do adaptive interventions (
The system of records will include individually identifying information about parents (or guardians) who consent to participate in the study and their elementary school aged children. The system will contain records on approximately 26,000 parents and 30,000 students from 4 school districts.
For parents or guardians this information will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, contact information (name, phone number, and home address), gender, educational background, employment status, and primary language spoken at home. For students this information will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, name, district-provided student ID, date of birth, gender, race/ethnicity, grade, eligibility for free/reduced-price lunches, English Learner status, individualized education plan status, number of days absent (excused, unexcused, and suspended), and math and reading assessment scores. Parents' or guardians' contact information will be used to send out the text messages.
The information contained in the records maintained in this system will be used to conduct a rigorous study of a low-cost, parent-focused text messaging intervention, meant to reduce elementary school absenteeism and ultimately improve student achievement. Data will be obtained on all participating students and their parents or guardians through administrative records maintained by the school districts and through the administration of a survey to a subset of approximately 2,000 parents or guardians.
The Department may disclose information contained in a record in this system of records under the routine uses listed in this system of records without the consent of the individual if the disclosure is compatible with the purposes for which the record was collected. The Department may make these disclosures on a case-by-case basis or, if the Department has complied with the computer matching requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Privacy Act), under a computer matching agreement. Any disclosure of individually identifiable information from a record in this system must also comply with the requirements of section 183 of the ESRA (20 U.S.C. 9573) providing for confidentiality standards that apply to all collection, reporting, and publication of data by the Institute of Education Sciences. Any disclosure of personally identifiable information from student education records that were obtained from school districts must also comply with the requirements of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. 1232g; 34 CFR part 99), which protects the privacy of student education records.
Records in this system of records are maintained in a secure, password-protected electronic system.
Records in this system will be indexed and retrieved by a unique number assigned to each individual that will be cross-referenced by the individual's name on a separate list.
The Department shall submit a retention and disposition schedule that covers the records contained in this system to the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) for review. The records will not be destroyed until such time as NARA approves said schedule.
Security protocols for this system of records meet all required security standards issued by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). The secure, password protected electronic system utilizes security hardware and software to include multiple firewalls, active intruder detection, and role-based access controls. All physical access to the Department's site, where this system of records will be maintained, is controlled and monitored by security personnel. The computer system employed by the Department offers a high degree of resistance to tampering and circumvention. This security system limits data access to Department and contract staff on a need-to-know basis and controls individual users' ability to access and alter records within the system.
If you wish to request access to your records, you must contact the system manager at the address listed above. Your requests must provide necessary particulars of your full name, address, telephone number, and any other identifying information requested by the Department while processing the request, to distinguish between individuals with the same name. Your request must meet the requirements of regulations in 34 CFR 5b.5, including proof of identity.
If you wish to contest the content of a record regarding you in the system of records, contact the system manager at the address listed above. Your request must meet the requirements of the regulations in 34 CFR 5b.7.
If you wish to inquire whether a record exists regarding you in this system, you must contact the system manager at the address listed above. You must provide necessary particulars of your full name, address, telephone number, and any other identifying information requested by the Department while processing the request, to distinguish between individuals with the same name. Your request must meet the requirements of the Department's Privacy Act regulations at 34 CFR 5b.5, including proof of identity.
None.
None.
Take notice that an informal technical conference concerning the above-captioned proceedings will be convened by phone on April 18, 2018, at 2:00 p.m. (EDT). The purpose of the teleconference will be to discuss comments filed in the proceeding.
All interested parties are invited to participate by phone. Please email Deirdra Archie at
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
Notice of information collection and request for comments.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is soliciting public comment on the currently approved information collection, FERC-585 (Reporting of Electric Energy Shortages and Contingency Plans Under PURPA Section 206).
Comments on the collection of information are due June 11, 2018.
You may submit comments (identified by Docket No. IC18-11-000) by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
• Any anticipated shortages of electric energy or capacity which would affect the utility's capability to serve its wholesale customers; and
• a contingency plan that would outline what circumstances might give rise to such occurrences.
In Order No. 575,
• It will treat firm power wholesale customers without undue discrimination or preference; and
• it will report any modifications to its contingency plan for accommodating shortages within 15 days to the appropriate state regulatory agency and to the affected wholesale customers, then the utility need not file with the Commission an additional statement of contingency plan for accommodating such shortages.
In Order No. 659,
The Commission uses the information to evaluate and formulate an appropriate option for action in the event an unanticipated shortage is reported and/or materializes. Without this information, the Commission and State agencies would be unable to:
• Examine and approve or modify utility actions;
• prepare a response to anticipated disruptions in electric energy; and/or
• ensure equitable treatment of all public utility customers under the shortage situations.
The Commission implements these filing requirements in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) under 18 CFR part 294.101.
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
Notice of information collection and request for comments.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is soliciting public comment on the currently approved information collection, FERC-566 (Annual Report of a Utility's 20 Largest Purchasers).
Comments on the collection of information are due June 11, 2018.
You may submit comments (identified by Docket No. IC18-12-000) by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
FERC-566 implements FPA requirements that each public utility annually publish a list of the 20 purchasers which purchased the largest annual amounts of electric energy sold by such public utility during any of the three previous calendar years. The public disclosure of this information provides the information necessary to determine whether an interlocked position is with any of the 20 largest purchasers of electric energy. Similar to the Form 561,
On May 20, 2016, Tektronix, Inc. (Tektronix) filed a Petition for Review of Denial of Adjustment Request, Request for Hearing, and Request for Confidential Treatment (Petition) under Subpart J of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure.
On January 19, 2018, the Administrative Law Judge designated to serve as the presiding officer, Judge David H. Coffman, issued a Report to the Commission and reported that on January 16, 2018, Tektronix and DOE filed a Joint Notice of Satisfaction representing that OHA vacated its orders denying Tektronix's applications for relief. Accordingly, consistent with the Proposed Settlement filed on November 20, 2017, the Judge deemed the Petition and Tektronix's applications to OHA to be withdrawn.
Take notice that the proceeding in Docket No. RA16-1-000 is, as a consequence, deemed terminated.
On March 22, 2018, Nushagak Cooperative, Inc. filed an application for a preliminary permit, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act (FPA), proposing to study the feasibility of the Nuyakuk River Hydroelectric Project (Nuyakuk River Project or project) to be located on the Nuyakuk River, near Dillingham, Alaska. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission. The project would utilize approximately 218 acres of land owned by the U.S. Bureau of Land Management.
The proposed project would consist of the following new facilities: (1) A 100-foot-long, 20-foot-high intake structure; (2) a 1,200-foot-long, 50-foot-wide by 15-feet-tall concrete-lined power conduit; (3) a 100-foot-wide by 100-foot-long powerhouse forebay with a surface area of 0.23 acres; (4) a 100-foot-wide by 60-foot-long concrete powerhouse containing two 5 megawatt (MW) bulb-type turbines for a total installed capacity of 10 MW; (5) a 100-foot-wide, 500-foot-long tailrace discharging to the Nuyakuk River; (6) a project substation; (7) a 135-mile-long, 25 kilovolt transmission line extending from the substation to the communities of Aleknagik, Koliganek, Stuyahok, Ekwok, and Levelock; and (8) appurtenant facilities. The estimated annual generation of the Nuyakuk River Project would be 72.8 gigawatt-hours.
Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 Days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications using the Commission's eFiling system at
More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of Commission's website at
On April 5, 2018, the Commission issued an order in Docket Nos. EL18-126-000, EL18-127-000, EL18-128-000, EL18-129-000, and EL18-130-000, pursuant to section 206 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), 16 U.S.C. 824e (2012), instituting an investigation into whether Ontelaunee Power Operating Company, LLC, Liberty Electric Power, LLC, Dynegy Hanging Rock II, LLC, Dynegy Washington II, LLC, and Dynegy Fayette II, LLC's reactive power rates may be unjust and unreasonable.
The refund effective date in Docket Nos. EL18-126-000, EL18-127-000, EL18-128-000, EL18-129-000, and EL18-130-000, established pursuant to section 206(b) of the FPA, will be the date of publication of this notice in the
Any interested person desiring to be heard in Docket Nos. EL18-126-000, EL18-127-000, EL18-128-000, EL18-129-000, and EL18-130-000 must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate, with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.214, within 21 days of the date of issuance of the order.
On July 8, 2016, Fluke Corporation (Fluke) filed a Petition for Review of Denial of Adjustment Request, Request for Hearing, and Request for Confidential Treatment (Petition) under Subpart J of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure.
On January 19, 2018, the Administrative Law Judge designated to serve as the presiding officer, Judge David H. Coffman, issued a Report to the Commission and reported that on January 16, 2018, Fluke and DOE filed a Joint Notice of Satisfaction representing that OHA vacated its orders denying Fluke's applications for relief. Accordingly, consistent with the Proposed Settlement filed on November 20, 2017, the Judge deemed the Petition and Fluke's applications to OHA to be withdrawn.
Take notice that the proceeding in Docket No. RA16-2-000 is, as a consequence, deemed terminated.
On August 4, 2016, Avocent Corporation (Avocent) filed a Petition for Review of Denial of Adjustment Request, Request for Hearing, and Request for Confidential Treatment (Petition) under Subpart J of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure.
On March 23, 2017, the Administrative Law Judge designated to serve as the presiding officer, Judge David H. Coffman, issued a Report to the Commission and reported that on March 17, 2017, Avocent and DOE filed a Joint Notice of Satisfaction representing that OHA vacated its orders denying Avocent's applications for relief. Accordingly, consistent with the Proposed Settlement filed on February 6, 2017, the Judge deemed the Petition and Avocent's applications to OHA to be withdrawn.
Take notice that the proceeding in Docket No. RA16-3-000 is, as a consequence, deemed terminated.
The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) hereby gives notice that members of the Commission and Commission staff may attend upcoming PJM Interconnection, L.L.C. (PJM) Members Committee and Markets and Reliability Committee meetings, as well as other PJM committee, subcommittee or task force meetings.
The discussions at each of the meetings described above may address matters at issue in pending proceedings before the Commission, including the following currently pending proceedings:
For additional meeting information, see:
The meetings are open to stakeholders. For more information, contact Valerie Martin, Office of Energy Market Regulation, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission at (202) 502-6139 or
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of funding availability.
In the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2018, signed by the President on March 23, 2018, Congress provided at least $55 million in budget authority for the Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act of 2014 (WIFIA) program to cover the subsidy required to provide a much larger amount of credit assistance. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) estimates that this budget authority may provide approximately $5.5 billion in credit assistance and may finance approximately $11 billion in water infrastructure investment, while covering increased costs associated with implementing a larger program. The purpose of this notice of funding availability (NOFA) is to solicit letters of interest (LOIs) from prospective borrowers seeking credit assistance from EPA.
The LOI submittal period will begin on April 12, 2018 and end at 12 p.m. (noon) EDT on July 6, 2018.
Prospective borrowers should submit all LOIs electronically via email at:
EPA will notify prospective borrowers that their letter of interest has been received via a confirmation email.
Prospective borrowers can access additional information, including the WIFIA program handbook and application materials, on the WIFIA website:
EPA will evaluate and select proposed projects described in the LOIs using the selection criteria established in statute and regulation, and further described in this NOFA as well as the WIFIA program handbook. This NOFA establishes relative weights that will be used in the current LOI submittal period for the selection criteria and outlines the process that prospective borrowers should follow to be considered for WIFIA credit assistance. In addition, EPA reserves the right to make additional awards under this announcement, consistent with Agency policy and guidance, if additional funding is available after the original selections are made.
For a project to be considered during a selection round, EPA should receive a LOI, preferably via email or SharePoint, before the corresponding deadline listed above. EPA is only able to accept emails of 25 MB or smaller with unzipped attachments. If necessary due to size restrictions, prospective borrowers may submit attachments separately, as long as they are received by the deadline.
When writing a LOI, prospective borrowers should fill out the WIFIA Letter of Interest form and follow the guidelines contained on the WIFIA program website:
EPA will invite each prospective borrower whose project proposal is selected for continuation in the process to submit a final application. Final applications should be received by EPA within 365 days of the invitation to apply.
EPA will host a series of webinars to provide further information about submitting a LOI. The webinar schedule and registration directions can be found on the WIFIA program website:
Prospective borrowers with questions about the program or interest in meeting with WIFIA program staff may send a request to
Congress enacted WIFIA as part of the Water Resources Reform and Development Act of 2014 (WRRDA). Codified at 33 U.S.C. 3901-3914, WIFIA authorizes a federal credit program for water infrastructure projects to be administered by EPA. WIFIA authorizes EPA to provide federal credit assistance in the form of secured (direct) loans or loan guarantees for eligible water infrastructure projects.
The WIFIA program's mission is to accelerate investment in our nation's water and wastewater infrastructure by providing long-term, low-cost, supplemental credit assistance under customized terms to creditworthy drinking water and wastewater infrastructure projects of national and regional significance.
Congress appropriated at least $55 million in funding to cover the subsidy cost of providing WIFIA credit assistance. The subsidy cost covers the Federal government's risk that the loan may not be paid back. EPA anticipates that the average subsidy cost for WIFIA-funded projects will be relatively low, therefore, this funding can be leveraged into a much larger amount of credit assistance. EPA estimates that this appropriation will allow it to provide approximately $5.5 billion
Recognizing the need that exists in both small and large communities to invest in infrastructure, Congress stipulated in statute that EPA set aside 15% of the budget authority appropriated each year for small communities, defined as systems that serve a population of less than 25,000. Of the funds set aside, any amount not obligated by June 1 of the fiscal year for which budget authority is set aside may be used for any size community. Regardless of whether EPA obligates these funds by June 1 of the fiscal year for which budget authority is set aside, EPA will endeavor to use 15% of its budget authority for small communities.
In addition to assisting both large and small projects and communities, WIFIA may be an attractive borrowing mechanism for a variety of different borrower and credit types. EPA anticipates that municipalities, private entities, project financings, and State Revolving Fund programs will benefit from the low cost and debt structuring flexibilities that WIFIA loans can offer.
The WIFIA statute and implementing rules set forth eligibility requirements for prospective borrowers, projects, and project costs. The requirements outlined below are described in greater detail in the WIFIA program handbook.
Prospective borrowers must be one of the following in order to be eligible for WIFIA credit assistance:
(i) A corporation;
(ii) A partnership;
(iii) A joint venture;
(iv) A trust;
(v) A Federal, State, or local governmental entity, agency, or instrumentality;
(vi) A tribal government or a consortium of tribal governments; or
(vii) A State infrastructure financing authority.
The WIFIA statute authorizes EPA to provide credit assistance for a wide
(i) One or more activities that are eligible for assistance under section 603(c) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1383(c)), notwithstanding the public ownership requirement under paragraph (1) of that subsection;
(ii) One or more activities described in section 1452(a)(2) of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300j-12(a)(2));
(iii) A project for enhanced energy efficiency in the operation of a public water system or a publicly owned treatment works;
(iv) A project for repair, rehabilitation, or replacement of a treatment works, community water system, or aging water distribution or waste collection facility (including a facility that serves a population or community of an Indian reservation);
(v) A brackish or sea water desalination project, including chloride control, a managed aquifer recharge project, a water recycling project, or a project to provide alternative water supplies to reduce aquifer depletion;
(vi) A project to prevent, reduce, or mitigate the effects of drought, including projects that enhance the resilience of drought-stricken watersheds;
(vii) Acquisition of real property or an interest in real property—
(a) If the acquisition is integral to a project described in paragraphs (i) through (v); or
(b) Pursuant to an existing plan that, in the judgment of the Administrator, would mitigate the environmental impacts of water resources infrastructure projects otherwise eligible for assistance under this section;
(viii) A combination of projects, each of which is eligible under paragraph (i) or (ii), for which a State infrastructure financing authority submits to the Administrator a single application; or
(ix) A combination of projects secured by a common security pledge, each of which is eligible under paragraph (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), or (vii), for which an eligible entity, or a combination of eligible entities, submits a single application.
As defined under 33 U.S.C. 3906 and described in the WIFIA program handbook, eligible project costs are costs associated with the following activities:
(i) Development-phase activities, including planning, feasibility analysis (including any related analysis necessary to carry out an eligible project), revenue forecasting, environmental review, permitting, preliminary engineering and design work, and other preconstruction activities;
(ii) Construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation, and replacement activities;
(iii) The acquisition of real property or an interest in real property (including water rights, land relating to the project, and improvements to land), environmental mitigation (including acquisitions pursuant to 33 U.S.C. 3905(8)), construction contingencies, and acquisition of equipment; and
(iv) Capitalized interest necessary to meet market requirements, reasonably required reserve funds, capital issuance expenses, and other carrying costs during construction. Capitalized interest on WIFIA credit assistance may not be included as an eligible project cost.
For a project to be considered for WIFIA credit assistance, a project must meet the following five criteria:
(i) The project and obligor shall be creditworthy;
(ii) A project shall have eligible project costs that are reasonably anticipated to equal or exceed $20 million, or for a project eligible under paragraphs (2) or (3) of 33 U.S.C. 3905 serving a community of not more than 25,000 individuals, project costs that are reasonably anticipated to equal or exceed $5 million;
(iii) Project financing shall be repayable, in whole or in part, from State or local taxes, user fees, or other dedicated revenue sources that also secure the senior project obligations of the project; shall include a rate covenant, coverage requirement, or similar security feature supporting the project obligations; and may have a lien on revenues subject to any lien securing project obligations;
(iv) In the case of a project that is undertaken by an entity that is not a State or local government or an agency or instrumentality of a State or local government, or a tribal government or consortium of tribal governments, the project that the entity is undertaking shall be publicly sponsored; and
(v) The applicant shall have developed an operations and maintenance plan that identifies adequate revenues to operate, maintain, and repair the project during its useful life.
All projects receiving WIFIA assistance must comply, if applicable, with Federal requirements and regulations, including (but not limited to):
(i) American Iron and Steel Requirement, 33 U.S.C. 3914,
(ii) Labor Standards, 33 U.S.C. 1372,
(iii) National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. 4321
(iv) Floodplain Management, Executive Order 11988, 42 FR 26951, May 24, 1977,
(v) Archeological and Historic Preservation Act, 16 U.S.C. 469-469c,
(vi) Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401
(vii) Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251
(viii) Coastal Barrier Resources Act, 16 U.S.C. 3501
(ix) Coastal Zone Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 1451
(x) Endangered Species Act, 16 U.S.C. 1531
(xi) Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, Executive Order 12898, 59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994,
(xii) Protection of Wetlands, Executive Order 11990, 42 FR 26961, May 25, 1977, as amended by Executive Order 12608, 52 FR 34617, September 14, 1987,
(xiii) Farmland Protection Policy Act, 7 U.S.C. 4201
(xiv) Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, 16 U.S.C. 661-666c, as amended,
(xv) Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 1801
(xvi) National Historic Preservation Act, 16 U.S.C. 470
(xvii) Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. 300f
(xviii) Wild and Scenic Rivers Act, 16 U.S.C. 1271
(xix) Debarment and Suspension, Executive Order 12549, 51 FR 6370,
(xx) Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act, 42 U.S.C. 3301
(xxi) Drug-Free Workplace Act, 41 U.S.C. 8101
(xxii) New Restrictions on Lobbying, 31 U.S.C. 1352,
(xxiii) Prohibitions relating to violations of the Clean Water Act or Clean Air Act with respect to Federal contracts, grants, or loans under 42 U.S.C. 7606 and 33 U.S.C. 1368, and Executive Order 11738, 38 FR 25161, September 12, 1973,
(xxiv) The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, 42 U.S.C. 4601
(xxv) Age Discrimination Act, 42 U.S.C. 6101
(xxvi) Equal Employment Opportunity, Executive Order 11246, 30 FR 12319, September 28, 1965,
(xxvii) Section 13 of the Clean Water Act, Public Law 92-500, codified in 42 U.S.C. 1251,
(xxviii) Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. 794, supplemented by Executive Orders 11914, 41 FR 17871, April 29, 1976 and 11250, 30 FR 13003, October 13, 1965,
(xxix) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 2000d
(xxx) Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in Procurement under Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Financial Assistance Agreements, 73 FR 15904,
Detailed information about some of these requirements is outlined in the WIFIA program handbook. Further information can be found at the links above.
Under WIFIA, EPA is permitted to provide credit assistance in the form of secured (direct) loans or loan guarantees. The maximum amount of WIFIA credit assistance to a project is 49 percent of eligible project costs. Each prospective borrower should list the estimated total capital costs of the project, broken down by activity type and differentiating between eligible project costs and ineligible project costs in the LOI and application.
Each prospective borrower will be required to submit a LOI and, if invited, an application to EPA in order to be considered for approval. This section describes the LOI submission and application submission.
Prospective borrowers seeking a WIFIA loan must submit a LOI describing the project fundamentals and addressing the WIFIA selection criteria.
The primary purpose of the LOI is to provide adequate information to EPA to: (i) Validate the eligibility of the prospective borrower and the prospective project, (ii) perform a preliminary creditworthiness assessment, (iii) perform a preliminary engineering feasibility assessment, and (iv) evaluate the project against the selection criteria. Based on its review of the information provided in the LOI, EPA will invite prospective borrowers to submit applications for their projects. Prospective borrowers are encouraged to review the WIFIA program handbook to help create the best justification possible for the project and a cohesive and comprehensive LOI submittal.
Prospective borrowers should utilize the LOI form on the WIFIA website and ensure that sufficient detail about the project is provided for EPA's review. EPA will notify a prospective borrower if its project is deemed ineligible as described in Section III of this NOFA.
Below is guidance on what should be included in the LOI.
A.
In the case of a project that is undertaken by an entity that is not a State or local government or an agency or instrumentality of a State or local government, or a tribal government or consortium of tribal governments, the project that the entity is undertaking must be publicly sponsored. Public sponsorship means that the recipient can demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the EPA, that the prospective borrower has consulted with the affected State, local, or tribal government in which the project is located, or is otherwise affected by the project and that such government supports the proposed project. A prospective borrower can show support by including a certified letter signed by the approving State, tribal, or municipal department or similar agency; governor, mayor or other similar designated authority; statute or local ordinance, or any other means by which government approval can be evidenced.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
After EPA concludes its evaluation of the LOIs, a selection committee will invite prospective borrowers to apply based on the scoring of the selection criteria, while taking into consideration geographic and project diversity. The selection committee may choose to combine multiple Letters of Interests or separate projects from a prospective borrower based on the creditworthiness review and may offer less WIFIA assistance than requested in the LOI.
An invitation to apply for WIFIA credit assistance does not guarantee EPA's approval, which remains subject to a project's continued eligibility, including creditworthiness, the successful negotiation of terms acceptable to EPA, and the availability of funds at the time at which all necessary recommendations and evaluations have been completed. However, the purpose of EPA's LOI review is to pre-screen prospective borrowers to the extent practicable. In doing this, it is expected that EPA will only invite projects to apply if it anticipates that those projects are able to obtain WIFIA credit assistance.
Applications should be submitted using the form provided on the WIFIA website:
Detailed information needs for the application are listed in the application form and described in the WIFIA program handbook.
There is no fee to submit a LOI. The final fee rule, Fees for Water Infrastructure Project Applications under WIFIA, 40 CFR 35.10080, was signed by EPA on June 19, 2017, and establishes the fees related to the provision of federal credit assistance under WIFIA. Each invited applicant must submit, concurrent with its application, a non-refundable Application Fee of $25,000 for projects serving communities of not more than 25,000 individuals or $100,000 for all other projects. Applications will not be evaluated until the Application Fee is paid. For successful applicants, this fee will be credited toward final payment of a Credit Processing Fee, assessed following financial close, to reimburse the EPA for actual engineering, financial, and legal costs. In the event a final credit agreement is not executed, the borrower is still required to reimburse EPA for the costs incurred. Borrowers may finance these fees with WIFIA credit assistance.
This section specifies the criteria and process that EPA will use to evaluate and award applications for WIFIA assistance.
The selection criteria described below incorporate statutory eligibility requirements, supplemented by WIFIA regulations at 40 CFR 35.10055. EPA has also identified the following strategic objectives as priorities for this LOI submittal period:
(i) Provide for clean and safe drinking water: EPA is working to strengthen its implementation of the Safe Drinking Water Act to ensure we protect and build upon the enormous public health benefits achieved through the provision of safe drinking water throughout the country. The Agency's highest priorities include reducing exposure to lead in the nation's drinking water systems, ensuring continuous compliance with contaminant limits, responding quickly to emerging concerns, and improving the nation's aging and insufficient drinking water infrastructure.
(ii) Repair, rehabilitate, and replace aging infrastructure and conveyance systems: Many communities face formidable challenges in providing adequate and reliable water and wastewater infrastructure services. Existing water and wastewater infrastructure in some of these communities is aging, and investment is not always keeping up with the needs. EPA estimates the national funding need for capital improvements for such facilities totals approximately $740 billion over the next 20 years. In many cases, meeting these needs will require significant increases in capital investment.
EPA's priorities reflect water sector challenges that require innovative tools to assist municipalities in managing and adapting to our most pressing public health and environmental challenges. These priorities are reflected in the scoring methodology of the selection criteria below, described in greater detail in the WIFIA program handbook.
The WIFIA selection criteria are divided into three categories that represent critical considerations for selecting projects: Project Impact, Project Readiness, and Borrower Creditworthiness. Each criterion within a category can provide a range of points with the maximum number of points indicated. Each category can provide up to 100 points out of a total of 300 available points, and the category-specific and overall scores will help inform the selection committee's deliberations within the overall WIFIA framework. For the Project Readiness
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(i)
(ii)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
In addition to the selection criteria score, EPA is required by 33 U.S.C. 3902(a) to “ensure a diversity of project types and geographical locations.”
Following analysis by WIFIA program staff, a final score is calculated for each project. Projects will be selected in order of score, subject, however, to the requirement to ensure a diversity of project types and geographical locations.
The scoring scales and guidance used to evaluate each project against the selection criteria are available in the WIFIA program handbook. Prospective borrowers considering WIFIA should review the WIFIA program handbook and discuss how the project addresses each of the selection criteria in the LOI submission.
33 U.S.C. 3901-3914; 40 CFR part 35.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA has received applications to register pesticide products containing active ingredients not included in any currently registered pesticide products. Pursuant to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on these applications.
Comments must be received on or before May 14, 2018.
Submit your comments, identified by the Docket Identification (ID) Number and the File Symbol of interest as shown in the body of this document, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Robert McNally, Biopesticides and Pollution Prevention Division (7511P), main telephone number: (703) 305-7090, email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
1.
2.
EPA has received applications to register pesticide products containing active ingredients not included in any currently registered pesticide products. Pursuant to the provisions of FIFRA section 3(c)(4) (7 U.S.C. 136a(c)(4)), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on these applications. Notice of receipt of these applications does not imply a decision by the Agency on these applications.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
21 U.S.C. 346a.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA has received applications to register new uses for pesticide products containing currently registered active ingredients. Pursuant to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on these applications.
Comments must be received on or before May 14, 2018.
Submit your comments, identified by the Docket Identification (ID) Number and the File Symbol of interest as shown in the body of this document, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Robert McNally, Biopesticides and Pollution Prevention Division (7511P), main telephone number: (703) 305-7090, email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
1.
2.
EPA has received applications to register new uses for pesticide products containing currently registered active ingredients. Pursuant to the provisions of FIFRA section 3(c)(4) (7 U.S.C. 136a(c)(4)), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on these applications. Notice of receipt of these applications does not imply a decision by the Agency on these applications.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “EPA's Voluntary Natural Gas STAR Methane Challenge Program” (EPA ICR No. 2547.01, OMB Control No. 2060-NEW) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. This is a request for approval of a new collection. Public comments were previously requested via the
Additional comments may be submitted on or before May 14, 2018.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0731, to (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Justin Pryor, Office of Atmospheric Programs, Climate Change Division, (6207A), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: 202-343-9258; fax number: 202-343-2342; email address:
Supporting documents, which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting, are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
An Environmental Modeling Public Meeting (EMPM) will be held on Wednesday, May 23, 2018. This Notice announces the location and time for the meeting and provides tentative agenda topics. The EMPM provides a public forum for EPA and its stakeholders to discuss current issues related to modeling pesticide fate, transport, and exposure for pesticide risk assessments in a regulatory context.
The meeting will be held on May 23, 2018 from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Requests to participate in the meeting must be received on or before April 23, 2018.
To request accommodation of a disability, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP), One Potomac Yard (South Building), First Floor Conference Center (S-1200), 2777 S. Crystal Drive, Arlington, VA 22202.
Rebecca Lazarus or Andrew Shelby, Environmental Fate and Effects Division (7507P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 347-0520 and (703) 347-0119; fax number: (703) 305-0204; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are required to conduct testing of chemical substances under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), or the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). Since other entities may also be interested, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be affected by this action. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting NAICS code 11.
• Utilities NAICS code 22.
• Professional, Scientific and Technical NAICS code 54.
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2009-0879, is available at
On a biannual interval, an EMPM is held for presentation and discussion of current issues related to modeling pesticide fate, transport, and exposure for risk assessment in a regulatory context. Meeting dates and abstract requests are announced through the “empmlist” forum on the LYRIS list server at
You may submit a request to participate in this meeting to the person listed under
Quantitative Use of Surface Water Monitoring Data: The 2018 Spring EMPM will provide a forum for presentations on methods for assessing pesticide monitoring data in surface waters. Potential topics include quantitative use of chemical surface water monitoring data in exposure/risk assessment, calibration of water quality models using surface water data, comparisons of chemical monitoring and modeling data, chemical removal efficacy of drinking water and sewage treatment and monitoring data for agricultural, urban, forestry and aquatic pesticide applications. Updates on ongoing topics will also be provided.
7 U.S.C. 136
Office of Government Ethics (OGE).
Notice and request for comments.
As part of a Federal Government-wide effort to streamline the process to seek feedback from the public on service delivery, OGE seeks comment on the development of a Generic Information Collection Request for the collection of qualitative feedback on agency service delivery for approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act. This notice announces OGE's intent to submit this collection to the Office of Management and Budget for approval and solicits comments on specific aspects for the proposed information collection.
Consideration will be given to all comments received by June 11, 2018.
Comments may be submitted to OGE by any of the following methods:
Grant Anderson at the U.S. Office of Government Ethics; telephone: 202-482-9318; TTY: 800-877-8339; FAX: 202-482-9237; Email:
OGE expects to use various methods (
The agency will only submit a collection for approval under this generic clearance if it meets the following conditions:
• The collections are voluntary;
• The collections are low-burden for respondents (based on considerations of total burden hours, total number of respondents, or burden-hours per respondent) and are low-cost for both the respondents and the Federal Government;
• The collections are non-controversial;
• The collections are focused on the awareness, understanding, attitudes, preferences, or experiences of the public or other stakeholders in order to improve existing or future services, products, or communication materials;
• Personally identifiable information (PII) is collected only to the extent necessary;
• Information gathered will be used only internally for general service improvement and program management purposes and is not intended for release to the public;
• Information gathered will not be used for the purpose of substantially informing influential policy decisions; and
• Information gathered will yield qualitative information; the collections will not be designed or expected to yield statistically reliable results or used as though the results are generalizable to the population of study.
Feedback collected under this generic clearance provides useful information, but it does not yield data that can be generalized to the overall population. This type of generic clearance for qualitative information will not be used for quantitative information collections that are designed to yield reliably actionable results, such as monitoring trends over time or documenting program performance. Such data uses require more rigorous designs that address: The target population to which generalizations will be made, the sampling frame, the sample design (including stratification and clustering), the precision requirements or power calculations that justify the proposed sample size, the expected response rate, methods for assessing potential non-response bias, the protocols for data collection, and any testing procedures that were or will be undertaken prior to fielding the study. Depending on the degree of influence the results are likely to have, such collections may still be eligible for submission for other generic mechanisms that are designed to yield quantitative results.
As a general matter, information collections submitted under this generic clearance will not result in any new system of records containing privacy information and will not ask questions of a sensitive nature, such as sexual behavior and attitudes, religious beliefs, and other matters that are commonly considered private.
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Request for comment.
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention announces the availability of a draft NORA Agenda entitled
Electronic or written comments must be received by June 11, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by CDC-2018-0033 and docket number NIOSH-311, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Emily Novicki (
The National Occupational Research Agenda (NORA) is a partnership program created to stimulate innovative research and improved workplace practices. The national agenda is developed and implemented through the NORA sector and cross-sector councils. Each council develops and maintains an agenda for its sector or cross-sector.
The first National Occupational Research Agenda for Public Safety was published in 2009 for the second decade of NORA (2006-2016). This draft is an updated agenda for the third decade of NORA (2016-2026). The revised agenda was developed considering new information about injuries and illnesses, the state of the science, and the probability that new information and approaches will make a difference. As the steward of the NORA process, NIOSH invites comments on the draft
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice with comment period.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as part of its continuing effort to reduce public burden and maximize the utility of government information, invites the general public and other Federal agencies the opportunity to comment on a proposed and/or continuing information collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This notice invites comment on a proposed information collection project titled
CDC must receive written comments on or before June 11, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CDC-2018-0032 by any of the following methods:
•
•
To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plan and instruments, contact Leroy A. Richardson, Information Collection Review Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE, MS-D74, Atlanta, Georgia 30329; phone: 404-639-7570; Email:
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. In addition, the PRA also requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
The OMB is particularly interested in comments that will help:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
5. Assess information collection costs.
Evidence to Inform Standards that Ensure Turnout Gear Remains Protective Throughout Its Lifecycle—New—National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) has been tasked to assure safe
Turnout gear is a type of PPE used by the 1.1 million U.S. fire fighters to shield the body from carcinogens, flames, heat, and chemical/biological agents. It serves as a barrier to external hazards while simultaneously allowing for the escape of metabolic heat to prevent elevated core body temperatures. To provide the necessary performance characteristics, turnout gear design is complex, consisting of three major layers that work as a composite—a thermal liner, a moisture barrier, and an outer shell.
Consensus standards provide performance requirements and retirement criteria for turnout gear. The retirement criteria is based on visual inspections and a 10-year age cap with visual inspection being less effective for the moisture barrier and thermal liner layers. Recent data of turnout gear donated from fire departments demonstrates that turnout gear from 2 to 10 years old was unable to meet all performance requirements. Thus, under the current retirement criteria, turnout gear that may not be protective against all hazards is being used by fire fighters.
Intuitively, the use conditions to which turnout gear would be exposed to when used by a large or medium metropolitan fire department would be very different from those of a smaller department. However, the absence of scientific data to link performance to use conditions (
This study will obtain a statistically meaningful sample of turnout gear from three fire departments. The use conditions for the sampled turnout gear will be determined, and the gear will be subjected to established performance requirements. For each set of gear, its performance will be directly linked to its use condition history. This combined lab and field data will help determine if there is a relationship between turnout and gear use conditions. As well as the ability for turnout, gear too effectively protect the user.
The use conditions for each set of sampled gear will be determined by:
(1) Reviewing fire department records, practices, and policies;
(2) surveying the fire fighters assigned to each set of sampled gear to obtain one-month of retrospective information about the use conditions to which it was likely exposed; and
(3) a 6-month prospective data collection where the fire fighters assigned to each set of sampled gear provide information about their shift-specific exposures.
The survey will provide details about the use conditions (
The following table provides an estimate of the annualized burden hours. The estimated total hours for this information collection is 3,150, over a three-year timeframe, with a maximum of 300 people.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice with comment period.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as part of its continuing effort to reduce public burden and maximize the utility of government information, invites the general public and other Federal agencies the opportunity to comment on a proposed and/or continuing information collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This notice invites comment on a proposed information collection project titled “Coal Workers' Health Surveillance Program (CWHSP). The CWHSP is a congressionally-mandated medical examination program for monitoring the health of coal miners and was originally established under the Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety
CDC must receive written comments on or before June 11, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CDC-2018-0030 by any of the following methods:
•
•
To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plan and instruments, contact Leroy A. Richardson, Information Collection Review Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE, MS-D74, Atlanta, Georgia 30329; phone: 404-639-7570; Email:
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. In addition, the PRA also requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
The OMB is particularly interested in comments that will help:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
5. Assess information collection costs.
Coal Workers' Health Surveillance Program (CWHSP), OMB Number 0920-0020, expires 06/30/2018—Extension—for National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
NIOSH would like to extend the Coal Workers' Health Surveillance Program (CWHSP) data collection project. This request incorporates all components of the CWHSP. Those components includes Coal Workers' X-ray Surveillance Program (CWXSP), B Reader Program, Enhanced Coal Workers' Health Surveillance Program (ECWHSP), Expanded Coal Workers' Health Surveillance Program, and National Coal Workers' Autopsy Study (NCWAS).
The CWHSP is a congressionally mandated medical examination program for monitoring the health of coal miners and was originally established under the Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969 with all subsequent amendments (the Act). The Act provides the regulatory authority for the administration of the CWHSP. This Program, which operates in accordance with 42 CFR part 37, is useful in providing information for protecting the health of and also in documenting trends and patterns in the prevalence of coal workers' pneumoconiosis (`black lung' disease) among miners employed in U.S. coal mines. The total estimated annualized burden hours of 20,281 is based on the following collection instruments:
• Coal Mine Operator Plan (2.10) and Coal Contractor Plan (2.18)—Under 42 CFR part 37, every coal operator and coal contractor in the U.S. must submit a plan approximately every 4 years, providing information on how they plan to notify their miners of the opportunity to obtain the medical examination. Completion of this form with all requested information (including a roster of current employees) takes approximately 30 minutes.
• Radiographic Facility Certification Document (2.11)—X-ray facilities seeking NIOSH approval to provide miner radiographs under the CWHSP must complete an approval packet including this form that requires approximately 30 minutes for completion.
• Miner Identification Document (2.9)—Miners who elect to participate in the CWHSP must fill out this document, which requires approximately 20 minutes. This document records demographic and occupational history, as well as information required under the regulations in relation to the examinations.
• Chest Radiograph Classification Form (2.8)—NIOSH utilizes a radiographic classification system developed by the International Labour Office (ILO) in the determination of pneumoconiosis among coal miners. Physicians (B Readers) fill out this form regarding their interpretations of the radiographs (each image has at least two separate interpretations, and approximately 7% of the images require additional interpretations). Based on prior practice it takes the physician approximately three minutes per form.
• Physician Application for Certification (2.12)—Physicians taking the B Reader examination are asked to complete this registration form, which provides demographic information as well as information regarding their medical practices. It typically takes the physician about 10 minutes to complete this form.
• Guidelines for Spirometry in the ECWHSP Mobile (Internal use, no form number assigned)—Miners (both active and former) participating in the ECWHSP component of the Program are offered a spirometry test. This form is administered by a NIOSH employee (or contractor) in the ECWHSP Mobile Unit during the initial intake process and takes approximately five minutes to complete. This information is required to make sure that the spirometry test can be done safely and that the miner is physically capable of performing the spirometry maneuvers.
• Spirometry Facility Certification Document (2.14)—This form is analogous to the Radiographic Facility Certification Document (2.11) and records the spirometry facility equipment/staffing information. Spirometry facilities seeking NIOSH approval to provide miner spirometry testing under the CWHSP must complete an approval packet, which includes this form. It is estimated that it will take approximately 30 minutes
• Respiratory Assessment Form (2.13)—This form is designed to assess respiratory symptoms and certain medical conditions and risk factors. It is estimated that it will take approximately five minutes for this form to be administered to the miner by an employee at the facility.
• Spirometry Results Notification Form (2.15)—This form is used to: Collect information that will allow NIOSH to identify the miner in order to provide notification of the spirometry test results; assure that the test can be done safely; record certain factors that can affect test results; provide documentation that the required components of the spirometry examination have been transmitted to NIOSH for processing; and conduct quality assurance audits and interpretation of results. It is estimated that it will take the facility approximately 20 minutes to complete this form.
• Pathologist Invoice—Under the NCWAS, the invoice submitted by the pathologist must contain a statement that the pathologist is not receiving any other compensation for the autopsy. Each participating pathologist may use their individual invoice as long as this statement is added. It is estimated that only 5 minutes is required for the pathologist to add this statement to the standard invoice that they routinely use.
• Pathologist Report—Under the NCWAS, the pathologist must submit information found at autopsy, slides, blocks of tissue, and a final diagnosis indicating presence or absence of pneumoconiosis. The format of the autopsy reports is variable depending on the pathologist conducting the autopsy. Since an autopsy report is routinely completed by a pathologist, the only additional burden is the specific request for a clinical abstract of terminal illness and final diagnosis relating to pneumoconiosis. Therefore, only 5 minutes of additional burden is estimated for the pathologist's report.
• Consent, Release and History Form (2.6)—This form documents written authorization from the next-of-kin to perform an autopsy on the deceased miner. A minimum of essential information is collected regarding the deceased miner including an occupational history and a smoking history. From experience, it is estimated that 15 minutes is required for the next-of-kin to complete this form.
There are no costs to respondents other than their time.
The IRG information collection activities are authorized by: (1) 42 U.S.C. 652(a)(7), which requires the federal Office of Child Support Enforcement (OCSE) to provide technical assistance to state child support enforcement agencies to help them establish effective systems for collecting child and spousal support; (2) 42 U.S.C. 666(f), which requires states to enact the Uniform Interstate Family Support Act; (3) 45CFR 301.1, which defines an intergovernmental case to include cases between states and tribes; (4) 45 CFR309.120, which requires a tribal child support program to include intergovernmental procedures in its tribal IV-D plan; and (5) 45 CFR 303.7, which requires state child support agencies to provide services in intergovernmental cases.
The Administration for Children and Families, Office of Child Care, in collaboration with the Health Resources and Services Administration, Maternal and Child Health Bureau, has awarded grants for the Tribal Maternal, Infant, and Early Childhood Home Visiting Program (Tribal Home Visiting). The Tribal Home Visiting discretionary grants support cooperative agreements to conduct community needs assessments; plan for and implement high-quality, culturally-relevant, evidence-based home visiting programs in at-risk tribal communities; establish, measure, and report on progress toward meeting performance measures in six legislatively-mandated benchmark areas; and conduct rigorous evaluation activities to build the knowledge base on home visiting among Native populations.
Tribal Home Visiting grantees have been notified that in every year of their grant, after the first year, they must comply with the requirement for submitting an Annual Report to the Secretary that should feature activities carried out under the program during the past reporting period and a final report to the Secretary during the final year of their grant. In order to assist grantees with meeting the requirements of the Annual and Final Report to the Secretary, ACF created guidance for grantees to use when writing their reports. The existing guidance (OMB Control No. 0970-0409, Expiration Date 10/31/18) provides sections where grantees must address the following:
The proposed data collection form is as follows: ACF is requesting approval to renew and update the existing Tribal Home Visiting Guidance for Submitting an Annual or Final Report to the Secretary (OMB Control No. 0970-0409) that will include instructions for grantees to submit either an annual or final report on the progress of their program to the Secretary, depending on the reporting period.
Reagan-Udall Foundation for the Food and Drug Administration.
Notice of annual meeting.
The Reagan-Udall Foundation (the Foundation) for the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), which was created by Title VI of the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007, is announcing its annual public meeting. The Foundation will discuss its activities and how it supports FDA.
The public meeting will be held on May 4, 2018, from 10 a.m. until 12 noon. Registration to attend the meeting must be received by May 3, 2018, at 5 p.m. Eastern Time. Requests for oral presentations must be received before May 2, 2018, at 5 p.m. Eastern Time. See the
The public meeting will be held at Alston & Bird, 950 F St. NW, Washington, DC 20006.
Elisabeth Shaefer, Executive Assistant to the Executive Director, Reagan-Udall Foundation for the FDA, 202-849-2255,
The Reagan-Udall Foundation for the FDA is an independent 501(c)(3) not-for-profit, organization created by Congress to advance the mission of FDA to modernize medical, veterinary, food, food ingredient, and cosmetic product development; accelerate innovation, and enhance product safety. With the ultimate goal of improving public health, the Foundation provides a unique opportunity for different sectors (FDA, patient groups, academia, other government entities, and industry) to work together in a transparent way to create exciting new research and engagement projects to advance regulatory science.
The Foundation acts as a neutral third party to establish novel, scientific collaborations. Much like any other independently developed information, FDA evaluates the scientific information from these collaborations to determine how the Foundation projects can help the Agency to fulfill its mission.
Foundation projects currently include: Innovation in Medical Evidence Development and Surveillance, a public-private partnership that allows researchers to study drug safety concerns of interest to public health; an Expanded Access Navigator that offers instructional material and resources for physicians, patients, and their caregivers on how to access investigational drugs outside of clinical trials; and a new joint Foundation and FDA regulatory science fellowship program.
FDA Commissioner, Dr. Scott Gottlieb, will deliver a keynote address, followed by a panel discussion on the “Evolution of FDA Science and Engagement” and the role of the Foundation. Panelists will include the current FDA Commissioner, Dr. Scott Gottlieb, and former FDA Commissioners Drs. Robert Califf and Andrew C. von Eschenbach. The panel moderator will be Susan Dentzer, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Network for Excellence in Health Innovation. Find the meeting agenda at
If you need special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Elisabeth Shaefer (see
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by May 14, 2018.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, Fax: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
Domini Bean, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, 301-796-5733,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
Congress enacted section 562 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 360bbb-1), which directed FDA to ensure that it had adequate dispute resolution procedures to provide for appropriate review of scientific controversies between the FDA and members of regulated industry, including possible review by a scientific advisory committee. To implement this provision, we amended the general appeal regulation applicable across all FDA components (21 CFR 10.75; Internal Agency review of decisions) to provide for advisory committee review (§ 10.75(b)(2)). At the same time, and also consistent with the mandates of section 562 of the FD&C Act, we adopted an approach whereby specific implementation procedures regarding scientific controversy associated with review of certain FDA decisions are detailed in center-issued guidance.
Accordingly, FDA developed the guidance entitled, “Guidance for Industry on Formal Dispute Resolution: Scientific and Technical Issues Related to Pharmaceutical Current Good Manufacturing Practice.” We intend the guidance to inform manufacturers of veterinary and human drugs, including human biological drug products, on how to resolve disputes about scientific and technical issues relating to current good manufacturing practice (CGMP). Disputes related to scientific and technical issues may arise during FDA inspections of pharmaceutical manufacturers to determine compliance with CGMP requirements or during FDA's assessment of corrective actions undertaken as a result of such inspections. The guidance recommends procedures that we believe encourage open and prompt discussion of disputes and lead to their resolution. The guidance describes procedures for raising such disputes to the Office of Regulatory Affairs and Center levels and for requesting review by the dispute resolution (DR) panel. The guidance is available on our website at:
In the
As reflected in table 1, we estimate only a nominal burden for the information collection and assume: (1) That two manufacturers will submit two requests annually for tier-one DR; (2) that there will be one appeal to the DR panel (tier-two DR); (3) that it will take respondents approximately 30 hours to prepare and submit each tier-one DR request; and (4) that it will take approximately 8 hours to prepare and submit each tier-two DR request. We base this estimate on our experience with the information collection. There has been no increase in the burden
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by May 14, 2018.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, Fax: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
Amber Sanford, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, 301-796-8867,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
Section 201 of the Medical Device User Fee and Modernization Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-250) amended section 704 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act by adding paragraph (g) (21 U.S.C. 374(g)). This amendment authorized FDA to establish a voluntary third-party inspection program applicable to manufacturers of class II or class III medical devices who meet certain eligibility criteria. In 2007, the program was modified by the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 by revising eligibility criteria and by no longer requiring prior approval by FDA. To reflect the revisions, FDA modified the title of the collection of information and on March 2, 2009, issued a guidance entitled “Manufacturer's Notification of the Intent to Use an Accredited Person Under the Accredited Persons Inspection Program Authorized by Section 228 of the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007.” This guidance superseded the Agency's previous guidance regarding requests for third-party inspection and may be found on the internet at
There are approximately 8,000 foreign and 10,000 domestic manufacturers of medical devices. Approximately 5,000 of these firms only manufacture class I devices and are, therefore, not eligible for the AP Program. In addition, 40 percent of the domestic firms do not export devices and therefore are not eligible to participate in the AP Program. Further, 10 to 15 percent of the firms are not eligible due to the results of their previous inspection. FDA estimates there are 4,000 domestic manufacturers and 4,000 foreign manufacturers that are eligible for inclusion under the AP Program. Based on communications with industry, FDA estimates that on an annual basis approximately 10 of these manufacturers may use an AP in any given year.
In the
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
Since the last approval of this information collection, we have updated the estimated number of respondents from 20 to 10 respondents per year, based on the reduced number of notifications received in recent years. This adjustment has resulted in a 150-hour reduction to the total hour burden estimate.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of the draft guidance entitled “Expansion of the Abbreviated 510(k) Program: Demonstrating Substantial Equivalence Through Performance Criteria; Draft Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff.” This draft guidance provides FDA's current thinking on expanding the abbreviated 510(k) program for demonstrating substantial equivalence for premarket notification (510(k)) submissions. The intent of the draft guidance is to describe an optional program for certain well understood device types, where a submitter could demonstrate that a new device meets FDA-identified performance criteria instead of directly comparing the performance of the new device to a specific, submitter-identified predicate device as part of a demonstration of substantial equivalence. This draft guidance is not final nor is it in effect at this time.
Submit either electronic or written comments on the draft guidance by July 11, 2018 to ensure that the Agency considers your comment on this draft guidance before it begins work on the final version of the guidance.
You may submit comments on any guidance at any time as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
You may submit comments on any guidance at any time (see 21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)).
An electronic copy of the guidance document is available for download from the internet. See the
FDA has explained and clarified, through the guidance entitled, “The 510(k) Program: Evaluating Substantial Equivalence in Premarket Notifications [510(k)]” (Ref. 1), how it makes substantial equivalence decisions under section 513(i)(1)(A) of the Federal, Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 360c(i)(1)(A)). Substantial equivalence is rooted in comparisons between new devices and predicate devices. However, the FD&C Act does not preclude FDA from using performance criteria to facilitate this comparison. If a legally marketed device performs at certain levels relevant to its safety and effectiveness, and a new device meets or exceeds those levels of performance for the same characteristics, FDA could find the new device as safe and effective as the legally marketed device. Instead of reviewing data from direct comparison testing between the two devices, FDA could support a finding of substantial equivalence with data showing the new device meets or exceeds the level of performance of appropriate predicate device(s). Under the approach expanded in this guidance, a submitter could satisfy the requirement to compare its device with a legally marketed device by, among other things, demonstrating conformance to performance criteria established in FDA-recognized consensus standards, FDA guidance, and/or special controls.
Use of this approach may also streamline the review of 510(k) submissions, thereby reducing burdens on the Agency and possibly review times on individual submissions. In addition, this approach may facilitate healthcare professionals and patients making better informed decisions, by helping ensure a device cleared through this pathway meets a transparent set of performance criteria. At the same time, this approach satisfies the statutory standard for demonstrating substantial equivalence. As a result, this expanded approach is intended to promote the public health by helping patients gain more timely access to new medical devices that are high quality, safe, and effective. FDA welcomes public input on device types for which FDA should consider identifying performance criteria and evidence-based suggestions on what the performance criteria should be.
This draft guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (§ 10.115). The draft guidance, when finalized, will represent the current thinking of FDA on “Expansion of the Abbreviated 510(k) Program: Demonstrating Substantial Equivalence Through Performance Criteria; Draft Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff.” It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations. This guidance is not subject to Executive Order 12866.
Persons interested in obtaining a copy of the draft guidance may do so by downloading an electronic copy from the internet. A search capability for all Center for Devices and Radiological Health guidance documents is available at
This draft guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations and guidance. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in 21 CFR 807, subpart E have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0120 and the collections of information in the guidance document “Requests for Feedback on Medical Device Submissions: The Pre-Submission Program and Meetings with Food and Drug Administration Staff” have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0756.
The following reference is on display in the Dockets Management Staff (see
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by May 14, 2018.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, Fax: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
Domini Bean, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
This information collection supports third-party disclosure requirements of food allergen labeling, as well as the reporting associated with the submission of petitions and notifications seeking exemptions from the labeling requirements for ingredients derived from major food allergens under section 403(w)(6) and (7) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 343(w)(6) and (7)). The Food Allergen Labeling and Consumer Protection Act of 2004 (FALCPA) (Title II, Pub. L. 108-282) amended the FD&C Act by defining the term “major food allergen” and stating that foods regulated under the FD&C Act are misbranded unless they declare the presence of each major food allergen on the product label using the name of the food source from which the major food allergen is derived. Section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act sets forth the requirements for declaring the presence of each major food allergen on the product label. Section 201(qq) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 321(qq)) defines a major food allergen as “[m]ilk, egg, fish (
In some cases, the production of an ingredient derived from a major food allergen may alter or eliminate the allergenic proteins in that derived ingredient to such an extent that it does not contain allergenic protein. In addition, a major food allergen may be used as an ingredient or as a component of an ingredient such that the level of allergenic protein in finished food products does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health. Therefore, FALCPA provides two mechanisms through which such ingredients may become exempt from the labeling requirement of section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act. An ingredient may obtain an exemption through submission and approval of a petition containing scientific evidence that demonstrates that the ingredient “does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health” (section 403(w)(6) of the FD&C Act). Alternately, an ingredient may become exempt through submission of a notification containing scientific evidence showing that the ingredient “does not contain allergenic protein” or that there has been a previous determination through a premarket approval process under section 409 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 348) that the ingredient “does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health” (section 403(w)(7) of the FD&C Act).
The labeling requirements of section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act apply to all packaged foods sold in the United States that are regulated under the FD&C Act, including both domestically manufactured and imported foods. As noted, section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act requires that the label of a food product declare the presence of each major food allergen. We estimate the information collection burden of the third-party disclosure associated with food allergen labeling under section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act as the time needed for a manufacturer to review the labels of new or reformulated products for compliance with the requirements of section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act and the time needed to make any needed modifications to the labels of those products.
The primary user of the allergen information disclosed on the label or labeling of food products is the consumer that purchases the food product. Consumers will use the information to help them make choices concerning their purchase of a food product, including choices related to substances that the consumer wishes to avoid due to their potential to cause adverse reactions. Additionally, we intend to use the information to determine whether a manufacturer or other supplier of food products is meeting its statutory obligations. Failure of a manufacturer or other supplier of food products to label its products in compliance with section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act may result in a product being misbranded under the FD&C Act and the manufacturer or packer and the product subject to regulatory action.
Under section 403(w)(6) and (7) of the FD&C Act, interested parties may request from us a determination that an ingredient is exempt from the labeling requirement of section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act. An ingredient may obtain an exemption through submission and approval of a petition containing scientific evidence that demonstrates that the ingredient “does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health” (section 403(w)(6) of the FD&C Act). This section also states that the burden shall be on the petitioner to provide scientific evidence (including the analytical method used to produce the evidence) that demonstrates that such food ingredient, as derived by the method specified in the petition, does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health. Alternately, an ingredient may become exempt through submission of a notification containing scientific evidence showing that the ingredient “does not contain allergenic protein” or that there has been a previous determination through a premarket approval process under section 409 of the FD&C Act that the ingredient “does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health” (section 403(w)(7) of the FD&C Act).
Our document entitled “Food Allergen Labeling Exemption Petitions and Notifications: Guidance for Industry,” sets forth our recommendations with regard to the information that an interested party should submit in such a petition or notification. The guidance states that to evaluate these petitions and notifications, we will consider scientific evidence that describes: (1) The identity or composition of the ingredient; (2) the methods used to produce the ingredient; (3) the methods used to characterize the ingredient; (4) the intended use of the ingredient in food; and (5) either (a) for a petition—data and information, including the expected level of consumer exposure to the ingredient, that demonstrate that the ingredient, when manufactured and used as described, does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health; or (b) for a notification, data and information that demonstrate that the ingredient, when manufactured as described, does not contain allergenic protein, or documentation of a previous determination under a process under section 409 of the FD&C Act that the ingredient does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health.
We use information submitted in petitions and notifications to determine whether the ingredient satisfies the criteria of section 403(w)(6) and (7) of the FD&C Act for granting the exemption.
In the
Using a labeling cost model to estimate the number of new or reformulated products sold in the United States, annually, that are affected by the requirements of section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act, we estimate there are 690,000 Universal Product Codes (UPCs) of FDA-regulated foods and approximately 85,000 UPCs of FDA-regulated dietary supplements for a total of 775,000 UPCs. We assume an annual entry rate of 10 percent for new or reformulated UPCs (77,500), and assume 5 percent of labels may be redesigned (3,875). We estimate an average burden for the review of labels for compliance with the food allergen labeling requirements under section 403(w)(1) of the FD&C Act to be 1 hour, and we estimate 16 hours for the redesign of a label. Together we estimate a total annual hourly burden of 139,500 in third-party disclosure.
Based on the number of petitions and notifications received in recent years, we assume that we will receive five petitions and five notifications annually, over the next 3 years. Assuming an association of one respondent to each petition or notification, we estimate that five respondents will each submit one petition and five respondents will each submit one notification, as reported in table 2, rows 1 and 2.
We base our estimate of the average burdens per response reported in table 2 on our experience with other petition processes. We estimate that a petition would take, on average, 100 hours to develop and submit. Therefore, we estimate that the burden associated with petitions will be 500 hours annually (5 petitions × 100 hours per petition).
The burden of a notification involves collecting documentation that a food ingredient does not pose an allergen risk. Either we can make a determination that the ingredient does not cause an allergic response that poses a risk to human health under a premarket approval or notification program under section 409 of the FD&C Act, or the respondent would submit scientific evidence demonstrating that the ingredient when manufactured as described does not contain allergenic protein. We estimate that it would take a respondent 20 hours to prepare and submit a notification based on our determination under a process under section 409 of the FD&C Act that the ingredient does not cause an allergic response. We estimate that it would take a respondent approximately 100 hours to prepare a notification submitting scientific evidence (including the analytical method used) that demonstrates that the food ingredient (as derived by the method specified in the notification, where applicable) does not contain allergenic protein. We have no data on how many notifications would be based on our determination that the ingredient does not cause an allergic response or based on scientific evidence that demonstrates that the food ingredient does not contain allergenic protein. Therefore, we estimate that three of the five notifications would be based on scientific evidence, and two of the five notifications would be based on our determination. The average time per notification is then estimated to be 68 hours (2 × 20 hours + 3 × 100 hours)/5). Therefore, we estimate that the burden associated with notifications will be 340 hours annually (5 notifications × 68 hours per notification), as reported in table 2. The burden estimate has not increased since the initial OMB approval.
Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, notice is hereby given that a National Advisory Council on Migrant Health (NACMH) meeting has been scheduled. This meeting will be open to the public. The agenda for the NACMH meeting can be obtained by contacting the Designated Federal Officer (DFO) or accessing the NACMH website:
The meeting will be held on May 8, 2018, 8:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m., and May 9, 2018, 9:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m.
The address for the meeting is Holiday Inn Downtown Yakima, 802 East Yakima Ave., Yakima, WA 98901. Phone Number: 509-494-7000.
All requests for information regarding the NACMH should be sent to Esther Paul, DFO, NACMH, HRSA, in one of three ways: (1) Send a request to the following address: Esther Paul, Office of Policy and Program Development, Bureau of Primary Health Care, HRSA, 5600 Fishers Lane, 16N38B, Rockville, Maryland 20857; (2) call (301) 594-4300; or (3) send an email to
The NACMH is a non-discretionary advisory body mandated by the Public Health Service Act (PHSA), Title 42 U.S.C. 218, to advise, consult with, and make recommendations to the Secretary of HHS and the Administrator of HRSA regarding the organization, operation, selection, and funding of migrant health centers and other entities funded under section 330(g) of the PHSA (42 U.S.C. 254b). The Charter requires NACMH to meet at least twice per year to discuss services and issues related to the health of migrant and seasonal agricultural workers and their families and to formulate their recommendations to the HHS Secretary and HRSA Administrator.
I. Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Regional Health Issues/Trends; and
II. Occupational and Environmental Hazards and Injuries Impacting Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Health.
In addition, NACMH will hold a session where migratory and seasonal agricultural workers will comment on matters affecting the health of migratory and seasonal agricultural workers. This session is scheduled for Tuesday, May 8, 2018, from 1:30 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. at the Holiday Inn Downtown Yakima, Yakima, WA. Agenda items are subject to change as priorities dictate.
Members of the public will not be able to provide oral comments during the meeting. Written questions or comments for the NACMH may be sent to the DFO by April 24, 2018, using the address and phone number provided above. Individuals who plan to attend the meeting and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the DFO at least 10 days prior to the meeting.
Office of the Secretary, HHS.
Notice.
Findings of research misconduct have been made on the part of Brandi M. Baughman, Ph.D., postdoctoral fellow in the Center for Integrative Chemical Biology and Drug Discovery, Division of Chemical Biology and Medicinal Chemistry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (UNC). Dr. Baughman engaged in research misconduct in research supported by National Institute of General Medical Sciences (NIGMS), National Institutes of Health (NIH), grant R01 GM100919. The administrative actions, including debarment for a period of two (2) years, were implemented beginning on March 19, 2018, and are detailed below.
Wanda K. Jones, Dr. P.H., Interim Director, Office of Research Integrity, 1101 Wootton Parkway, Suite 750, Rockville, MD 20852, (240) 453-8200.
Notice is hereby given that the Office of Research Integrity (ORI) has taken final action in the following case:
ORI found that Respondent engaged in research misconduct by falsifying data that were included in the first submission of a manuscript to
Respondent falsely reused and relabeled 14 individual Western blot images from an unrelated experiment conducted in September 2013 showing pulldown with biotin-UNC1215 using 0401 and HeLa overexpressed FL L3MBTL3 lysates (hereafter referred to as the “9/13 experiment”) to falsely represent Western blot analysis of GFP.Flag co-IP experiments in GFP-WT lysates in Figure 3 of the Manuscript and a supplementary analysis of co-IPs with FullL-D274A in Figure 6 of
• Lanes 3 and 4 (GFP input and GFP Bn-1215 IP; 9/13 experiment) to represent:
○ Lanes 1 and 2 (GFP:FLAG co-IP experiments in 3MBT-GFP lysates in the presence or absence of D381A; Figure 3, Manuscript)
○ N = 3 in Figure S6,
• Lanes 5 and 6 (GFP/Flag Input and GFP/FlagIP; 9/13 experiment) to represent:
○ Lanes 3 and 4 (GFP:Flag co-IP experiments in FL-GFP-WT lysates; Figure 3, Manuscript)
○ N = 1 in Figure S6,
• Lanes 9 and 10 (mCherry input and mCherry Bn-1215 IP; 9/13 experiment) to represent:
○ Lanes 5 and 6 (GFP:FLAG co-IP experiments in FL-GFP lysates in the presence or absence of D381A; Figure 3, Manuscript)
• Lanes 11 and 12 (mCherry/Flag input and mCherry/Flag IP; 9/13 experiment) to represent:
○ Lanes 7 and 8 (GFP:FLAG co-IP experiments in FL-GFP WT lysates; Figure 3, Manuscript)
• lanes 13 and 14 (mCherry/Flag IP unbound and mCherry/Flag BN-1215; 9/13 experiment) to represent:
○ Lanes 9 and 10 (GFP:FLAG co-IP experiments in FL-GFP lysates in the presence or absence of D274A; Figure 3, manuscript
○ N = 2 in Figure S6,
Dr. Baughman entered into a Voluntary Exclusion Agreement. The following administrative actions have been implemented for a period of two (2) years, beginning on March 19, 2018:
(1) Because Dr. Baughman knew when she signed the 2017 Agreement with ORI that there was an additional paper with falsified figures, she agreed to exclude herself voluntarily from any contracting or subcontracting with any agency of the United States Government and from eligibility or involvement in nonprocurement programs of the United States Government referred to as “covered transactions” pursuant to HHS' Implementation (2 CFR part 376) of OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension, 2 CFR part 180 (collectively the “Debarment Regulations”); this Agreement supersedes the terms of the previous supervision Agreement that included three (3) years of research supervision, which began on May 17, 2017; and
(2) Dr. Baughman agreed to exclude herself voluntarily from serving in any advisory capacity to the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS) including, but not limited to, service on any PHS advisory committee, board, and/or peer review committee, or as a consultant.
Office of the Secretary, HHS
Notice.
In compliance with the requirement of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of the Secretary (OS), Department of Health and Human Services, is publishing the following summary of a proposed collection for public comment.
Comments on the ICR must be received on or before June 11, 2018.
Submit your comments to
When submitting comments or requesting information, please include the document identifier 0990-0391 and project title for reference, to
Interested persons are invited to send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including any of the following subjects: (1) The necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
As part of its health care sector preparedness and response obligations, HPP actively collaborates with The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Public Health Emergency Preparedness (PHEP) Program in order to realize health care preparedness and response goals. As part of the HPP Cooperative Agreement, the HPP data collection supports the U.S. public health and health care systems' ability to prepare for and to respond effectively to public health emergencies within the United States and associated territories and freely associated states. Recent public health threats of potentially catastrophic proportion underscore the importance of effective planning and response capabilities that can be applied to all hazards. As new threats to public health and health care emerge, ASPR must ensure that health and medical systems are not only integral parts of emergency response activities but also part of emergency preparedness planning with all relevant partners. Increased cooperation among responders, including state and local public health officials, emergency medical services (EMS), health care coalitions (HCCs), and private health care organizations, ensure the nation is better prepared to respond to all hazards. State public health departments and the mostly private sector health care delivery systems are now recognized as essential partners in emergency response and they have increased abilities to identify
This generic data collection effort is crucial to HPP's decision-making process regarding the continued existence, design and funding levels of this program. Results from these data analyses enable HPP to monitor health care emergency preparedness and progress towards national preparedness and response goals. HPP supports priorities outlined by the National Preparedness Goal (the Goal) established by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in 2005.
This request is for 3 years; for annual and ad-hoc reporting.
Office of the Secretary, HHS.
In compliance with the requirement of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of the Secretary (OS), Department of Health and Human Services, is publishing the following summary of a proposed information collection request for public comment. Interested persons are invited to send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including any of the following subjects: (1) The necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
To obtain copies of the supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed paperwork collections referenced above, email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and OS document identifier, to
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of meetings of the National Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases Advisory Council.
The meetings will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), Department of Homeland Security.
General notice; correction.
CBP and ICE published a document in the
This correction is effective April 12, 2018.
Keith Josephson, Trade Transformation Office, U.S. Customs & Border Protection, at 571-468-5108.
In the
Questions should be addressed to agency-designated personnel below:
CBP: Keith Josephson (571-468-5108).
ICE: Special Agent Nadine Andrews (703-603-3955).
All other information contained in the notice remains unchanged.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of an emergency declaration for the State of Florida (FEMA-3395-EM), dated October 8, 2017, and related determinations.
The amendment was issued on April 2, 2018.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Allan Jarvis, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this emergency.
This action terminates the appointment of Willie G. Nunn as Federal Coordinating Officer for this emergency.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice lists communities where the addition or modification of Base Flood Elevations (BFEs), base flood depths, Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA) boundaries or zone designations, or the regulatory floodway (hereinafter referred to as flood hazard determinations), as shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs), and where applicable, in the supporting Flood Insurance Study (FIS) reports, prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) for each community, is appropriate because of new scientific or technical data. The FIRM, and where applicable, portions of the FIS report, have been revised to reflect these flood hazard determinations through issuance of a Letter of Map Revision (LOMR), in accordance with Title 44, Part 65 of the Code of Federal Regulations (44 CFR part 65). The LOMR will be used by insurance agents and others to calculate appropriate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings and the contents of those buildings. For rating purposes, the currently effective community number is shown in the table below and must be used for all new policies and renewals.
These flood hazard determinations will be finalized on the dates listed in the table below and revise the FIRM panels and FIS report in effect prior to this determination for the listed communities.
From the date of the second publication of notification of these changes in a newspaper of local circulation, any person has 90 days in which to request through the community that the Deputy Associate Administrator for Insurance and Mitigation reconsider the changes. The flood hazard determination information may be changed during the 90-day period.
The affected communities are listed in the table below. Revised flood hazard information for each community is available for inspection at both the online location and the respective community map repository address listed in the table below. Additionally, the current effective FIRM and FIS report for each community are accessible online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
Submit comments and/or appeals to the Chief Executive Officer of the community as listed in the table below.
Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email)
The specific flood hazard determinations are not described for each community in this notice. However, the online location and local community map repository address where the flood hazard determination information is available for inspection is provided.
Any request for reconsideration of flood hazard determinations must be submitted to the Chief Executive Officer of the community as listed in the table below.
The modifications are made pursuant to section 201 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4105, and are in accordance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, 42 U.S.C. 4001
The FIRM and FIS report are the basis of the floodplain management measures that the community is required either to adopt or to show evidence of having in effect in order to qualify or remain qualified for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).
These flood hazard determinations, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are the minimum that are required. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. The flood hazard determinations are in accordance with 44 CFR 65.4.
The affected communities are listed in the following table. Flood hazard determination information for each community is available for inspection at both the online location and the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of an emergency declaration for the State of California (FEMA-3396-EM), dated December 8, 2017, and related determinations.
This amendment was issued April 3, 2018.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
Notice is hereby given that the incident period for this emergency is closed effective December 29, 2017.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050 Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice and request for comments.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public to take this opportunity to comment on a revision of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning the Transit Security Grant Program (TSGP) which is a FEMA grant program that focuses on transportation infrastructure protection activities.
Comments must be submitted on or before June 11, 2018.
To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:
(1)
(2)
All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Brian Copeland, Section Chief, FEMA, Grant Programs Directorate, 202-786-0810. You may contact the Information Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at email address:
The Transit Security Grant Program (TSGP) is a FEMA grant program that focuses on transportation infrastructure protection activities. The collection of information for TSGP is mandated by Section 1406, Title XIV of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 (6 U.S.C. 1135), which directs the Secretary to establish a program for making grants to eligible public transportation agencies for security improvements. Additionally, information is collected in accordance with Section 1406(c) of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 (6 U.S.C. 1135(c)) which authorizes the Secretary to determine the requirements for grant recipients, including application requirements.
Comments may be submitted as indicated in the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of Florida (FEMA-4337-DR), dated September 10, 2017, and related determinations.
The amendment was issued on April 2, 2018.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Allan Jarvis, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
This action terminates the appointment of Willie G. Nunn as Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for the Seminole Tribe of Florida (FEMA-4341-DR), dated September 27, 2017, and related determinations.
The amendment was issued on April 2, 2018.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Allan Jarvis, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
This action terminates the appointment of Willie G. Nunn as Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance
Science and Technology (S&T) Directorate, Department of Homeland Security (DHS).
30-Day notice and request for comment.
The DHS S&T invites the general public to comment on the DHS S&T Industry Outreach Information data collection form for the Public-Private Partnerships Office (P3), which resides within the Research and Development Partnerships Group (RDP). DHS/S&T/RDP/P3 is responsible for coordinating the collection of Industry Information. P3 collects relevant information from companies, including their contact and product information. Any and all information provided by companies is completely voluntary; companies are not required to submit any requested information.
The DHS/S&T/RDP/P3 invites interested persons to comment on the following form and instructions for the DHS/S&T/RDP/P3: DHS S&T Industry Outreach Information Form. Interested persons may receive a copy of the Form by contacting the DHS S&T PRA Coordinator. This notice and request for comments is required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted until May 14, 2018.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments, identified by docket number DHS-1640-0036, by
•
•
•
•
DHS/S&T/RDP/P3 System Owner: Melanie Cummings,
The information collected in this form is used by both DHS/S&T/RDP/P3 and R&D program managers in support of technology scouting and commercialization efforts, program formulation and planning, and investment decision making. P3 operates under the authority in 6 U.S.C. 193. Prior to making any investment decisions regarding R&D funding, DHS S&T conducts planning activities not only to determine the need for an R&D investment but also ensure awareness of all possible solutions to the operational challenge that requires the investment. Technology scouting and commercialization inform these planning activities by providing information on current industry capabilities. This information is gathered from a number of sources, including the information provided by companies on the Industry Outreach Form. P3 shares the information received from companies with R&D program managers, who may be able to apply a company's technical capabilities or technologies to their specific project or program. This notice and request for comments is required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13, 44 U.S.C. chapter 35).
The first page of the form requests basic contact information on a company, including business name; mailing address; phone number; email address; company website address; and the company classification (size, North American Industry Classification System code, etc.). The form also requests information to help S&T assess and inform its industry outreach efforts, including how and where a company heard about S&T and any previous experiences working with S&T. The second page of the form requests information about the technical capabilities (technology or service) a company offers, including the current stage of the technology, its current technology and/or manufacturing readiness level, and why the capability is unique and valuable to DHS. All information requested in the form is necessary for determining to which R&D programs the company or product may be of interest, alignment to current and future needs of S&T and its customers in the homeland security enterprise, and how best to partner with the company.
Overview of this Information Collection:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
a.
b.
c.
North Slope Science Initiative, Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
The purpose of this notice is to request public nominations to serve on the North Slope Science Initiative's (NSSI) 15-member Science Technical Advisory Panel (Panel). The Panel advises the NSSI Oversight Group on technical issues such as identifying and prioritizing inventory, monitoring, and research needs across the North Slope of Alaska and the adjacent marine environment.
All public nominations and applications for membership on the panel must be received no later than May 29, 2018.
Ms. Lisa Gleason, Office of Communications, North Slope Science Initiative, Bureau of Land Management, 222 West Seventh Avenue, #13, Anchorage, Alaska 99513, 907-271-3335, email
Section 348 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005, Public Law 109-58, created the NSSI, its Oversight Group, and 15-member Science Technical Advisory Panel to coordinate inventories, monitoring, and research for a better understanding of terrestrial, aquatic, and marine ecosystems of the North Slope of Alaska. The NSSI works to minimize duplication of monitoring and research efforts, share financial resources and expertise, identify and prioritize information needs, and ensure through appropriate peer review that the science conducted by participating agencies and organizations is of the highest technical quality.
As an advisory body, the Science Technical Advisory Panel represents diverse professions and interests, including the oil and gas industry, subsistence users, Alaska Native entities, conservation organizations, and academia. A diverse membership helps maintain and improve public and agency access to accumulated and ongoing research as well as contemporary and traditional local knowledge.
Duties of the Panel are solely advisory to the Oversight Group. Panel members serve for three-year terms, appointed by the Secretary of the Interior.
Nomination forms and instructions are available from the NSSI website (
The Oversight Group includes the Alaska Regional or State Directors of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the National Park Service, the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, the National Marine Fisheries Service, and the Bureau of Land Management; the commissioners of the Alaska Departments of Natural Resources and Fish and Game; the Mayor of the North Slope Borough; and, the President of the Arctic Slope Regional Corporation. Advisory members of the Oversight Group include the Regional Executive of the U.S. Geological Survey; the Deputy Director, U.S. Arctic Research Commission; the Alaska Regional Director, National Weather Service; and the Regional Coordinator for the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration. The Panel's charter may be found here
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your nomination/application package, you should be aware that your entire nomination/application package—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
43 CFR 1784.4-1; 5 U.S.C. Appendix 2
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice.
The National Park Service is soliciting comments on the significance of properties nominated before March 24, 2018, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.
Comments should be submitted by April 27, 2018.
Comments may be sent via U.S. Postal Service and all other carriers to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW, MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240.
The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before March 24, 2018. Pursuant to Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
The State Historic Preservation Officer reviewed the following nominations and responded to the Federal Preservation Officer within 45 days of receipt of the nominations and supports listing the properties in the National Register of Historic Places.
Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has received a complaint entitled
Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. The public version of the complaint can be accessed on the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS) at
General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server at United States International Trade Commission (USITC) at
The Commission has received a complaint and a submission pursuant to § 210.8(b) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure filed on behalf of Syneron Medical Ltd.; Candela Corporation and Massachusetts General Hospital on April 9, 2018. The complaint alleges violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337) in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain radio frequency micro-needle dermatological treatment devices and components thereof. The complaint names as respondents: Invasix, Inc. of Irvine, CA; Invasix, Ltd. of Israel; Inmode Md, Ltd. of Irvine, CA; Ilooda Co., Ltd. of Korea; Cutera, Inc. of Brisbane, CA; Emvera Technologies, Llc of Cedartown, GA; Rohrer Aesthetics, Llc of Homewood, AL; Lutronic, Corp of Korea; Lutronic, Inc. of Burlington, MA; Endymed Medical Inc. of New York, NY; Endymed Medical Ltd. of Israel; Sung Hwan E & B Co., Ltd. of Korea; Aesthetics Biomedical, Inc. of Phoenix, AZ; Cartessa Aesthetics of Hockessin, DE; Jeisys Medical, Inc. of Korea; Perigee Medical Llc of Tracy, CA; Lumenis Ltd. of Israel; and Pollogen Ltd. of Israel. The complainant requests that the Commission issue a limited exclusion order and cease and desist orders.
Proposed respondents, other interested parties, and members of the public are invited to file comments, not to exceed five (5) pages in length, inclusive of attachments, on any public interest issues raised by the complaint or § 210.8(b) filing. Comments should address whether issuance of the relief specifically requested by the complainant in this investigation would affect the public health and welfare in the United States, competitive conditions in the United States economy, the production of like or directly competitive articles in the United States, or United States consumers.
In particular, the Commission is interested in comments that:
(i) Explain how the articles potentially subject to the requested remedial orders are used in the United States;
(ii) identify any public health, safety, or welfare concerns in the United States
(iii) identify like or directly competitive articles that complainant, its licensees, or third parties make in the United States which could replace the subject articles if they were to be excluded;
(iv) indicate whether complainant, complainant's licensees, and/or third party suppliers have the capacity to replace the volume of articles potentially subject to the requested exclusion order and/or a cease and desist order within a commercially reasonable time; and
(v) explain how the requested remedial orders would impact United States consumers.
Written submissions must be filed no later than by close of business, eight calendar days after the date of publication of this notice in the
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to § 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the docket number (Docket No. 3308) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
This action is taken under the authority of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and of §§ 201.10 and 210.8(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 201.10, 210.8(c)).
By order of the Commission.
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries.
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
The Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries gives notice of a closed meeting of the Advisory Committee on Actuarial Examinations.
The meeting will be held April 30, 2018, from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at Pinnacle Plan Design, 2201 E. Camelback Road, Suite 200, Phoenix, AZ 85016.
Elizabeth Van Osten, Designated Federal Officer, Advisory Committee on Actuarial Examinations, at (703) 414-2163.
Notice is hereby given that the Advisory Committee on Actuarial Examinations will meet at Pinnacle Plan Design, 2201 E. Camelback Road, Suite 200, Phoenix, AZ 85016, on April 30, 2018, from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
The purpose of the meeting is to discuss topics and questions that may be recommended for inclusion on future Joint Board examinations in actuarial mathematics, pension law and methodology referred to in 29 U.S.C. 1242(a)(1)(B).
A determination has been made as required by section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App., that the subject of the meeting falls within the exception to the open meeting requirement set forth in Title 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(9)(B), and that the public interest requires that such meeting be closed to public participation.
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, Department of Justice.
60-Day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The proposed collection OMB 1140-0067 (Report of Multiple Sale or Other Disposition of Pistols and Revolvers—ATF F 3310.4) is being revised due to a change in burden, since there is an increase in the number of respondents, responses, and total burden hours. The proposed information collection is also being published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until June 11, 2018.
If you have additional comments, particularly with respect to the estimated public burden or associated response time, have suggestions, need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions, or desire any additional information, please contact Ed Stely, Branch Chief, Tracing Operations and Records Management Branch, National Tracing Center Division either by mail at 244 Needy Road, Martinsburg, WV 25405, by email at
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
If additional information is required contact: Melody Braswell, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE 3E.405A, Washington, DC 20530.
On April 5, 2018, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed Amendment to the Consent Decree on Combined Sewer Overflows, Wastewater Treatment Plants and Implementation of Capacity Assurance Program Plan for Sanitary Sewer Overflows (“Amendment to the Global Decree”) with the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio in the lawsuit entitled
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the proposed Amendment to the Global Decree, which is available for public review as described below. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the Amendment to the Global Decree and the related modifications to the WWIP may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department website:
Please enclose a check or money order for $7.50 (25 cents per page reproduction cost, applicable only to
Bureau of Justice Statistics, Department of Justice.
30-Day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The proposed information collection was previously published in the
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 30 days until May 14, 2018.
If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Anthony Whyde, Statistician, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 810 Seventh Street NW, Washington, DC 20531 (email:
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
Overview of this information collection:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
This document provides a Record of Decision (ROD) pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 as amended (NEPA), documenting my decision regarding the proposal by the United States (U.S.) Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Prisons (Bureau) to acquire a site up to 800 acres in size and construct and operate a U.S. Penitentiary (USP) and Federal Prison Camp (FPC) in Letcher County, Kentucky. The ROD describes the rationale for selecting Modified Alternative 2-Roxana as the chosen alternative.
The Bureau's decision is based on information and analysis contained in the Final Supplemental Revised Final Environmental Impact Statement (RFEIS) issued September 2017, the Draft Supplemental RFEIS issued March 2017, the RFEIS issued April 2016, the Draft EIS issued February 2015, technical studies, and comments from federal and state agencies, elected officials, organizations, and individuals.
The purpose of this ROD is to publish the Agency's decision with respect to the environmental review process. Nothing in this ROD should be taken as an indication that the Bureau intends to proceed (or not to proceed) with the development of a federal correctional facility in Letcher County. Such decision will be made at the appropriate time.
The Bureau prepared an EIS to evaluate the potential environmental effects of site acquisition and development of the USP and FPC at two potential locations in Letcher County: Alternative 1—Payne Gap and Alternative 2—Roxana. The No Action Alternative was also evaluated. The Draft EIS was published in February 2015 and the Final EIS was published in July 2015.
In consideration of comments received on the Final EIS, the Bureau withdrew the July 2015 Final EIS and prepared a RFEIS. The RFEIS corrected inconsistencies in the Final EIS, provided more complete discussion of some topics addressed in the Final EIS, and provided more complete responses to comments received on the Draft EIS than were provided in the Final EIS. Also, as a result of Final EIS comments received, the Bureau confirmed that written notice of availability of the Final EIS had not been directly provided to at least twenty-two parties who had requested it; therefore, these parties received less than the intended, full 30-day review period on the Final EIS. By publishing the RFEIS and providing a 30-day review period, all interested parties were afforded a new review period. The March 2016 RFEIS was published on April 1, 2016. The 2016 RFEIS made no change to the proposed action. As did the withdrawn Final EIS, the 2016 RFEIS evaluated Alternative 1—Payne Gap, Alternative 2—Roxana, and the No Action alternative.
The Bureau was originally considering acquiring approximately 700 acres at the Roxana site or 750 acres at Payne Gap for this project. Following publication of the March 2016 RFEIS, in which Alternative 2—Roxana was identified as the preferred alternative, the Bureau removed two parcels of land at the Roxana site from acquisition consideration, resulting in a proposed site of approximately 570 acres. The Bureau conducted a number of detailed studies at the Roxana site and determined this smaller site size would be a viable alternative for constructing and operating a USP, FPC, and ancillary facilities. However, the reduction in site size necessitated modifying the facilities layout evaluated for Alternative 2—Roxana in the 2016 RFEIS. The Bureau prepared a Supplemental RFEIS to assess new circumstances and information relevant to potential environmental impacts as a result of the modifications to the Roxana site size and facilities layout under Modified Alternative 2—Roxana. The Draft Supplemental RFEIS analyzed Modified Alternative 2—Roxana and the No Action Alternative. Alternative 2—Roxana from the 2016 RFEIS was eliminated from further evaluation because the original site configuration was no longer feasible. The Draft Supplemental RFEIS was published in March 2017, and the Final Supplemental RFEIS was published in September 2017.
The purpose of the proposed federal correctional facility in Letcher County is to develop additional high-security facilities to increase capacity for current inmate populations in the Mid-Atlantic Region based on the need for additional bed space. The Bureau has studied the need for an additional high-security penitentiary and an associated federal prison camp in the Mid-Atlantic Region, and has continually updated inmate population totals throughout the EIS process. The overall prisoner population is declining. On June 13, 2017, the U.S. Department of Justice Deputy Attorney General testified before the House Committee on Appropriations that the federal inmate population has declined 14 percent, totaling 30,000 inmates, over the last four years. Although the inmate population has been declining in recent years, as of November 28, 2017, the size of the total inmate population in the Bureau's institutions exceeds the rated capacity of its prisons by 14 percent, with its high-security level institutions (USPs) at an approximate 29 percent overcrowded rate. Based on recent U.S. Department of Justice policy changes in prosecution priorities, the Bureau's Fiscal Year 2018 total inmate population is projected to increase to approximately a 16 percent overcrowded rate, and high-security level institutions population is projected to remain at 29 percent overcrowded.
There is a continuing need for additional high-security male facilities in the Mid-Atlantic Region, where every existing high-security male facility has been operating, and continues to operate, above its rated capacity. As of November 28, 2017, the four high-security male facilities in this region housed approximately 4,797 high-security male inmates, but their total rated capacity is 3,441 inmates. Therefore, the Bureau has determined the Mid-Atlantic Region high-security male facilities are overcrowded and exceed rated capacity by 39 percent.
Overcrowding in the Mid-Atlantic Region facilities compromises the mission of the Bureau. The Bureau faces challenges in providing for inmates' care and safety in crowded conditions, as well as the safety of Bureau staff and surrounding communities, within budgeted levels. Provision of a new USP and FPC with additional high-security bed space in Letcher County would meet the need to ensure a safe and secure environment for both staff and inmates, particularly as it applies to higher security inmates, within the Mid-Atlantic Region, afford the Bureau continued management of inmates originating from the region, allowing those inmates to remain close to family, which aids in the rehabilitation process.
The Bureau proposes to acquire up to 800 acres in Letcher County to construct and operate a USP, FPC, and associated ancillary facilities. The ancillary facilities would include a central utility plant, outdoor firing range, outside warehouse, staff training building, garage/landscape building, access roads, and parking lots. A non-lethal/lethal fence and site lighting would also be installed. The proposed USP would house approximately 960 high-security male inmates, and the FPC would house approximately 256 minimum-security male inmates for a total population of approximately 1,216 inmates. Together both facilities would employ approximately 300 full-time staff upon operation. Development of the USP and FPC in Letcher County is proposed to provide an additional USP and FPC for mission support to increase capacity for current inmate populations in the Mid-Atlantic Region and reduce the overcrowding in this region's high-security male facilities.
The No Action Alternative is defined as a decision by the Bureau not to proceed with the proposed action.
The No Action Alternative does not meet the purpose of and need for the proposed action because it does not address the Bureau's need to provide additional capacity to reduce current overcrowding of the federal inmate population in other federal correctional facilities in the Mid-Atlantic Region, particularly in the high-security male facilities.
The Bureau has a continuing need for additional high-security male facilities within the Mid-Atlantic Region. None of the existing federal lands or facilities in the Mid-Atlantic Region within the jurisdiction of the Bureau have sufficient space to accommodate the development of the proposed facilities. In addition, no reasonable alternatives for the use of existing land or facilities outside of the jurisdiction of the Bureau were identified within the Mid-Atlantic Region.
The Letcher County Planning Commission contacted the Bureau with an offer of potential sites for a new USP and FPC in Letcher County. The Letcher County Planning Commission identified four potential locations that could meet the needs of the Bureau, and brought these sites to the attention of the Bureau to determine if the Bureau had an interest in developing a new facility at one of the locations. Between 2008 and 2010, the Bureau conducted two site reconnaissance studies to collect preliminary data on the four sites that have been offered by members of the community to determine their suitability for development based on site conditions, infrastructure and utilities, and environmental resources. Based on the initial analyses, the Bureau determined the four sites, referred to as Meadow Branch, Payne Gap, Roxana, and Van/Fields, should be studied in more detail in a feasibility study.
During the initial phase of the feasibility study, changes with the offeror of the Meadow Branch site resulted in the removal of the site from consideration by the Bureau; therefore, no detailed analysis of the site was included in the feasibility study. The remaining three sites were assessed for potential impacts to infrastructure and environmental resources, including archaeological sites and historic architectural resources, wetlands, and geological conditions. The feasibility study highlighted potential concerns with development of each site, as well as estimated costs of development of each site in relation to infrastructure improvement and site preparation (
Two action alternatives and the No Action Alternative were evaluated in the February 2015 Draft EIS, July 2015 Final EIS, and March 2016 RFEIS.
Development of a USP and FPC at the Payne Gap site (Alternative 1) would involve acquisition of approximately 753 acres located in eastern Letcher County, approximately 7 miles northeast of the city of Whitesburg, along the Kentucky and Virginia border. The proposed site is situated on a gently sloped to steeply sloped upland land form, and is covered with secondary growth forests. The original topography of portions of the site has been altered by past surface and deep mining and by associated mining activities such as spoil piles, roads, and fill piles. No active mining is occurring on site. The proposed facilities layout for Alternative 1 consists of developing the north half of the Payne Gap site with the USP, FPC, and ancillary buildings, and accessing the site from U.S. Route 119. To accommodate the USP, FPC, ancillary buildings, and roads, Alternative 1 would require more extensive rock excavation and fill to level and prepare the site for construction than would Alternative 2.
Development of a USP and FPC at the Roxana site (Alternative 2) would have involved acquisition of approximately 700 acres located in western Letcher County, approximately 7.5 miles west of Whitesburg. The site is forested except for a large open area near the center of the site created from past surface mining activities. No active mining is occurring on site. The Bureau proposed constructing the FPC in the north portion of the Roxana site and the USP and ancillary buildings in the central portion of the site. The proposed facilities layout included an access road extending along the east side of the facilities from KY 588.
The 2017 Draft and Final Supplemental RFEIS analyzed Modified Alternative 2—Roxana and the No Action Alternative. Alternative 1—Payne Gap was incorporated by reference. Alternative 2—Roxana from the 2016 RFEIS was eliminated from further evaluation because the original site configuration was no longer feasible.
Under Modified Alternative 2—Roxana, the Bureau would acquire approximately 570 acres of land at Roxana. Because of the reduced site size, the Bureau modified the facilities layout evaluated for Alternative 2—Roxana in the 2016 RFEIS. In the modified facilities layout under this alternative compared with the 2016 alternative, the FPC would be situated closer to the USP and the access road would extend from KY 588 along the west side of the FPC rather than the east side.
Modified Alternative 2—Roxana best meets Bureau operational and security requirements while minimizing potential environmental and other impacts and is considered the Preferred Alternative. Modified Alternative 2—Roxana best meets the purpose of the proposed action by providing an additional high-security penitentiary and an associated prison camp to increase capacity for current inmate populations in the Mid-Atlantic Region. In addition, Modified Alternative 2—Roxana satisfies the continuing need for additional high-security facilities within this region, despite recent declines in other than high-security in-mate population groups, to reduce the demonstrated overcrowding that compromises the mission of the Bureau.
Although both the Payne Gap and Roxana sites accommodate the required facilities, Modified Alternative 2—Roxana is the Preferred Alternative because it would have, on balance,
The Bureau will implement the following avoidance, minimization, and mitigation measures and best management practices to reduce the environmental impacts of the Selected Alternative. No mitigation is required for socioeconomics and environmental justice, as the Selected Alternative would not result in adverse impacts to socioeconomics, environmental justice populations, or children, and no mitigation is required for cultural resources, as the Preferred Alternative would have no impact to National Register of Historic Places—listed or eligible cultural resources.
(a) Provide an open space and vegetative buffer between the USP and FPC to maintain visual compatibility with surrounding properties.
(b) Design and locate the facilities to reduce the visual presence of the facility from neighboring properties.
(c) Maintain a 125-foot buffer between FPC construction activities and the Whitaker property.
(d) Maintain a 100-foot buffer between access road construction activities and the Frazier Cemetery.
(e) Use full cutoff light fixtures to minimize off-site adverse impacts of lighting.
(a) Prepare a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan with a soil erosion and sediment control plan and submit it to the Kentucky Department for Environmental Protection, Division of Water for approval prior to construction.
(b) Implement construction-period and permanent surface water and stormwater control plans to manage runoff.
(c) Phase the construction of the USP, FPC, and ancillary facilities to occur at different times to minimize soil disturbance by only clearing areas necessary for the current phase of construction.
(d) Re-vegetate disturbed areas following the completion of construction to minimize the erosion of exposed soil.
(a) Discuss the development of a Memorandum of Understanding with the Whitesburg Police Department and Mayor of Whitesburg to determine the department's status and what steps may be taken to offset potential impacts to Whitesburg Police Department operations or its equipment.
(a) Require the selected construction contractor to perform an assessment of routing of construction traffic to the site.
(b) Route construction vehicles so gross vehicle weight does not exceed Kentucky Transportation Cabinet maximum weight limitations.
(c) Bond the roads where limitations may be exceeded and repair the roads upon completion of construction.
(d) Develop and implement a maintenance of traffic plan to maintain traffic flow when construction equipment is being transported to the site.
(a) Implement best management practices, including but not limited to periodic soil wetting, use of alternatively fueled equipment, use of other emissions controls applicable to on-site equipment, and reduction of equipment and construction vehicle idling time, to reduce air emissions.
(b) Obtain an air quality permit from the Kentucky Department for Environmental Protection for air emission sources in compliance with Kentucky Administrative Regulations, Title 401, Chapter 52, Section 040 (401 KAR 52: 040), State-origin Permits.
(a) Use noise bellows systems on pile driving equipment.
(b) Schedule louder construction activities from mid-morning to mid-afternoon for less intrusive times.
(c) Limit construction activities to daytime hours to the extent feasible.
(d) Implement a blasting plan and informing local community about blasting activity dates.
(a) Pay natural gas infrastructure owners for costs associated with closure, abandonment, and/or relocation of the wells and associated pipelines.
(b) Comply with applicable federal and state regulations regarding the permanent closure and abandonment of gas wells and the relocation of the pipes.
(a) Pay a fee into the in-lieu fee mitigation program managed by the Kentucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources.
(b) Prepare and implement a Groundwater Protection Plan in compliance with Kentucky Administrative Regulations, Title 401, Chapter 5, Section 37 (401 KAR 5: 037), Groundwater Protection Plans.
(a) Implement the following Reasonable and Prudent Measure stipulated in the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) Biological Opinion (BO) regarding potential impacts to the Indiana bat, northern long-eared bat, and gray bat from the Preferred Alternative: The Bureau shall ensure that the project will occur as designed, planned, and documented in the Biological Assessment and this BO.
(b) Comply with the following Term and Condition, which implements the above Reasonable and Prudent Measure, specified in the BO: The Bureau shall ensure that the project will occur as designed, planned, and documented in the Biological Assessment and this BO.
(c) Incorporate the following Conservation Measures documented in the Biological Assessment in project design and construction:
(i.) Contribute to the Imperiled Bat Conservation Fund as compensatory mitigation for adverse effects on Indiana bats and northern long-eared bats.
(ii.) Develop and implement a Kentucky Division of Water-approved erosion and sediment control plan.
(iii.) Avoid tree removal during June and July.
(iv.) Avoid blasting from November 15 through March 31.
(v.) Conduct construction activities from April 15 through October 31 in suitable Indiana bat and/or northern long-eared bat habitat during daylight hours.
(vi.) Direct construction lighting toward construction activities and away from forested habitat during any nighttime construction activities.
(vii.) Require construction contractors to inspect vehicles and equipment to ensure visible plant and seed material has been removed prior to entering the project area.
(viii.) Install the facility's outdoor lights with full cutoff fixtures (emit no direct up light).
(x.) Fence off the feature identified as potential hibernaculum and installing warning signs around the area to prevent disturbance.
(d) Incorporate the required reporting/monitoring requirements from the USFWS BO into the Monitoring and Enforcement Program (MEP) for the project, is described in Section VII of this ROD.
(a) Comply with applicable federal and state regulations regarding the management of hazardous materials and waste.
(b) Use, store, and properly dispose of batteries and containerized pesticides, herbicides, paints, and solvents.
(c) Comply with Kentucky Administrative Regulations, Title 401, Chapter 100, Section 30 (401 100: 030), Remediation Requirements, for the remediation of three identified locations of petroleum releases from a petroleum extraction operation, and submit all associated cleanup reports and records to the Kentucky Department for Environmental Protection (DEP) Division of Waste Management, Superfund Branch—Petroleum Cleanup Section in accordance with the procedures outlined in DEP 7097C, Closure Report for Petroleum Releases and Exempt Petroleum Tank Systems.
(d) Design facilities intended for human occupancy to prevent occupant exposures to radon above the USEPA action level of 4 pCi/L (picocuries per liter).
(e) Incorporate the following Bureau Technical Design Guidelines in the design of the outdoor firing range to prevent lead contamination outside of the range itself: Safety baffles, berms and backstops to contain bullets to a designated area; impoundments, traps, and other structures to catch lead particles; and stormwater systems to gather runoff and allow infiltration within the range bermed area.
(f) Perform regular maintenance of the above range features.
(a) In consideration of Executive Order 13693, Planning for Federal Sustainability in the Next Decade, and the Council on Environmental Quality's Final NEPA Guidance on Consideration of the Effects of Climate Change and Greenhouse Gas Emissions, design and construction of the USP and FPC will comply with the design and operation standards and practices included in the following:
(i) U.S. Green Building Council's Leadership in Environmental and Energy Design (LEED) prerequisites and credits for Silver certification.
(ii) 10 CFR 433, Energy Efficient Standards for the Design and Construction of New Federal Commercial and Multi-family High Rise Residential Buildings.
(iii) 10 CFR 436 Federal Energy Management and Planning Programs.
(iv) IEEE Standard 739—IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and Cost Effective Planning in Industrial Facilities.
Based on consultation with consulting agencies; consideration of potential environmental consequences; Bureau operational, security, and management needs for current Mid-Atlantic Region facilities; public comments on the February 2015 Draft EIS, July 2015 Final EIS, March 2016 RFEIS, March 2017 Draft Supplemental RFEIS, and September 2017 Final Supplemental RFEIS; and my being apprised of the material and information contained in the 2016 RFEIS and 2017 Final Supplemental RFEIS, I have decided to select Modified Alternative 2—Roxana, as summarized above and described in detail within the 2017 Final Supplemental RFEIS, for the proposed land acquisition and development of a USP and FPC in Letcher County. Development of the proposed project under Modified Alternative 2—Roxana is contingent on the availability of funding sufficient to proceed.
My decision is based on the following factors:
The Bureau has a continuing need for additional safe and secure facilities in the Mid-Atlantic Region, where every existing high-security facility is operating above its rated capacity and their associated FPCs are at or near capacity, thereby compromising the mission of the Bureau. In response, the Bureau has committed resources to identifying, evaluating, acquiring, and developing a site for an additional USP and associated FPC for mission support.
Development of the USP and FPC is proposed as a means of reducing inmate overcrowding at other federal correctional facilities in the Mid-Atlantic Region. Each alternative plan was evaluated against operational, environmental, and infrastructure criteria until a preferred alternative was identified that best met project objectives while accommodating security considerations, logistics, and costs. Development of the USP and FPC under Modified Alternative 2—Roxana best meets the project's goals and objectives, and because development of this alternative would have fewer impacts on the human and natural environment, it is considered by the Bureau to be the environmentally preferable alternative.
Construction and operation of the proposed USP and FPC under Modified Alternative 2—Roxana will result in significant impacts to topography, geology and soils, and less than significant impacts to land use, community facilities and services, transportation and traffic, air quality, noise, infrastructure and utilities, water resources, biological resources, and hazardous materials and waste, as defined by NEPA. While construction and operation of the proposed USP and FPC under Modified Alternative 2—Roxana will cause unavoidable impacts, construction and operation activities will comply with all federal statutes, implementing regulations, Executive Orders, and other consultation, review, and permit requirements potentially applicable to this project. Any unavoidable adverse impacts to land use, topography, geology and soils, community facilities and services, transportation and traffic, air quality, noise, infrastructure and utilities, water resources, biological resources, and hazardous materials and waste will be controlled, reduced, or eliminated by the avoidance, minimization, and mitigation measures identified in Section IV.D of this ROD. The project will comply with the regulatory requirements of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251
The Bureau will coordinate with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers on permit requirements and will obtain all required permits for the placement of fill material and potential disturbance of wetlands and other waters of the U.S. prior to construction. In addition, the Bureau will comply with the Terms and Conditions implementing the Reasonable and Prudent Measures specified in the USFWS BO for project effects on the Indiana bat and the northern long-eared bat in accordance with Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531-1544).
The Bureau will develop and implement a Monitoring and Enforcement Program (MEP) to ensure that the proposed avoidance, minimization, and mitigation measures
Development of the proposed USP and FPC under Modified Alternative 2—Roxana will result in beneficial impacts by reducing crowded conditions in federal correctional facilities within the Mid-Atlantic Region, particularly in high-security male facilities, by providing a much-needed new facility to meet existing inmate housing needs. Beneficial impacts to the local economy of Letcher County will also be realized due to the addition of a 300-person workforce for the facility and the associated gains in expenditures and tax revenues.
The Bureau will rely upon public utility authorities for the provision of water and sewage treatment services. Positive economic benefits will accrue to these utility authorities from the provision of such services. Plans for the expansion of utility capacities will be fully coordinated with all appropriate agencies.
Prior to making my final decision, I carefully considered comments received following the publication of the 2016 RFEIS, and comments received prior to expiration of the 30-day review period on the 2017 Final Supplemental RFEIS. The comments and responses thereto are hereby acknowledged and measures to avoid, minimize, and mitigate potential adverse impacts are documented within Section IV.D of this ROD.
In addition, I have carefully considered potential environmental justice impacts of the proposed action as discussed in the 2016 RFEIS, together with comments concerning environmental justice submitted during the EIS and Supplemental RFEIS process. Pursuant to Executive Order 12898, Federal agencies are required to make achieving environmental justice part of their mission by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental effects of their programs, policies, and activities on minority and low-income populations. As concluded in the 2016 RFEIS, I have determined that the proposed action will not result in either a disparate or significantly adverse impact to any low-income or minority population to which Executive Order 12898 is applicable.
After consulting with Bureau staff and being appraised of material in the Draft EIS, 2016 RFEIS, and 2017 Final Supplemental RFEIS, it is my decision that the Bureau select Modified Alternative 2—Roxana for the land acquisition and development of a USP and FPC in Letcher County.
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Request for public comments.
The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. Currently, the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) is soliciting comments on the information collection for Mine Mapping and Records of Opening, Closing, and Reopening of Mines.
All comments must be received on or before June 11, 2018.
Comments concerning the information collection requirements of this notice may be sent by any of the methods listed below.
•
•
•
Sheila McConnell, Director, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances, MSHA, at
Section 103(h) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (Mine Act), 30 U.S.C. 813(h), authorizes MSHA to collect information necessary to carry out its duty in protecting the safety and health of miners. Further, section 101 (a) of the Mine Act, 30 U.S.C. 811, authorizes the Secretary of Labor (Secretary) to develop, promulgate, and revise as may be appropriate, improved mandatory health or safety standards for the protection of life and prevention of injuries in coal or other mines.
The information collection addressed by this notice is intended to protect miners by assuring that up-to-date, accurate mine maps contain the information needed to clarify the best alternatives for action during an emergency operation. Coal mine operators routinely use maps to create safe and effective development plans.
Mine maps are schematic depictions of critical mine infrastructure, such as water, power, transportation, ventilation, and communication systems. Using accurate, up-to-date maps during a disaster, mine emergency personnel can locate refuges for miners and identify sites of explosion potential; they can know where stationary equipment was placed, where ground was secured, and where they can best begin a rescue operation. During a disaster, maps can be crucial to the safety of the emergency personnel who must enter a mine to begin a search for survivors.
Mine maps may describe the current status of an operating mine or provide
Title 30 CFR 75.1200 requires each underground coal mine operator to have an accurate and up-to-date map of such mine drawn to scale and stored in a fireproof repository in an area on the surface of the mine chosen by the mine operator to minimize the danger of destruction by fire or other hazards. Sections 75.1200-1, 75.1201, 75.1202, 75.1202-1, and 75.1203 specify the information which must be shown on the map. The maps must be certified by a registered engineer or surveyor; kept continuously up-to-date by temporary notations and revised and supplemented to include the temporary notations at intervals not more than 6 months; and made available for inspection by a representative of the Secretary, State coal mine inspectors, miners and their representatives, operators of adjacent coal mines, and persons owning, leasing, or residing on surface areas of such mines or areas adjacent to such mines. These maps are essential to the planning and safe operation of the mine. In addition, these maps provide a graphic presentation of the locations of working sections and the locations of fixed surface and underground mine facilities and equipment, escapeway routes, coal haulage and man and materials haulage entries and other information essential to mine rescue or mine fire fighting activities in the event of mine fire, explosion or inundations of gas or water. The information is essential to the safe operation of adjacent mines and mines approaching the worked out areas of active or abandoned mines. Section 75.372 requires underground mine operators to submit three copies of an up-to-date mine map to the District Manager at intervals not exceeding 12 months during the operating life of the mine.
Title 30 CFR 75.1204 and 75.1204-1 require that whenever an underground coal mine operator permanently closes or abandons a coal mine, or temporarily closes a coal mine for a period of more than 90 days, the operator shall file with MSHA a copy of the mine map revised and supplemented to the date of closure. Maps are retained in a repository and are made available to mine operators of adjacent properties. The maps are necessary to provide an accurate record of underground areas that have been mined to help prevent active mine operators from mining into abandoned areas that may contain water or harmful gases.
Title 30 CFR 77.1200, 77.1201 and 77.1202 require surface coal mine operators to maintain an accurate and up-to-date map of the mine and specifies the information to be shown on the map, the acceptable range of map scales, that the map be certified by a registered engineer or surveyor, that the map be available for inspection by the Secretary or his authorized representative. These maps are essential for the safe operation of the mine and provide essential information to operators of adjacent surface and underground mines. Properly prepared and effectively utilized surface mine maps can prevent outbursts of water impounded in underground mine workings and/or inundations of underground mines by surface impounded water or water and or gases impounded in surface auger mining worked out areas.
Title 30 CFR 75.373 and 75.1721 require that after a mine is abandoned or declared inactive and before it is reopened, mine operations shall not begin until MSHA has been notified and has completed an inspection. Section 75.1721 specifies that once the mine operator notifies the MSHA District Manager on the intent to reopen a mine all preliminary plans must be submitted in writing prior to development of the coalbed unless or until all preliminary plans are approved.
MSHA is soliciting comments concerning the proposed information collection related to Mine Mapping and Records of Opening, Closing, and Reopening of Mines. MSHA is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information has practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of MSHA's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Suggest methods to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
The information collection request will be available on
The public may also examine publicly available documents at USDOL-Mine Safety and Health Administration, 201 12th South, Suite 4E401, Arlington, VA 22202-5452. Sign in at the receptionist's desk on the 4th Floor via the East elevator.
Questions about the information collection requirements may be directed to the person listed in the
This request for collection of information contains provisions for Mine Mapping and Records of Opening, Closing, and Reopening of Mines. MSHA has updated the data with respect to the number of respondents, responses, burden hours, and burden costs supporting this information collection request.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the information collection request; they will also become a matter of public record.
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Notice.
This notice is a summary of a petition for modification submitted to the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) by the parties listed below.
All comments on the petition must be received by MSHA's Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances on or before May 14, 2018.
You may submit your comments, identified by “docket number” on the subject line, by any of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
MSHA will consider only comments postmarked by the U.S. Postal Service or proof of delivery from another delivery service such as UPS or Federal Express on or before the deadline for comments.
Barbara Barron, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances at 202-693-9447 (Voice),
Section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and Title 30 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 44 govern the application, processing, and disposition of petitions for modification.
Section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (Mine Act) allows the mine operator or representative of miners to file a petition to modify the application of any mandatory safety standard to a coal or other mine if the Secretary of Labor (Secretary) determines that:
1. An alternative method of achieving the result of such standard exists which will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded the miners of such mine by such standard; or
2. That the application of such standard to such mine will result in a diminution of safety to the miners in such mine.
In addition, the regulations at 30 CFR 44.10 and 44.11 establish the requirements and procedures for filing petitions for modification.
The petitioner states that:
(1) Mining operations at the Big Island Mine do not involve pillar recovery workings, longwall faces, or short-wall faces. Thus, at the Big Island Mine, 30 CFR 57.22305 prohibits the use of nonpermissible equipment “in or beyond the last open crosscut.” The term “last open crosscut” is not defined by statue or regulation.
(2) The petitioner has formulated a methodology, set forth in this petition that provides operational certainty regarding the location of the last open crosscut and corresponding permissibility boundary for the petitioner's mining operation unique to the Big Island Mine, and minimizes the employees' exposure to red-zone hazards.
(3) Though the petitioner contends that its current mining methodology is compliant with all aspects of 30 CFR 57.22305, the petitioner proposes this alternative methodology to provide operational certainty for the location of the permissibility boundary, and in return, to ensure that the requirements of 30 CFR 57.22305 are satisfied.
In addition, the alternative methodology eliminates unnecessary movement of the continuous miner, which in turn reduces mine personnel exposure to red-zone hazards
(4) The petitioner proposes the following alternative method:
(i) The Big Island Mine is a Category III mine as defined in 30 CFR 57.22003(a)(3).
(ii) Methane is not capable of forming explosive mixtures at levels below 5 percent in an environment with normal atmospheric levels of approximately 20 percent oxygen as defined in 30 CFR 57.22003(a)(3).
(iii) The quantity of air coursed through continuous miner sections meets or exceeds the 9,000 cubic feet per minute requirement as defined in 30 CFR 57.22213.
(iv) When the continuous miner is cutting ore, nonpermissible equipment will be staged outby the nonpermissible equipment staging boundary (NPESB).
(v) The continuous miner is equipped with a methane monitor as defined in 30 CFR 57.22308.
(vi) Pursuant to 30 CFR 57.22308, all methane monitors will (1) give warning at 1.0 percent methane; (2) automatically de-energize electrical equipment, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18 and prevent starting such equipment when methane levels reach 1.5 percent; and (3) automatically de-energize electrical equipment when power to a sensor is interrupted.
(vii) If the presence of methane is detected at or above 1.0 percent, immediate action will be taken to shut down equipment in the affected area, and ventilation changes will be made to reduce the methane, pursuant to 30 CFR 57.22234.
(viii) Nonpermissible equipment may be operated inby the NPESB to service the continuous miner (including loading bolts) only when the continuous miner is not cutting ore. A competent person, as defined in 30 CFR 57.22002, will monitor for methane immediately before and during use of nonpermissible equipment to service the continuous miner. The competent person will utilize an approved testing device pursuant to 30 CFR 57.22227(a). Methane monitoring devices used for measuring methane, other gases, and contaminants in mine air will be approved by MSHA under applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18, 21, 22, 23, 27, and 29. Such devices will be maintained in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions, or an equivalent maintenance and calibration procedure.
(ix) When operating nonpermissible equipment inby the NPESB, such equipment will not travel inby the permissibility boundary (PB).
(x) Competent personnel engaged in the use of nonpermissible equipment will be properly trained to recognize the hazards and limitations associated with the use of nonpermissible equipment.
(xi) As the continuous miner advances a room in a development sequence, the petitioner will install foam curtains on the crosscut outby the last open crosscut, defined herein as the last open crosscut perpendicular to the direction of the room being mined and at the boundary of intake and return air systems. Guidance for the application of foam to installed curtains will be provided.
(5) The requested modification in this petition would eliminate undue risk of injury caused by retreating the
The petitioner asserts that application of the existing standard would result in a diminution of safety to the miners and that the proposed alternative method will guarantee that no less than the same measure of protection is afforded the miners at the Big Island Mine.
The petitioner states that:
(1) Petitioner is developing longwall panels as part of a continuing mining cycle. The development panels consist of a multiple entry system with crosscut centers not to exceed a maximum of 250 feet to improve roof and abutment pressure control during longwall mining. Ventilation is also improved by limiting the number of stoppings, which have a built-in ventilation pressure loss factor.
(2) The trailing cables will apply to
(3) The trailing cables for 995-volt AC continuous mining machines will not be smaller than
(4) The trailing cables for the 995-volt AC roof bolting machines will not be smaller than No. 2 AWG.
(5) The trailing cables for 995-volt AC section ventilation fans will not be smaller than No. 2 AWG.
(6) The trailing cables for 600-volt DC shuttle cars will not be smaller than
(7) All circuit breakers used to protect No. 2 AWG 995-volt trailing cables exceeding 700 feet in length will have instantaneous trip units calibrated to trip at 800 amperes. The trip setting of the circuit breakers will be sealed to ensure that the setting on these breakers cannot be changed, and these breakers will have permanent legible labels. Each label will identify these circuit breakers as being suitable for protecting the No. 2 AWG cables.
(8) Replacement circuit breakers and/or instantaneous trip units used to protect the No. 2 AWG 995-volt trailing cables will be calibrated to trip at 800 amperes and this setting will be sealed.
(9) All circuit breakers used to protect No. 2 AWG 480-volt trailing cables exceeding 700 feet in length will have instantaneous trip units calibrated to trip at 450 amperes. The trip setting of these circuit breakers will be sealed to ensure that the settings on these breakers cannot be changed, and these breakers will have permanent, legible labels. Each label will identify the circuit breaker as being suitable for protecting the No. 2 AWG cables.
(10) Replacement circuit breakers and/or instantaneous trip units, used to protect the No. 2 AWG 480-volt trailing cables will be calibrated to trip at 450 amperes, and this setting will be sealed.
(11) All circuit breakers used to protect
(12) Replacement circuit breakers and/or instantaneous trip units used to protect the
(13) All circuit breakers used to protect
(14) Replacement circuit breakers and/or instantaneous trip units used to protect the
(15) All components that provide short circuit protection will have sufficient interruption rating in accordance with the maximum calculated fault currents available.
(16) During each production day, persons designated by the operator will visually examine the trailing cables to ensure that the cables are in safe operation condition and that the instantaneous settings of the specially calibrated breakers do not have seals or locks removed and that they do not exceed the stipulated settings.
(17) Any trailing cable that is not in safe operating condition will be removed from service immediately and repaired or replaced.
(18) Each splice or repair in the trailing cable will be made in a workmanlike manner and in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the splice or repair materials. The splice or repair will comply with 30 CFR 75.603 and 75.604 requirements. The outer jacket of each splice or repair will be vulcanized with flame-resistant material or made with material that has been accepted by MSHA as flame-resistant.
(19) Permanent warning labels will be installed and maintained on the cover(s) of the power center identifying the location of each sealed or locked short-circuit protective device. These labels will warn miners not change or alter these short-circuit settings and any sign of tempering with the specially calibrated breaker or trip unit will require the replacement of the circuit breaker with another calibrated, sealed and/or locked trip unit.
(20) In the event the mining method or operating procedures cause or contribute to the damage of any trailing cable, the cable will be removed from service immediately and repaired or replaced. Also, additional precautions will be taken to ensure that haulage roads and trailing cable storage areas are situated to minimize contact of the trailing cable with continuous miners, loading machines, shuttle cars, roof bolters, and section ventilation fans. Moreover, trailing cable anchors on cable reel equipment will be of a permanent type that minimizes the tensile forces on the trailing cables.
(21) Where the method of mining would require that trailing cables cross roadways or haulage ways, the cable will be securely supported from the mine roof or a substantial bridge for equipment to pass over the cables will be provided and used.
(22) Excessive cable will be stored behind the anchor(s) on equipment that
(23) The petitioner's alternative method will not be implemented until all miners who have been designated to examine the integrity of seals or locks and to verify the short-circuit settings and proper procedure for examining trailing cables for defects and damage have received the training specified above.
(24) The equipment listed in this petition will comply with all other applicable requirements of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and the applicable requirements of 30 CFR part 75.
(25) Within 60 days after this petition is final, the petitioner will submit proposed revisions for its approved 30 CFR part 48 training plan to the District Manager. The proposed revisions will specify task training for miners designated to examine the trailing cables for safe operation condition and verify that the short circuit settings of the circuit interrupting device(s) that protect the affected trailing cables do not exceed the settings specified above. The training will include the following:
a. Mining methods and operating procedures that will protect the trailing cables against damage.
b. The proper procedure for examining the trailing cable to ensure that the cables are in safe operating condition by a visual inspection of the entire cable, observing the insulation, the integrity of the splices, and nicks and abrasions.
c. The hazards of setting the instantaneous circuit breakers too high to adequately protect the trailing cables.
d. How to verify that the circuit interrupting device(s) protecting the trailing cables are properly set and maintained.
e. How to protect the trailing cables against damage caused by overheating due to excessive cable stored on the cable reel(s) and adjusting stored cable behind the cable anchor(s) as tramming distances change. The procedures as specified in 30 CFR 48.3 for approval of proposed revisions to already approved training plans will apply.
The petitioner asserts that the proposed alternative method will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded by the existing standard.
Week of April 9, 2018.
Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Public.
This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—
By a vote of 3-0 on April 9, 2018, the Commission determined pursuant to U.S.C. 552b(e) and § 9.107(a) of the Commission's rules that the above referenced Affirmation Session be held with less than one week notice to the public. The meeting is scheduled on April 12, 2018.
The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Denise McGovern at 301-415-0981 or via email at
The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the internet at:
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or email
Office of Personnel Management.
30-day notice and request for comments.
Retirement Services, Office of Personnel Management (OPM) offers the general public and other federal agencies the opportunity to comment on a revised information collection (ICR), Representative Payee Survey, RI 38-115.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted until May 14, 2018.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street NW, Washington, DC 20503, Attention: Desk Officer for the Office of Personnel Management or sent via electronic mail to
A copy of this information collection, with applicable supporting documentation, may be obtained by contacting the Retirement Services Publications Team, Office of Personnel Management, 1900 E Street NW, Room 3316-L, Washington, DC 20415, Attention: Cyrus S. Benson, or sent via electronic mail to
As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, OPM is soliciting comments for this collection. The information collection (OMB No. 3206-0208) was previously published in the
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
RI 38-115 is used to collect information about how the benefits paid to a representative payee have been used or conserved for the benefit of the incompetent annuitant.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing for the Commission's consideration concerning negotiated service agreements. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition or removal of a negotiated service agreement from the market dominant or the competitive product list, or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the market dominant or the competitive product list.
Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, the title of each Postal Service request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each request.
The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's website (
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) in the captioned docket(s) are consistent with the policies of title 39. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern market dominant product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3622, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3010, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern competitive product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3632, 39 U.S.C. 3633, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comment deadline(s) for each request appear in section II.
1.
This Notice will be published in the
On September 20, 2017, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
The Commission finds it appropriate to designate a longer period within which to issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change so that it has sufficient time to consider the proposed rule change and the comment letters. Accordingly, the Commission, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend ISE Rules 700, Days and Hours of Business, at Section (c); 2008, Days and Hours of Business; and 2009, Terms of Index Option Contracts, Supplementary Material .07, Nonstandard Expirations Pilot Program.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of this rule filing is to establish that transactions in expiring p.m.-settled broad-based index options, including Weekly Expirations and End of Month (“EOM”) options, may be effected on the Exchange only until 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the last trading day.
Currently, ISE Rule 700(c) provides that broad-based index options may trade until 4:15 p.m. each business day. The Exchange now proposes to add language to Rule 700(c) to establish that on the last trading day transactions in expiring p.m.-settled broad-based index options may be effected on the Exchange between the hours of 9:30 a.m. (Eastern Time) and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). The same new language is proposed to be added to Rules 2008, Trading Sessions, and 2009, Terms of Index Option Contracts, at Supplementary Material .07(d), Weekly Expirations and EOM Trading Hours. The proposed new language is substantively identical to language in Rule 24.9(e), Weekly Expirations and
As CBOE explained in the proposed rule change adopting current CBOE Rule 24.9(e), Weekly Expirations and EOM options which are p.m.-settled are priced in the market based on corresponding futures values. On the last day of trading, the closing prices of the component stocks (which are used to derive the exercise settlement value) are known at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) (or soon after) when the equity markets close. Despite the fact that the exercise settlement value is fixed at or soon after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), if trading in expiring Weekly Expirations and EOMs were to continue for an additional fifteen minutes until 4:15 p.m. (Eastern Time) they would not be priced on corresponding futures values, but rather the known cash value. At the same time, the prices of non-expiring Weekly Expiration and EOM series would continue to move and be priced in response to changes in corresponding futures prices. Because of the potential pricing divergence that could occur between 4:00 and 4:15 p.m. on the final trading day in expiring Weekly Expirations and EOMs (
Because the potential pricing divergence issue applies to all ISE-listed p.m.-settled options, including but not limited to the Weekly Expiration and EOM series listed on ISE, the Exchange proposes to add the exception providing for a 4:00 close of trading on the last trading day before expiration to ISE's Rule 700(c) which sets forth the trading hours for all broad-based index options, and Rule 2008, Trading Sessions, in addition to Rule 2009, Supplementary Material .07(d).
Thus, as revised, Rule 700(c) would provide that options on a broad-based index, as defined in ISE Rule 2001, may be traded on the Exchange until 4:15 p.m. each business day, except that that on the last trading day, transactions in expiring p.m.-settled broad-based index options may be effected on the Exchange between the hours of 9:30 a.m. (Eastern Time) and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). The exception would also be added to Rule 2008(a) which currently provides, in relevant part, that except as otherwise provided in Rule 2008 or under unusual conditions as may be determined by the President or his designee, transactions in index options may be effected on the Exchange between the hours of 9:30 a.m. (Eastern Time) and 4:15 p.m. (Eastern Time). Finally, the same change would be made to Supplementary Material .07(d) of Rule 2009, which currently provides that transactions in Weekly Expirations and EOMs may be effected on the Exchange between the hours of 9:30 a.m. (Eastern Time) and 4:15 p.m. (Eastern Time).
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Specifically, the Exchange does not believe the proposal will impose any burden on intramarket competition as all market participants will be treated in the same manner with respect to trading hours of expiring p.m.-settled broad-based index options.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the proposed rule change does not (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On December 20, 2017, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Exchange proposes to list and trade Shares of the Fund under Nasdaq Rule 5735, which governs the listing and trading of Managed Fund Shares on the Exchange. The Shares will be offered by the Trust, which is registered with the Commission as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”). The Fund will be a series of the Trust.
Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC will be the investment manager (“Manager”) to the Fund. Western Asset Management Company will serve as the sub-adviser to the Fund (“Sub-Adviser”) and Western Asset Management Company Limited in London, Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. in Singapore, and Western Asset Management Company Ltd in Japan will each serve as sub-sub-advisers to the Fund (collectively, “Sub-Sub-Advisers” and each, a “Sub-Sub-Adviser”).
The Fund will be an actively managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”). According to the Exchange, the investment objective of the Fund will be to seek to maximize total return, consistent with prudent investment management and liquidity needs. Although the Fund may invest in securities and Debt (as defined below) of any maturity, the Fund will normally maintain an average effective duration within 35% of the average duration of the U.S. bond market as a whole (generally, this bond market range is 2.5 to 7 years) as estimated by the Sub-Adviser.
According to the Exchange, under Normal Market Conditions,
The Exchange states that fixed income securities may consist of the following: (i) U.S. or foreign corporate debt securities, including notes, bonds, debentures, trust preferred securities, and commercial paper issued by corporations, trusts, limited partnerships, limited liability companies, and other types of non-governmental legal entities; (ii) U.S. government securities, including
The Exchange states that the Fund may invest in debt instruments (“Debt”) that may be deemed not to be “securities,” as defined in the Act, which will be comprised primarily of the following: (i) U.S. or foreign bank loans and participations in bank loans; (ii) U.S. or foreign loans by non-bank lenders and participations in such loans; (iii) U.S. or foreign loans on real estate secured by mortgages and participations (without guarantees by a GSE); and (iv) participations in U.S. or foreign loans and/or other extensions of credit, such as guarantees, made by governmental entities or financial institutions. Debt may be partially or fully secured by collateral supporting the payment of interest and principal, or unsecured and/or subordinated to other instruments. Debt may relate to financings for highly-leveraged borrowers. The Fund may acquire an interest in Debt by purchasing participations in and/or assignments of portions of loans from third parties or by investing in pools of loans, such as collateralized debt obligations.
With respect to fixed income securities and Debt, the Fund may invest in restricted instruments, such as Rule 144A and Regulation S securities, which are subject to resale restrictions that limit purchasers to qualified institutional buyers, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) or non-U.S. persons, within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act.
The Exchange states that, as a result of the Fund's use of derivatives and to serve as collateral, the Fund may also hold significant amounts of Treasury Securities, cash, and cash equivalents and, in the case of derivatives that are payable in a foreign currency, the foreign currency in which the derivatives are payable.
The Exchange states that the Fund may, without limitation, enter into repurchase arrangements and borrowing and reverse repurchase arrangements, purchase and sale contracts, buybacks and dollar rolls,
According to the Exchange, under Normal Market Conditions, the Fund will seek its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets in a portfolio of the Principal Investments. The Fund may invest its remaining assets exclusively in: (i) U.S. or foreign exchange-listed or OTC convertible fixed income securities; and (ii) OTC Derivatives and Exchange-Traded Derivatives that do not satisfy the Fund's primary uses for derivatives, which are to (A) provide exposure to such U.S. or foreign fixed income securities, Debt and other Principal Investments, (B) risk manage the Fund's holdings, and (C) enhance returns.
According to the Exchange, the Fund may invest up to 30% of its assets in Non-Convertible Preferred Securities, Equity-Related Warrants, and Work Out Securities. The Fund will not invest in equity securities other than Principal Investment Equities. Principal Investment Equities consist of (i) Non-Convertible Preferred Securities, Equity-Related Warrants, and Work Out Securities, which are limited to 30% of the Fund's assets in the aggregate, and (ii) shares of ETFs that provide exposure to fixed income securities, Debt, or other Principal Investments, which are subject to no limits.
The Exchange states that while the Fund will invest principally in fixed income securities and Debt that are, at the time of purchase, investment grade, the Fund may invest up to 30% of its net assets in below investment grade fixed income securities and Debt. For these purposes, “investment grade” is defined as investments with a rating at the time of purchase in one of the four highest rating categories of at least one nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”).
According to the Exchange, the Fund may invest in fixed income securities, equity securities, or Debt issued by both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers (including issuers in emerging markets). However, the Fund will not invest: (i) More than 30% of its total assets directly in fixed income securities, equity securities, or Debt of non-U.S. issuers; or (ii) more than 25% of its total assets directly in non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed income securities, equity securities, or Debt.
The Exchange states that the Fund may invest a substantial portion of its
According to the Exchange, the Fund may not concentrate its investments (
In addition, the Exchange states that the Fund may hold up to an aggregate amount of 15% of its net assets in illiquid assets (calculated at the time of investment), including Rule 144A securities deemed illiquid by the Manager or the Sub-Advisers.
According to the Exchange, the Fund's investments in derivatives will be consistent with the Fund's investment objective and will not be used for the purpose of seeking leveraged returns or performance that is the multiple or inverse multiple of a benchmark (although derivatives have embedded leverage). Although the Fund will be permitted to borrow as permitted under the 1940 Act, it will not be operated as a “leveraged ETF,” (
The Exchange states that under Normal Market Conditions, the Fund will satisfy the following requirements, on a continuous basis measured at the time of purchase: (i) Component securities that in the aggregate account for at least 75% of the fixed income weight of the Fund's portfolio each will have a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more; (ii) no fixed income security held in the portfolio (excluding Treasury Securities and GSE Securities)
The Exchange states that it submitted the proposed rule change because the Fund will not meet all of the “generic” listing requirements of Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1). The Exchange states that the Fund will meet all such requirements except those described below,
(i) The Fund will not comply with the requirements in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1) to use the aggregate gross notional value of derivatives when calculating the weight of such derivatives or the exposure that such derivatives provide to underlying reference assets, including the requirements in Rules 5735(b)(1)(D)(i) and (ii),
(ii) The Fund will not comply with the requirement in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1)(B)(v) that Private ABS/MBS in the Fund's portfolio account, in the aggregate, for no more than 20% of the weight of the fixed income portion of the Fund's portfolio. Instead, the Exchange proposed that the Fund will limit its holdings in Private ABS/MBS to no more than 30% of the weight of the fixed income portion of the Fund's portfolio. The Exchange states that, for purposes of this requirement, the weight of the Fund's exposure to Private ABS/MBS referenced indirectly through investments in derivatives held by the Fund will be calculated based on the mark-to-market value or exposure of such derivatives.
(iii) The Fund will not comply with the requirement in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1)(B)(iv) that component securities that in aggregate account for at least 90% of the fixed income weight of the portfolio must be either: (a) From issuers that are required to file reports pursuant to Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Act; (b) from issuers that have a worldwide market value of its outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more; (c) from issuers that have outstanding securities that are notes, bonds debentures, or evidence of indebtedness having a total remaining principal
(iv) The Fund will not comply with the requirements in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1)(A)
(v) The Fund will not comply with the requirement in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1)(E) that, on both an initial and continuing basis, no more than 20% of the assets in the Fund's portfolio may be invested in over-the-counter derivatives. Instead, the Exchange proposed that: (a) There be no limit on the Fund's investments in “Interest Rate Derivatives”
(vi) The Fund will not comply with the requirement in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1)(D)(i) that, in the aggregate, at least 90% of the weight of the Fund's holdings in futures, exchange-traded options, and listed swaps shall, on both an initial and continuing basis, consist of futures, options and swaps for which the Exchange may obtain information via the ISG, from other members or affiliates of the ISG, or for which the principal market is a market with which the Exchange has a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. Instead, the Exchange proposed that no more than 10% of the net assets of the Fund will be invested in Exchange-Traded Derivatives whose principal market is not a member of ISG or is a market with which the Exchange does not have a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. The Exchange states that, for purposes of this 10% limit, the weight of such Exchange-Traded Derivatives will be calculated based on the mark-to-market value or exposure of such Exchange-Traded Derivatives.
(vii) The Fund will not comply with the requirement in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1)(D)(ii) that the aggregate gross notional value of listed derivatives based on any five or fewer underlying reference assets shall not exceed 65% of the weight of the Fund's portfolio (including gross notional exposures), and the aggregate gross notional value of listed derivatives based on any single underlying reference asset shall not exceed 30% of the weight of the Fund's portfolio (including gross notional exposures). Instead, the Exchange proposed that (a) the Fund's investments in futures and options contracts (including options on futures) referencing Eurodollars and sovereign debt issued by the United States (
The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act,
The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data, and arguments with respect to the issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposal. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) or any other provision of the Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although there do not appear to be any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be facilitated by an oral presentation of views, data, and arguments, the Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b-4, any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposal should be approved or disapproved May 3, 2018. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's submission must file that rebuttal by May 17, 2018. The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency of the Exchange's statements in support of the proposal, which are set forth in the Notice,
In this regard, the Commission specifically seeks comment on the proposed cutoff time for redemption requests and creation orders. In the Notice, the Exchange states that all redemption requests and creation orders for creation units of the Fund must be received by the Distributor within one hour after the closing time of the regular trading session on the Exchange (ordinarily between 4:00 p.m., E.T. and 5:00 p.m., E.T.) in order to receive the net asset value (“NAV”) on the next business day immediately following the date the order was placed.
In addition, the Commission specifically seeks comment on whether the proposed portfolio composition, including the limitations thereon, is sufficient to support a determination that the proposal is consistent with the Act. For example, as discussed above, the Exchange notes that the Fund will not meet the requirement in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1)(B)(v) that Private ABS/MBS, in the aggregate, account for no more than 20% of the weight of the fixed income portion of the Fund's portfolio. Instead, the Exchange proposes to limit the Fund's investments in Private ABS/MBS to 30% of the weight of the fixed income portion of its portfolio. In addition, the Exchange states that the Fund's investments in Non-Convertible Preferred Securities, Work Out Securities, and Equity-Related Warrants, which may constitute up to 30% of the Fund's net assets, will not comply with the generic listing requirements for portfolio investments in equity securities set forth in Nasdaq Rule 5735(b)(1)(A). The Commission seeks commenters' views on these aspects of the proposal, and whether the Exchange's statements and representations support a determination that the listing and trading of the Shares would be consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 1101A, Terms of Option Contracts, Section (b)(vii)(4) in order to clarify trading hours of expiring Weekly Expirations and End of Month (“EOM”) options on the last trading day.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of the proposed rule change is to clarify trading hours of expiring Weekly Expirations and EOM options on the last trading day.
The Board of Directors has not established different hours of trading specifically for expiration days for Weekly Expirations and EOMs. In order to clarify that the trading hours set forth in Weekly Expirations and EOMs in Rule 1101A(b)(vii)(4) do not apply on expiration day pursuant to Rule 1101A(c), the Exchange proposes to add language to Rule 1101A(b)(vii)(4) stating that on the last trading day, transactions in expiring Weekly Expirations and EOMs may be effected on the Exchange between the hours of 9:30 a.m. (Eastern Time) and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). The language proposed to be added is based on a comparable rule of Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“CBOE”).
As CBOE explained in the proposed rule change adopting current CBOE Rule 24.9(e), Weekly Expirations and EOM options which are p.m.-settled are priced in the market based on corresponding futures values. On the last day of trading, the closing prices of the component stocks (which are used to derive the exercise settlement value) are known at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) (or soon after) when the equity markets close. Despite the fact that the exercise settlement value is fixed at or soon after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), if trading in expiring Weekly Expirations and EOMs were to continue for an additional fifteen minutes until 4:15 p.m. (Eastern Time) they would not be priced on corresponding futures values, but rather the known cash value. At the same time, the prices of non-expiring Weekly Expiration and EOM series would continue to move and be priced in response to changes in corresponding futures prices. Because of the potential pricing divergence that could occur between 4:00 and 4:15 p.m. on the final trading day in expiring Weekly Expirations and EOMs (
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. On the contrary, the Exchange believes that the proposed amendment will benefit investors, market participants, and the marketplace in general by eliminating a potential ambiguity in the Exchange's rules and setting forth clearly the last trading day trading hours for Weekly Expirations and EOM options in the section of the index options rules dealing specifically with those options.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the proposed rule change does not (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the State of Michigan dated 03/30/2018.
Issued on 03/30/2018.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW, Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
Arenac, Berrien, Ingham, Kalamazoo
Michigan Allegan, Barry, Bay, Branch, Calhoun, Cass, Clinton, Eaton, Gladwin, Iosco, Jackson, Livingston, Ogemaw, Saint Joseph, Shiawassee, Van Buren.
Indiana La Porte, St Joseph
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 15468 6 and for economic injury is 15469 0.
The States which received an EIDL Declaration # are Michigan, Indiana.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the State of California dated 04/03/2018.
Issued on 04/03/2018.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW, Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations. The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 15470 5 and for economic injury is 15471 0.
The State which received an EIDL Declaration # is California.
Surface Transportation Board.
Notice of Rail Energy Transportation Advisory Committee meeting.
Notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Rail Energy Transportation Advisory Committee (RETAC), pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA).
The meeting will be held on Thursday, April 26, 2018, at 9:00 a.m. E.D.T.
The meeting will be held in the Hearing Room on the first floor of the Board's headquarters at 395 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20423.
Michael Higgins (202) 245-0284;
RETAC was formed in 2007 to provide advice and guidance to the Board, and to serve as a forum for discussion of emerging issues related to the transportation of energy resources by rail, including coal, ethanol, and other biofuels.
The meeting, which is open to the public, will be conducted in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. app. 2; Federal Advisory Committee Management regulations, 41 CFR part 102-3; RETAC's charter; and Board procedures. Further communications about this meeting may be announced through the Board's website at
Written Comments: Members of the public may submit written comments to RETAC at any time. Comments should be addressed to RETAC, c/o Michael Higgins, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20423-0001 or
49 U.S.C. 1321, 49 U.S.C. 11101; 49 U.S.C. 11121.
By the Board, Scott M. Zimmerman, Acting Director, Office of Proceedings.
Office of the United States Trade Representative.
Notice.
This notice announces that the United States Trade Representative has determined not to list any countries as denying fair market opportunities for U.S. products, suppliers, or bidders in foreign government-funded airport construction projects.
Scott Pietan, International Procurement Negotiator,
Section 533 of the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, as amended by section 115 of the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987, Public Law 100-223 (
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before May 2, 2018.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-1065 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Jake Troutman, (202) 683-7788 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Federal Aviation Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before May 2, 2018.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2018-0148 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Clarence Garden (202) 267-7489, Office of Rulemaking, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Federal Aviation Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before May 2, 2018.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2018-0088 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Steven Barksdale (202) 267-7977, Office of Rulemaking, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Issued in Washington, DC.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Fifteenth RTCA SC-229 406 MHz ELT Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 98.
The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of a meeting of Fifteenth RTCA SC-229 406 MHz ELT Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 98.
The meeting will be held June 18-22, 2018, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at: RTCA Headquarters, 1150 18th Street NW, Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036.
Rebecca Morrison at
Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a meeting of the Fifteenth RTCA SC-229 406 MHz ELT Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 98. The agenda will include the following:
Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman, members of the public may present oral statements at the meeting. Persons wishing to present statements or obtain information should contact the person listed in the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Fifth RTCA SC-236 Wireless Airborne Intra Communications (WAIC) Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 96.
The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of a meeting of Fifth RTCA SC-236 Wireless Airborne Intra Communications (WAIC) Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 96.
The meeting will be held May 22 1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m. and May 23-25, 2018, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at: Airbus, Saint Martin du Touch, 26 Chemin de l'Espeissière, 31300 Toulouse.
Rebecca Morrison at
Pursuant to section 10(a) (2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a meeting of the Fifth RTCA SC-236 Wireless Airborne Intra Communications (WAIC) Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 96. The agenda will include the following:
Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman,
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Federal Aviation Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before May 2, 2018.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-1167 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Keira Jones, (202) 267-9677, Office of Rulemaking, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Thirty Third RTCA SC-217 Aeronautical Databases Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 44.
The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of a meeting of Thirty Third RTCA SC-217 Aeronautical Databases Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 44.
The meeting will be held June 18-21, 2018, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at: RTCA Headquarters, 1150 18th Street NW, Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036.
Rebecca Morrison at
Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a meeting of the Thirty Third RTCA SC-217 Aeronautical Databases Joint Plenary with EUROCAE Working Group 44. The agenda will include the following:
Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman,
Maritime Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation.
Notice of solicitation for membership.
Pursuant to authority delegated by the Secretary of Transportation (Secretary) to the Maritime Administrator (Administrator), the Maritime Administration (MARAD) requests nominations for membership on the U.S. Maritime Transportation System National Advisory Committee (Committee or MTSNAC).
Nominations for immediate consideration for appointment must be received on or before 5:00 p.m. ET on May 29, 2018. After that date, MARAD will continue to accept applications under this notice for a period of up to 2 years from the deadline to fill any vacancies that may arise. The Agency encourages nominations submitted any time before the deadline.
Interested candidates may submit a completed application by one of the following methods:
•
•
Jeffrey Flumignan, Designated Federal Officer, at
The MARAD seeks nominations for consideration to fill open positions on the Committee for the upcoming 2018-2020 charter term, and will continue to accept nominations under this notice on an on-going basis for 2 years for consideration to fill vacancies that may arise during the charter term. Member appointment terms run for two years concurrently with the Committee charter. Members will be selected in accordance with applicable Agency guidelines based upon their ability to advise the Administrator on marine transportation issues. Members will be selected with a view toward a varied perspective of the marine transportation industry, including (1) active mariners; (2) vessel operators; (3) ports and terminal operators; (4) shippers or beneficiary cargo owners; (5) shipbuilders; (6) relevant policy areas such as innovative financing, economic competitiveness, performance monitoring, safety, labor, and environment; (7) freight customers and providers; and (8) government bodies. Registered lobbyists are prohibited from serving on Federal Advisory Committees in their individual capacities. The prohibition does not apply if registered lobbyists are specifically appointed to represent the interests of a nongovernmental entity, a recognizable group of persons or nongovernmental entities (an industry sector, labor unions, environmental groups, etc.) or State or local governments. Registered lobbyists are lobbyists required to comply with provisions contained in the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 110-81).
Committee members will receive no salary for the participation in MTSNAC activities. While attending meetings or when otherwise engaged in Committee business, members may be reimbursed for travel and per diem expenses as permitted under applicable Federal travel regulations. Reimbursement is subject to funding availability.
Individuals can self-apply or be nominated by any individual or organization. To be considered for the MTSNAC, nominators should submit the following information:
(1) Contact Information for the nominee, consisting of:
(2) Statement of interest limited to 250 words on why the nominee wants to serve on the MTSNAC and the unique perspectives and experiences the nominee brings to the Committee;
(3) Resume limited to 3 pages describing professional and academic expertise, experience, and knowledge, including any relevant experience serving on advisory committees, past and present; and
(4) An affirmative statement that the nominee is not a federally registered lobbyist seeking to serve on the Committee in their individual capacity and the identity of the interests they intend to represent if appointed as member of the Committee; and
(5) Optional letters of support.
Please do not send company, trade association, organization brochures, or any other promotional information. Materials submitted should total five pages or less and must be in a 12 font, formatted in Microsoft Word or PDF. Should more information be needed, MARAD staff will contact the nominee, obtain information from the nominee's past affiliations, or obtain information from publicly available sources. If you are interested in applying to become a member of the Committee, send a completed application package by email to
A selection team comprised of representatives from MARAD will review the application packages. The selection team will make recommendations regarding membership to the Administrator based on the following criteria: (1) Professional or academic expertise, experience, and knowledge; (2) stakeholder representation; (3) availability and willingness to serve; and (4) relevant experience in working in committees and advisory panels. Nominations are open to all individuals
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice.
This document provides notice of the availability of Application Packages for the 2018 Tax Counseling for the Elderly (TCE) Program.
Application instructions are available electronically from the IRS on May 1, 2018 by visiting:
Internal Revenue Service, Grant Program Office, 5000 Ellin Road, NCFB C4-110, SE:W:CAR:SPEC:FO:GPO, Lanham, Maryland 20706.
Grant Program Office via their email address at
Authority for the Tax Counseling for the Elderly (TCE) Program is contained in Section 163 of the Revenue Act of 1978, Public Law 95-600, (92 Stat. 12810), November 6, 1978. Regulations were published in the
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice.
Publication of the reference price for the nonconventional source production credit for calendar year 2017.
Martha Garcia, CC:PSI:6, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, Telephone Number (202) 317-6853 (not a toll-free number).
The credit period for nonconventional source production credit ended on December 31, 2013 for facilities producing coke or coke gas (other than from petroleum based products). However, the reference price continues to apply in determining the amount of the enhanced oil recovery credit under section 43 of title 26 of the U.S.C., the marginal well production credit under section 45I of title 26 of the U.S.C., and the percentage depletion in case of oil and natural gas produced from marginal properties under section 613A of title 26 of the U.S.C.
The reference price under section 45K(d)(2)(C) of title 26 of the U.S.C. for calendar year 2017 applies for purposes of sections 43, 45I, and 613A for taxable year 2018.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice.
This document provides notice of the availability of the application package for the 2019 Community Volunteer Income Tax Assistance (VITA) Matching Grant Program.
Application instructions are available electronically from the IRS on May 1, 2018 by visiting:
Internal Revenue Service, Grant Program Office, 401 West Peachtree St. NW, Suite 1645, Stop 420-D, Atlanta, GA 30308.
Grant Program Office via their email address at
Authority for the Community Volunteer Income Tax Assistance (VITA) Matching Grant Program is contained in the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2018, Public Law 115-141.
Departmental Offices, U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Notice.
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection requests to the
Comments should be received on or before May 14, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of the information collection, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submissions may be obtained from Jennifer Quintana by emailing
These previously approved Revenue Procedures explain how the Service provides advice to taxpayers on issues under the jurisdiction of the Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate), the Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions and Products), the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting), the Associate Chief Counsel (International), the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration), and the Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities). It explains the forms of advice and the manner in which advice is requested by taxpayers and provided by the Service. This information is required to evaluate and process the request for a letter ruling or determination letter.
44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Proposed rule.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), propose to list the island marble butterfly (
We will accept comments received or postmarked on or before June 11, 2018. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
You may submit comments by one of the following methods:
(1)
(2)
We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on
Eric V. Rickerson, State Supervisor, Washington Fish and Wildlife Office, 510 Desmond Drive, Suite 102, Lacey, WA 98503; telephone 360-753-9440; or facsimile 360-534-9331. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), please call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
• Habitat loss and degradation from plant succession and invasion by plants that displace larval host plants; browsing by black-tailed deer, European rabbits, and brown garden snails; and storm surges;
• Predation by native spiders and nonnative wasps, and incidental predation by black-tailed deer; and
• Vulnerabilities associated with small population size and environmental and demographic stochasticity, and other chance events that increase mortality or reduce reproductive success.
• Existing regulatory mechanisms and conservation efforts do not address the threats to the island marble butterfly to the extent that listing is not warranted.
Under the Endangered Species Act, any species that is determined to be an endangered or threatened species shall, to the maximum extent prudent and determinable, have habitat designated that is considered to be critical habitat. Section 4(b)(2) of the Endangered Species Act states that the Secretary shall designate and make revisions to critical habitat on the basis of the best available scientific data after taking into consideration the economic impact, the impact on national security, and any other relevant impact of specifying any particular area as critical habitat. The Secretary may exclude an area from critical habitat if he determines that the benefits of such exclusion outweigh the benefits of specifying such area as part of the critical habitat, unless he determines, based on the best scientific data available, that the failure to designate such area as critical habitat will result in the extinction of the species.
We intend that any final action resulting from this proposed rule will be based on the best scientific and commercial data available and be as accurate and as effective as possible. Therefore, we request comments or information from other concerned governmental agencies, Native American tribes, the scientific community, industry, or any other interested parties concerning this proposed rule. We particularly seek comments concerning:
(1) The species' biology, range, and population trends, including:
(a) Biological or ecological requirements of the species, including habitat requirements for feeding, breeding, and sheltering;
(b) Genetics and taxonomy;
(c) Historical and current range, including distribution patterns;
(d) Historical and current population levels, and current and projected trends; and
(e) Past and ongoing conservation measures for the species, its habitat, or both.
(2) Factors that may affect the continued existence of the species, which may include habitat modification or destruction, overutilization, disease, predation, the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms, or other natural or manmade factors.
(3) Biological, commercial trade, or other relevant data concerning any threats (or lack thereof) to this species and existing regulations that may be addressing those threats.
(4) Additional information concerning the historical and current status, range, distribution, and population size of this species, including the locations of any additional populations of this species.
(5) The reasons why we should or should not designate habitat as “critical habitat” under section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
(6) Specific information on:
(a) The amount and distribution of the island marble butterfly habitat,
(b) What areas, that were occupied at the time of listing and that contain the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species, should be included in the designation and why,
(c) Special management considerations or protection that may be needed in critical habitat areas we are proposing, including managing for the potential effects of climate change, and
(d) What areas not occupied at the time of listing are essential for the conservation of the species and why.
(7) Land use designations and current or planned activities in the subject areas and their possible impacts on proposed critical habitat.
(8) Information on the projected and reasonably likely impacts of climate change on the island marble butterfly and proposed critical habitat.
(9) Any probable economic, national security, or other relevant impacts of designating any area that may be included in the final designation, and the benefits of including or excluding areas that may be impacted.
(10) Information on the extent to which the description of potential economic impacts in the draft economic analysis is a reasonable estimate of the likely economic impacts.
(11) Whether any specific areas we are proposing for critical habitat designation should be considered for exclusion under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, and whether the benefits of potentially excluding any specific area outweigh the benefits of including that area under section 4(b)(2) of the Act.
(12) The likelihood of adverse social reactions to the designation of critical habitat, as discussed in the associated documents of the draft economic analysis, and how the consequences of such reactions, if likely to occur, would relate to the conservation and regulatory benefits of the proposed critical habitat designation.
(13) Whether we could improve or modify our approach to designating critical habitat in any way to provide for greater public participation and understanding, or to better accommodate public concerns and comments.
Please include sufficient information with your submission (such as scientific journal articles or other publications) to allow us to verify any scientific or commercial information you include.
Please note that submissions merely stating support for or opposition to the action under consideration without providing supporting information, although noted, will not be considered in making a determination, as section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act directs that determinations as to whether any species is an endangered or threatened species must be made “solely on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available.”
You may submit your comments and materials concerning this proposed rule by one of the methods listed in
If you submit information via
Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we used in preparing this proposed rule, will be available for public inspection on
Section 4(b)(5) of the Act provides for one or more public hearings on this proposal, if requested. Requests must be received by the date listed above in
In accordance with our joint policy on peer review published in the
In 2006, we published a 90-day finding (71 FR 7497, February 13, 2006),
On August 24, 2012, we received a second petition from Xerces dated August 22, 2012, requesting that we emergency list the island marble butterfly as an endangered species and that we designate critical habitat concurrently with the listing. The petition clearly identified itself as such and included the requisite identification information from the petitioner, required (at that time) at 50 CFR 424.14(a). Included in the petition was supporting information regarding the subspecies' taxonomy, ecology, historical and current distribution, current status, and what the petitioner identified as actual and potential causes of decline.
On March 6, 2013, we received a notice of intent to sue from Xerces for failure to complete the finding on the petition within 90 days. On January 28, 2014, we entered into a settlement agreement with Xerces stipulating that we would complete the 90-day finding before September 30, 2014. The Service published a 90-day finding in the
We received a notice of intent to sue from Xerces dated September 5, 2014, stating Xerces' intent to file suit to compel the Service to issue a finding pursuant to 16 U.S.C. 1533(b)(3)(B) (a “12-month finding”) as to whether the listing of the island marble butterfly is warranted, not warranted, or warranted but precluded. We entered into a settlement agreement with Xerces on April 6, 2015, stipulating that we would submit a 12-month finding to the
The island marble butterfly (
Island marble butterflies are approximately 1.75 inches (in) (4.5 centimeters (cm)) long (Pyle 2002, p. 142) and are differentiated from other subspecies of the large marble butterfly by their larger size and the expanded marbling pattern of yellow and green on the underside of the hindwings and forewings (Guppy and Shepard 2001, p. 159). Immature stages of the island marble butterfly have distinctly different coloration and markings from
The island marble butterfly was historically known from just two areas along the southeast coast of Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada, based on 14 museum records: the Greater Victoria area at the southern end of Vancouver Island; and near Nanaimo and on adjacent Gabriola Island, approximately 56 miles (mi) (90 kilometers (km)) north of Victoria. The last known specimen of the island marble butterfly from Canada was collected in 1908 on Gabriola Island, and the species is now considered extirpated from the province (COSEWIC 2010, p. 6). Reasons for its disappearance from Canada are unknown. Hypotheses include increased parasitoid loads (the number of individual deadly parasites within an individual caterpillar) associated with the introduction of the cabbage white butterfly (Shepard and Guppy 2001, p. 38) or heavy grazing of natural meadows by cattle and sheep, which severely depressed its presumed larval food plant (SARA 2015).
After 90 years without a documented occurrence, the island marble butterfly was rediscovered in 1998 on San Juan Island, San Juan County, Washington, at least 9 mi (15 km) east of Victoria across the Haro Strait. Subsequent surveys in suitable habitat across Southeast Vancouver Island and the Gulf Islands in Canada (see COSEWIC 2010, p. 5), as well as the San Juan Islands and six adjacent counties in the United States (Whatcom, Skagit, Snohomish, Jefferson, Clallam, and Island Counties), revealed only two other occupied areas. One of these occupied areas was centered on San Juan Island and the other on Lopez Island, which is separated from San Juan Island by just over 0.5 mi (1 km) at its closest point. These occupied areas were eventually determined to comprise five populations, as described in detail in our 2006 12-month finding (71 FR 66292, November 14, 2006). Since 2006, the number and distribution of populations has declined. Four of the five populations that once spanned San Juan and Lopez Islands have not been detected in recent years, and the species is now observed only in a single area centered on American Camp, a part of San Juan Island National Historical Park that is managed by the National Park Service (NPS). The island marble butterfly likely also uses the lands adjoining or near American Camp, as there have been at least two observations of island marble butterflies flying along the boundaries of these
No current records exist of any life-history stage of the island marble butterfly except at or near American Camp at San Juan Island National Historical Park. Therefore, we consider only American Camp and the immediately adjacent areas to be occupied at the time of this proposed listing. However, because of the island marble butterfly's cryptic nature and its dispersal ability, its distribution is somewhat uncertain, and we seek any new information regarding the island marble butterfly's distribution (see Information Requested, above).
Extensive surveys have been conducted in British Columbia, Canada, since 2001, with an estimated 500 survey hours conducted by professional surveyors and 2,000 survey hours by volunteer butterfly enthusiasts (COSEWIC 2010, p. v). During these surveys, neither the island marble butterfly nor suitable habitat was detected (COSEWIC 2010, p. vi). The species has been considered extirpated in British Columbia since 1910, and was formally designated extirpated in 1999 by the Canadian Government (COSEWIC 2000, p. iii).
In the United States, surveys for the island marble butterfly have also been extensive. In 2005 and 2006, we partnered with NPS, Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW), Washington Department of Natural Resources (WDNR), the University of Washington, and the Xerces Society to survey for the presence of the island marble butterfly during the adult flight period (when eggs are laid and larvae are active; early April-late June). Qualified surveyors conducted approximately 335 individual surveys at more than 160 sites in potentially suitable habitat across 6 counties (Clallam, Jefferson, Island, San Juan, Skagit, and Whatcom) and on 16 islands (Miskelly and Potter 2005, pp. 5, 7-16; Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, pp. 4, 10-19). Outside of American Camp, sites were defined primarily by ownership, although some exceptionally large sites were subdivided and received unique site names. All surveys followed a set of standardized protocols to ensure they were conducted when butterflies had the highest likelihood of being detected (see Miskelly and Potter 2005, p. 4). Island marble butterflies were considered present at sites where eggs, larvae, or adults of the species were detected. These surveys documented five populations distributed across San Juan and Lopez Islands, including the single population persisting today centered on American Camp (Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, pp. 4-5).
Annual surveys conducted outside of American Camp from 2007-2012 focused on areas with suitable habitat on San Juan and Lopez Islands. These surveys generally included previously occupied sites, when accessible, in order to document whether or not island marble butterflies persisted at the sites where they were detected in 2005 and 2006. After years of observing a rangewide decline in available island marble butterfly habitat and dwindling island marble butterfly detections, WDFW determined that there was not enough suitable habitat remaining outside of American Camp to warrant continued widespread survey efforts on San Juan and Lopez Islands. Therefore, surveys in 2013 and 2014 focused solely on assisting with monitoring at American Camp and surveying lands directly adjacent to the park (Potter 2015a
In 2015, in addition to annual population monitoring at American Camp, the Service funded an extensive survey of sites on San Juan Island outside of American Camp. Areas surveyed included those sites where island marble butterflies had previously been detected, as well as areas with suitable habitat with no prior detections. Researchers conducted 134 individual surveys at a total of 48 sites, including 24 sites where the island marble butterfly had been previously documented. The survey yielded no detections of the island marble butterfly outside of American Camp.
Multiple years of extensive surveys conducted across formerly occupied sites have failed to detect the species. However, it is possible that the island marble butterfly continues to exist at a handful of small isolated sites where surveyors were not granted access or were unable to survey during suitable conditions (Miskelly and Potter 2005, entire; Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, entire; Miskelly and Potter 2009, entire; Hanson
In our 2006 12-month finding, we estimated the abundance of island marble butterflies to be “probably less than 500 butterflies, and possibly as low as 300 individuals” (71 FR 66292, November 14, 2006, p. 66295). These numbers were based on limited data, and their accuracy is uncertain. Since 2006, there have been several efforts to either directly estimate population size or evaluate changes in relative abundance through time (described below). In addition, captive-rearing and release of butterflies was initiated in 2013, and since that time, 301 captive-raised butterflies have been released at American Camp to supplement the population (see the discussions of conservation efforts under Factors A and C, below, for more details).
The largest number of concurrently occupied sites reported was 25 in 2007, 10 of which were outside of American Camp (Miskelly and Potter 2009, pp. 7-8, 10-11; Potter
The reasons for the precipitous decline in the number of occupied sites since 2005 are not known with certainty, but the near-complete loss of habitat outside of American Camp in some years is likely a principal cause. Habitat loss has been caused by road maintenance, mowing, cultivation of land, intentional removal of host plants, improperly timed restoration activities, development, landscaping, deer browse, and livestock grazing (Miskelly and Potter 2006, p. 6; Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, p. 6; Miskelly and Potter 2009, p. 9; Hanson
In summary, monitoring efforts have varied since 2008, but reports from NPS indicate an ongoing decrease in the relative abundance of the island marble butterfly at American Camp, suggesting that total numbers continue to decline (Vernon and Weaver 2012, pp. 5-6; Weaver and Vernon 2014, p. 6). While reliable and precise rangewide population estimates have not been produced for this species, the available evidence suggests that the species has a very small population that has declined substantially since monitoring began in 2004.
The island marble butterfly has three known host plants, all in the mustard family (Brassicaceae). One is native,
All three larval host plants occur in open grass- and forb-dominated vegetation systems, but each species is most robust in one of three specific habitat types: Menzies' pepperweed at the edge of low-lying coastal lagoon habitat; field mustard in upland prairie habitat, disturbed fields, and disturbed soils, including soil piles from construction; and tumble mustard in sand dune habitat (Miskelly 2004, p. 33; Lambert 2011, pp. 24, 121-123). While each larval host plant can occur in the other habitat types, female island marble butterflies select specific host plants in each of the three habitat types referenced above, likely because certain host plants are more robust in each habitat type during the flight season (Miskelly 2004, p. 33; Lambert 2011, pp. 24, 41, 50, 54-57, 121-123).
Adults primarily nectar (forage) on their larval host plants (Potter 2015e, pers. comm.), but use a variety of other nectar plants including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The island marble butterfly life cycle comprises four distinct developmental phases: Egg, larva, chrysalis, and butterfly. Development from egg to chrysalis takes approximately 38 days and includes five instars (phases of
First instar larvae are able to feed only on tender portions of the host plant, such as developing flower buds and new growth, and initially move no more than a few centimeters from where they hatch before they must feed; thus, larvae that hatch from eggs located more than a few centimeters from a host plant's flower heads often starve before reaching a suitable food source (Lambert 2011, pp. 12-13). The limited locomotion of newly hatched larvae and their reliance on tender flower buds as a food resource leads to a concentration of early-instar larvae near the tips of their larval host plants (Lambert 2011, p. 13). Larvae become more mobile in later instars, and their better developed mouthparts allow them to consume older, tougher plant material. Eventually, they may move to stems of other nearby host plants to forage (Lambert 2011, pp. 15-17).
The fifth (last) instar larvae “wander” through standing vegetation, never touching the ground, as they search for a suitable site to pupate (form a chrysalis) (Lambert 2011, p. 20). The greatest distance a fifth instar larva has been observed to move from its final larval host plant was 4 meters, but few observations exist (Lambert 2011, p. 19). Fifth instar larvae select slender dry stems in the lower canopy of moderately dense vegetation as sites for pupation and entering diapause, a state of suspended development (Lambert 2011, p. 21).
Island marble butterflies spend the largest portion of their annual life cycle in diapause as chrysalids. They enter diapause in midsummer and emerge as butterflies in the spring of the following year. One island marble chrysalis remained in diapause for 334 days (11 months) (Lambert 2011, p. 22). Extremely low survivorship at early life-history stages has been found in recent years (
Adult island marble butterflies emerge from early April to mid-June and live an estimated 6 to 9 days (Lambert 2011, pp. 50, 180). Males emerge 4 to 7 days before females and patrol hillsides in search of mates (Lambert 2011, p. 47). Male island marble butterflies are attracted to white (ultraviolet-reflecting) objects that may resemble females and have been observed to investigate white flowers (
Island marble butterflies exhibit strong site fidelity and low dispersal capacity and, when considered on the whole, exist as a group of spatially separated populations that interact when individual members move from one occupied location to another (Miskelly and Potter 2009, p. 14; Lambert 2011, p. 147). For the island marble butterfly, a population is defined as a group of occupied sites close enough for routine genetic exchange between individuals. Thus, occupied areas separated by distances greater than 3 mi (4.8 km) with no intervening suitable habitat and a low likelihood of genetic exchange are considered to be separate populations (Miskelly and Potter 2009, p. 12). Five potential populations of island marble butterflies were identified and described in detail in the 2006 12-month finding (71 FR 66292, November 14, 2006, p. 66294): American Camp and vicinity, San Juan Valley, Northwest San Juan Island, Central Lopez Island, and West Central Lopez Island. As described previously, only the population at American Camp has been detected since 2012.
Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533) and its implementing regulations in title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations (50 CFR part 424) set forth the procedures for determining whether a species is an endangered species or threatened species. The Act defines an endangered species as “in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range,” and a threatened species as “likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range.” Section 4(a)(1) requires the Secretary to determine whether a species is an endangered species or threatened species because of any of the following five factors: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence.
To inform the determination, we complete a status assessment in relation to the five factors using the best available scientific and commercial data. The status assessment provides a thorough description and analysis of the stressors, regulatory mechanisms, and conservation efforts affecting individuals, populations, and the species. We use the terms “stressor” and “threat” interchangeably, along with other similar terms, to describe anything that may have a negative effect on the island marble butterfly. In considering what factors might constitute threats, we must look beyond the mere exposure of the species to the factor to determine whether the species responds to the factor in a way that causes actual impacts to the species. If there is exposure to a factor, but no response, or only a positive response, that factor is not a threat. The mere identification of threats that could affect the island marble butterfly is not sufficient to compel a finding that listing is appropriate. Rather, we evaluate the effects of the threats in light of the exposure, timing, and scale of the threats, both individually and cumulatively, and any existing regulatory mechanisms or conservation efforts that may ameliorate or exacerbate the threats in order to determine if the species meets the definition of an endangered species or threatened species.
Since we first analyzed stressors to the island marble butterfly's habitat on San Juan and Lopez Islands in 2006, the species' distribution has contracted, and it is now known only from American Camp and the immediate vicinity on
Residential development occurs on both San Juan and Lopez Islands, primarily on private lands. Habitat loss from development affects the island marble butterfly by reducing the availability of secure habitat that will persist long enough for the island marble butterfly to complete its life cycle. Development may also affect the known occupied range of the island marble butterfly by constraining the amount of stepping-stone habitat (patches of habitat too small to maintain an established population, but large enough to allow for connectivity between larger suitable patches) for dispersal. In addition, mowing or removal of host plants (
Within American Camp, which is protected by NPS regulations (see Factor D discussion, below), development is not a threat to the island marble butterfly. However, residential development was a threat to island marble butterfly habitat in the Cattle Point Estate and Eagle Cove developments adjacent to American Camp. These areas accounted for 199 ac (81 ha) of island marble butterfly habitat, or 18 percent of occupied habitat in 2006, which are now unoccupied due to habitat loss (Potter 2015a,
In 2006, we noted that development was occurring less rapidly in the areas to the north and west of American Camp and on Lopez Island where lands comprised small, rural farms with pastures and low-density residential properties. We concluded that these areas, containing about 361 ac (146 ha), or 32 percent of the occupied habitat as of 2006, would be managed in a way that was compatible with island marble butterfly habitat. Since that time, the amount of farmland in San Juan County has decreased, with the greatest loss of farmland in San Juan County attributed to the subdivision of larger farms into smaller parcels, which have then been developed (San Juan County Agricultural Resources Committee 2011, p. 23). While there are no estimates of the amount of potential habitat for the island marble butterfly lost specifically to development, habitat loss outside of American Camp from a variety of sources has been substantial (Miskelly and Potter 2005, p. 6; Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, p. 6; Miskelly and Potter 2009, p. 9; Hanson
In our 2006 12-month finding (71 FR 66292, November 14, 2006), we evaluated the impact of a planned road relocation project (Cattle Point Road relocation project) through American Camp. Cattle Point Road is the only point of access for residents at the southeast tip of San Juan Island and traverses the slope of Mount Finlayson, effectively bisecting occupied island marble butterfly habitat at the park. We estimated that the relocation would cause temporary loss of as much as 13 ac (5 ha) of island marble butterfly habitat due to clearing and removal of larval host plants, although there was no known breeding habitat along the highway at that time. We concluded that the road realignment was likely to proceed with little mortality to the island marble butterfly.
Since 2006, we have worked closely with NPS and the Federal Highway Administration (FHA) to ensure that project impacts were avoided or minimized. Once the project began, in 2015, the Service, NPS, and WDFW actively surveyed the road alignment to remove host plants before they could attract oviposition by female island marble butterflies and to rescue island marble butterfly eggs and larva from any larval host plants that might have been overlooked. Island marble butterfly larval habitat in natural landscapes, such as that found at American Camp, is patchy at best, making it difficult to estimate the acreage of larval host plants. While the area affected by road construction was estimated to be 13 ac (5 ha), larval host plants did not occur in dense patches across the construction site. As a result of these efforts, far less suitable habitat for island marble butterflies was temporarily lost than we anticipated in 2006, and impacts to the island marble butterfly population were significantly reduced and potentially completely avoided.
Habitat restoration will continue for several years; once it is completed, we anticipate that the project will be a net benefit to the quantity and quality of island marble butterfly habitat in the project area due to early coordination with the FHA and the proactive conservation measures they implemented throughout the process. These conservation measures included the proactive removal of all larval host plants from the footprint of the project described above (so that butterflies do not lay eggs on plants bound to be destroyed) and the reseeding of larval and nectar host plant species in the disturbed areas as their revegetation strategy. These measures will both increase the quantity and improve the quality of the habitat surrounding the finished project. In conclusion, road construction is not currently a threat to the island marble butterfly.
Road maintenance that destroys or negatively affects island marble butterfly larval host plants has been a concern since 2005, when it was documented as destroying occupied larval habitat both on San Juan and Lopez Islands (Miskelly and Potter 2005, p. 6). For example, in 2005, at Fisherman's Bay tombolo (a narrow beach landform that connects the mainland to an island) on Lopez Island, road maintenance crews deposited a quantity of sand on occupied larval host plants in an effort to reduce the fire
Roadside maintenance has resulted in the destruction of suitable habitat on Lopez Island and outside of American Camp on San Juan Island (Miskelly and Potter 2005, p. 6). Despite changes in roadside maintenance practices to address habitat loss, these protections were not implemented uniformly throughout San Juan County, nor were they implemented with the immediacy necessary to allow for widespread persistence of island marble habitat along roadsides (Potter 2016, pers. comm.). However, because roadside maintenance at American Camp will be conducted in close coordination with the Service, we conclude that whereas habitat loss associated with road maintenance activities could be one of several factors impeding successful recolonization of previously occupied habitats, it likely will have only minor impacts on the island marble butterfly, given its current distribution. We do not expect these impacts to change within American Camp in the future.
The island marble butterfly is present year round and largely stationary while in its early developmental phases, becoming most visible when it becomes a winged adult. The cryptic egg, larval, and chrysalis forms make island marble butterflies vulnerable to land management and restoration practices when those practices overlap occupied areas. For example, in 2005, NPS conducted a prescribed fire intended to restore native prairie, and this fire burned through the occupied habitat during the butterfly's developmental stage and likely killed all eggs and larvae within the affected area. Similarly, the use of herbicides for the purpose of vegetation restoration in occupied island marble butterfly habitat has been documented (Potter
Since 2010, the Service, NPS, WDFW, and other partners have cooperated closely to achieve vegetation management and restoration goals while also conserving the island marble butterfly and its habitat, including nonnative larval host plants. As a result, vegetation management has not resulted in significant harm to island marble butterflies since 2010. The island marble butterfly is vulnerable to vegetation management or restoration practices that are improperly timed or poorly sited. However, this vulnerability does not, by itself, result in impacts to the species. Currently, vegetation management does not have a significant impact on the species because the ongoing collaboration between cooperating partners has adequately minimized the impacts of vegetation management actions at American Camp.
Agricultural activities that include tilling of the soil have been identified as a stressor for the island marble butterfly (Potter
Practices on San Juan and Lopez Islands that require tilling the soil, such as grain farming, can promote growth of the host plant field mustard during the island marble flight period if tilling takes place during fall and winter months (
Similarly, grazing can produce an ecological trap if females lay eggs in suitable habitat that is then consumed by livestock (see “Livestock Herbivory,” below). However, since the 1980s, farming on San Juan Island has trended toward small market gardens, and large, livestock-based farms have been reduced (San Juan County Agricultural Resources Committee 2011, p. 16). Livestock grazing does not currently overlap any areas known to be occupied by the island marble butterfly; thus, it is not currently a threat to the species, although it could become a threat in the future if the island marble butterfly were to become reestablished in areas where grazing takes place. The best available scientific and commercial information does not indicate that agricultural practices currently affect the island marble butterfly because the known population occurs on NPS lands that are not managed for agricultural use.
All of the known larval host plants for the island marble butterfly are annual mustard species that are dependent on open, early-successional conditions for germination (Lambert 2011, p. 149). Disturbance or active management maintains these conditions; otherwise, plant succession and invasion by weedy native and nonnative plants greatly inhibit germination and growth of larval host plants. These processes of vegetation change thus degrade and reduce the availability of habitat required by the island marble butterfly to complete its life cycle.
Succession of open, low-statured vegetation to woody plants is a natural process in the absence of anthropogenic burning or other forms of disturbance. The cessation of Native American burning in the mid-1800s resulted in the loss of prairie habitat in western Washington, including the San Juan archipelago, due to tree and shrub encroachment (Hamman
Early estimates of the size of the prairie at American Camp suggest it may have been as large as 1,500 acres (ac) (607 hectares (ha)) when the first Europeans arrived (Douglas 1853, entire). Today, the prairie is estimated to be 695 ac (281 ha) due, in part, to succession and encroachment of Douglas-fir trees (
Two of the three known larval hosts for the island marble butterfly are introduced species that self-propagate into open, disturbed areas: Field mustard and tumble mustard. In the absence of active restoration or disturbance, other weedy plant species, as well as woody plants and trees, are likely to colonize the site, eventually outcompeting the early-successional host plants. At American Camp, where remnant prairie habitat persists, weedy species such as
Competition with nonnative species also affects host plants in sand dune habitat. The sand dunes represent a unique habitat type for the island marble butterfly that includes open, shifting sands easily colonized by the larval host plant, tumble mustard (Lambert 2011, p. 42). While Menzies' pepperweed and field mustard also occasionally occur in dune habitat, tumble mustard is the host plant that occurs there most commonly, is most robust in this habitat type, and can create continuous stands of larval host plants under optimal conditions (Lambert 2011, pp. 42, 65). When nonnative species such as Canada thistle, hairy cat's ear, and
Conditions for larval host plants continue to be degraded through plant succession and invasion throughout the range of the island marble butterfly. Loss of habitat conditions favorable for larval host plants, and thus habitat loss for the island marble butterfly, occurs in at least two of three habitat types at American Camp, the only area where the island marble butterfly is currently known to persist (Weaver and Vernon 2014, pp. 5, 9). Loss of potentially suitable but not currently occupied habitat resulting from succession also occurs in any areas outside of American Camp where these processes take place. Due to the extremely limited numbers and range of the island marble butterfly, any further loss of habitat may lead to further decline of the species and preclude its establishment in new areas.
The destructive effects of deer browse on larval habitat are common where surveys have taken place throughout the known range of the island marble butterfly (Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, p. 6; Miskelly and Potter 2009, pp. 11, 15; Hanson
Habitat loss attributable to herbivory by deer is ongoing and extensive throughout the current and former range of the island marble butterfly, and may be increasing, with substantial impacts to the species (Lambert 2011, pp. 85-104; Lambert 2014a, p. 3; Lambert 2015d, pp. 14-18). The effect of habitat loss due to deer herbivory is compounded by the effect of inadvertent predation when the larval host plants are occupied by eggs or larvae (see “Incidental Predation” under the Factor C discussion, below).
Population monitoring of European rabbits has been conducted at American Camp from 1985 to 2015, documenting an estimated population high of approximately 1,750 rabbits in 2006, and a low of fewer than 100 in 2012. From 2009 through 2012, the population was estimated to be 100 animals or fewer, and the condition of vegetation in the affected area had “changed dramatically” with the reduction in rabbit grazing pressure (West 2013, pp. 2, 4). The most recent population estimate, in 2015, was approximately 500 animals, indicating that the rabbit population at American Camp is currently on the rise (West 2015,
In 2015, the brown garden snail was observed in San Juan Valley, a site formerly occupied by the island marble butterfly, and in 2016, the brown garden snail was documented in the South Beach area at American Camp by a Service biologist (Vernon 2015c
The nearshore lagoon habitat for island marble butterfly is close to sea level. Three intermittently occupied sites are in lagoons along the northeastern edge of American Camp, where they are partially protected from tidal surges that arrive from the west. One of these lagoons had the highest relative encounter rate of all monitored transects at American Camp in 2015, and raw counts at this site represented roughly 50 percent of the adult island marble butterflies recorded during annual monitoring for that year. Storm surges, attributable to the combined forces of high tides and high-wind storm events, inundate these low-lying lagoon areas intermittently, as evidenced by the deposition of driftwood logs along the shoreline. These events have occurred with some regularity through time, but the most recent episodes of inundation have been particularly destructive of nearshore island marble butterfly habitat. A storm surge event in the winter of 2006 resulted in the deposition of gravel substrate and driftwood over an island marble butterfly research plot where the one native larval host plant, Menzies' pepperweed, had been established, reducing the number of plants by more than 50 percent (Lambert 2011, pp. 145-146). This same storm surge likely destroyed any butterflies that were overwintering in nearshore habitat as chrysalids and had a local population-level impact; low numbers of individual island marble butterflies, eggs, and larvae were detected at the site for several years following the event (Lambert 2011, p. 99; Lambert 2015f,
The frequency of storm surges large enough to inundate the lagoons and destroy island marble butterfly habitat has previously been relatively low, but since 2006, at least one storm surge event (in 2009) was strong enough to inundate the low-lying habitat (Whitman and MacLennan 2015,
The Menzies' pepperweed (the native host plant) occurs almost exclusively in the low-lying nearshore habitat, and female island marble butterflies have been observed to deposit eggs on only a single species of larval host plant at any one site. (Despite close observations of ovipositing females, researchers have not observed females depositing eggs on more than one type of larval host plant at any one site.) Therefore, if this habitat type is lost, an unknown proportion of diversity—in habitat use or adaptive potential—in the island marble butterfly could be lost as well. Furthermore, low-lying habitat comprises an estimated 15-20 percent of habitat for the species at American Camp, a considerable proportion of the restricted range of the species. Due to the small size of the remaining known population of the island marble butterfly and the importance of this low-lying habitat demonstrated by high encounter rates during surveys, loss or degradation of this habitat will likely lead to a further decline of the species.
San Juan Island National Historical Park has been implementing conservation measures for the island marble butterfly since shortly after its rediscovery in 1998. From 2003 through 2006, the NPS created experimental prairie disturbances and vegetation plots to better understand how to manage the prairie and create island marble butterfly habitat. This work resulted in recommendations for the best method of reducing the cover of invasive grasses by using prescribed fire followed by herbicide treatment (Lambert 2006, p. 110). However, the work was not reproduced at larger scales, nor was it continued in ways sufficient to maintain adequate habitat on the landscape over time.
In 2006, we finalized a conservation agreement with NPS for the island marble butterfly that contained several conservation actions that would be applied to manage habitat for the species into the future. The agreement, which expired in September of 2016, committed NPS to: (1) Restore native grassland ecosystem components of the landscape at American Camp through active management, including the use of prescribed fire, and create a mosaic of early-successional conditions by restoring up to 10 acres per year; and (2) avoid impacts to island marble butterflies, eggs, larvae, and host plants during the implementation of all NPS management actions by working in habitat that was not occupied by island marble butterflies. All vegetation treatment would be conducted in the fall after the island marble butterfly has entered diapause. NPS is working with the Service to extend the conservation agreement. We expect the history of collaborative conservation of the island marble butterfly by NPS and the Service to continue for the foreseeable future.
From 2007 through 2011, NPS managed encroaching plant species using multiple methods to open up areas where larval host plants could naturally germinate from the seed bank (NPS 2013, pp. 7-11). NPS also planted more than 100,000 native grass plugs in mechanically treated areas (NPS 2013, p. 7), which improved the native composition of the prairie grassland features but did not result in increased cover of the larval host plants needed to support the island marble butterfly. The Service continued to work collaboratively with NPS to develop annual work plans each year from 2013 through 2016; these work plans are addenda to the 2006 conservation agreement for the island marble butterfly. The goals and actions identified in the work plans have changed, sometimes annually, in response to new information, adaptive management needs, available funding, and other concerns. The 2013-2016 work plans identified and enacted several conservation actions to address threats related to the destruction, modification, and curtailment of island marble butterfly habitat at American Camp. Prescribed fire, deer fencing of essential habitat, management of invasive species, and experimental habitat restoration were all implemented per annual work plans during this period.
These work plans initially included the use of prescribed fire in small blocks (up to one acre) to disturb grassland habitat in an effort to encourage larval host plant patches to establish from the seed bank. These prescribed fire events resulted in very low germination of the larval host plants, leading NPS to conclude that few larval host plant seeds persist in the seed bank. In response, later annual work plans recommended seeding the larval host plant species after a prescribed burn. The 2016 annual work plan also included recommendations for the development of novel methods for creating island marble butterfly habitat. Despite the temporary lapse of the conservation agreement with NPS, the Service and NPS continue to work together to conserve the island marble butterfly and a work plan for 2017 is currently under development.
In 2013, the Service funded the installation of deer exclusion fencing at American Camp in an effort to reduce deer herbivory on larval host plants (and the incidental consumption of eggs and larvae; see discussion in Factor E) and to increase suitable oviposition sites. Deer fencing was included in each year's annual work plan since 2013 and continues to be employed as an exclusion technique. Approximately 23 acres have been fenced since deer exclusion efforts began in 2013 (Shrum 2015a,
The various forms of deer exclusion fencing that have been used have resulted in mixed success in preventing deer from consuming larval host plants. For example, in 2015, electrified fencing alone proved ineffective at excluding deer at three of five research sites at American Camp (Lambert 2015d, p. 17). However, electric and wire-mesh fencing combined have reduced deer herbivory on larval host plants when compared to years when exclusion fencing was not employed (Lambert 2015d, p. 17). In one large expanse of habitat at American Camp, the distribution of field mustard was essentially limited to the fenced areas in 2015, although environmental conditions shifted substantively in 2016, allowing for a large flush of persistent field mustard beyond the fenced areas (Lambert 2014a, p. 23; Lambert 2015a, p. 5; Lambert 2015d, p. 17; Lambert 2016, p. 35). Despite these challenges, deer exclusion fencing remains an important tool for protecting island marble butterfly habitat, especially early in the flight season when we expect survivorship to be the highest (Lambert 2015d, p. 19). For example, in 2016 (after the publication of our 12-month finding on April 5, 2016 (81 FR 19527)), deer were completely excluded from research sites at American Camp for the first time, resulting in a quarter acre of restored habitat for host plants, and increased survival in island marble butterflies on field mustard than in previous years (Lambert 2016, p. 11).
The annual work plans have also included efforts to control weedy native and nonnative species and encroaching woody plants. Specifically, NPS has removed hundreds of Douglas-fir trees and dozens of acres of
NPS, in collaboration with the Service and other partners, has supported experimental research into the active establishment of island marble butterfly habitat since 2003. In 2014, an experimental approach for establishing oviposition and larval habitat was proposed. The Service, in coordination with NPS, WDFW, and two local island conservation organizations (San Juan Preservation Trust (SJPT) and San Juan County Land Bank (SJCLB)), developed a plan to determine whether habitat patches for the island marble butterfly could be developed in a way that could be scaled up efficiently in a landscape context (Lambert 2014b, entire). Thirty habitat patches were created on park property at American Camp between 2014 and 2016, and 10 more will be created in 2017 (Lambert 2016a, p. 59). Early results from this work indicate that habitat can be created quickly and that island marble butterflies readily use these patches for egg laying and larval development if larval host plants germinate in time to provide oviposition sites for early-flying butterflies (Lambert 2015d, pp. 9-12).
Each year since 2013, NPS has collected and reared a small number of eggs and larvae in a captive-rearing program (see discussion under Factor C, below, for more information). In 2015, the captive individuals emerged from diapause much later than the wild population. Despite the use of the experimental plots for oviposition by these late-flying, captive-reared females, none of the eggs and larvae tracked in the experimental plots survived. The high mortality was attributed to increased predation pressure by late-season spiders and wasps (Lambert 2015d, p. 14) (see “Direct Predation” under Factor C, below). Results of captive-rearing were better in 2016, when captive-reared island marble butterflies emerged in synchrony with the wild population. Survivorship from egg to fifth instar larvae was also higher in the experimental plots in 2016; three percent of the tracked larvae survived to the fifth instar, which is a relatively high survival rate for the island marble butterfly.
The Service, in coordination with NPS, supports habitat conservation efforts by funding local conservation groups to establish habitat patches on three conserved sites across the former range of the island marble butterfly. Two of these experimental habitat patches were established outside of American Camp in 2015 and one in 2016. Each experimental patch has been fully fenced to exclude herbivores (primarily deer) and allow the larval host plants to grow without herbivory pressure (also see Factor C, “Incidental Predation,” below).
In 2009, the Service provided funding to WDFW for the creation of a species fact sheet and informational handout for the public about the biology and conservation needs of the island marble butterfly. This pamphlet provided outreach to interested parties and increased the awareness of the public about the decline of the island marble butterfly. The pamphlet provided basic information about how to protect and support habitat essential to the island marble butterfly. In 2011, the Service collaborated with NPS, WDFW, researchers from the University of Washington, and the Center for Natural Lands Management to reach out to the community in a local Island Prairie Educational Symposium to present information on current approaches to prairie management. Information gained through years of prairie conservation efforts in other north and south Puget Sound prairie landscapes was shared with the local island community. Information about the island marble butterfly and the educational materials developed were well distributed within the community; however, this effort did not lead to the protection or restoration of habitat adequate to ameliorate the threat of habitat loss for island marble butterfly. Despite considerable advances in habitat restoration, new habitat establishment, captive-rearing, herbivore exclusion, and outreach and education, the number of individual island marble butterflies remains small in the single remaining population.
Habitat supporting the remaining population at American Camp is protected from development and agriculture, but is exposed to the threats of plant succession and invasive plant species; herbivory by deer, rabbits, and brown garden snails; and storm surges. Habitat loss is likely a major factor impeding the recolonization of areas outside of American Camp. Outside of American Camp, removal of larval host plants by mowing; roadside maintenance; road, residential, or urban development; certain agricultural practices (such as tilling, cropping, and grazing); and landscaping activities has substantially reduced the amount of habitat available for recolonization by the island marble butterfly, either temporarily (
Since 2011, NPS has made substantial and sustained efforts to expand island marble butterfly habitat and to improve the composition and structure of the plant community to become more suitable for the island marble butterfly. Due to challenges in establishing suitable habitat and protecting it from the threats described above, only a few acres of high-quality habitat for island marble butterfly have been restored on the American Camp landscape. Many more acres within American Camp have been improved by restoration actions or protected from deer herbivory, but are not yet considered high quality or fully secure from herbivory by deer. To date, these efforts may have resulted in a small positive response in the island marble butterfly population, as evidenced by the 3 percent increase in survivorship from the fourth to fifth instar in 2016. However, the number of those individuals that will successfully pupate and emerge as winged adults in the spring remains to be seen. Conservation efforts by NPS have also resulted in significant contributions to our understanding of island marble butterfly habitat and threats to that habitat. Outside of American Camp, the only conservation efforts that specifically create habitat for the species are the small island marble butterfly habitat plots established by SJPT and SJCLB. These efforts will be crucial to establishing new populations of island marble butterfly in the future, but the achievement is too recent for their effectiveness to be evaluated, especially in the context of the extensive, ongoing habitat loss from changing land use, changing agricultural practices, and other factors that inhibit recolonization by island marble butterflies outside of American Camp.
Despite successful habitat restoration experiments, continued use of deer exclusion fencing, and the removal of woody plants and nonnative and native weedy species, the increase in the total area of currently suitable habitat within
Under NPS regulations, collection of living or dead wildlife, fish, or plants, or products thereof, is prohibited on lands under the jurisdiction of NPS without a permit (36 CFR 2.1(a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii)), but there are no State or County regulations that prohibit recreational collection of the island marble butterfly at this time.
Rare butterflies and moths are highly prized by collectors, and an international trade exists in specimens for both live and decorative markets, as well as the specialist trade that supplies researchers (Collins and Morris 1985, pp. 155-179; Morris
Even limited collection of butterfly species with small populations could have deleterious effects on the reproductive success and genetic variability within those populations and could thus contribute eventually to extinction or local extirpation (Singer and Wedlake 1981, entire; Gall 1984, entire). Capture and removal of females dispersing from a population also can reduce the probability that new populations will be established or that metapopulation structure will be developed or maintained. (A metapopulation is a group of spatially separated populations that interact when individual members move from one population to another.) Collectors pose a potential threat because they may not be aware of other collection activities, and are unlikely to know, and may not care, whether or not they are depleting numbers below the threshold necessary for long-term persistence of populations and the species (Martinez 1999,
Collection of the island marble butterfly, which is prohibited on NPS lands, could potentially occur without detection because occupied areas are not continuously patrolled and adult butterflies do move outside of protected areas onto adjoining lands where collection is not currently prohibited. Consequently, the potential for collection of adult island marble butterflies, and especially surreptitious collection of early stages (eggs, larvae, and pupae), exists, and such collection could go undetected, despite the protection provided on NPS lands. Taking into consideration the small remaining population, illegal collection could have strong detrimental effects on the known population, were it to occur. However, no illegal collection efforts for this species have been documented to date.
The widespread surveys that took place in the period 2005-2012 included capturing and releasing butterflies when necessary for positive identification, as specified in Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007 (p. 4). Although a limited number of individuals may have been injured or killed during handling, no data exist on the number of individuals captured, injured, or killed. To our knowledge, there have been three documented instances of island marble butterfly collection or handling for scientific purposes since the rediscovery of the species. In 2005, two male specimens were collected by WDFW surveyors as vouchers to document newly discovered island marble sites (Miskelly and Potter 2005, pp. 4, 5; Potter 2016,
The handling of adult butterflies for scientific purposes has been evaluated for effects on populations elsewhere in western North America (Singer and Wedlake 1981; Gall 1984). Murphy (1988, p. 236) reported that MRR work by others resulted in about 10 percent mortality to the endangered mission blue butterfly
Peterson's 2008 MRR study may have resulted in unintended injury or mortality to island marble butterfly individuals, but we have no evidence to suggest that the study resulted in population- or species-level effects. Surveyors were unable to recapture 38 percent of the handled individuals during the short duration of this
The probability of numerous future collections of live island marble butterflies for research purposes is low because all researchers who study the island marble butterfly work collaboratively with the Service, NPS, and WDFW and are aware of the very low and declining number of individual butterflies. Any research proposal requiring the collection and removal of live island marble butterflies from the population is carefully reviewed to determine whether the conservation benefit to the species outweighs the loss of individuals.
We continue to find that overutilization does not have a population-level impact on the island marble butterfly for the following reasons: The lack of evidence of commercial or recreational collection of island marble butterflies; our conclusion that handling of the species during the 2008 MRR study did not result in documented negative effects to island marble butterfly populations; and the small number of individuals collected for genetic evaluation.
There is a single report of disease affecting the island marble butterfly (Miskelly 2004, p. 35). We discussed this observation with the author and discovered that this was an isolated event and that the mortality was likely attributable to causes other than disease (Miskelly 2015a,
Predation is a risk for island marble butterflies during all stages of their life cycle, although mortality is highest during the earliest stages of life: Egg to first instar (Lambert 2011, p. 92). A study conducted from 2005 through 2008 on survivorship of the island marble butterfly identified high levels of mortality attributable to predation by spiders and, to a lesser extent, paper wasps (
Direct predation of eggs and larvae was the greatest source of mortality in this 4-year study, affecting 47 percent of all individuals tracked (Lambert 2011, p. 99). Mortality levels attributable to direct predation varied depending on the larval host plant used, with almost 80 percent mortality attributable to direct predation on Menzies' pepperweed and approximately 40 percent on field mustard (Lambert 2011, p. 117). These differences are likely attributable to variation in the structure and growth form of the larval host plants that can facilitate access by predators (Lambert 2011, p. 100).
In addition, predation on island marble butterfly larvae by spiders and wasps increases as the season advances (Lambert 2015d, p. 14). This increase is likely because: (a) As spiders mature, they are more effective at locating and consuming the larvae; and (b) wasps increase in number as the season progresses (Reeve 1991, pp. 104-106), and the predation pressure they exert on their prey species increases with these increased numbers. Later emergence of island marble butterflies has been observed to correlate closely with increased predation pressure on island marble larvae; in the 2015 field season, when emergence was notably late, none of the 329 individuals tracked from egg through their larval development survived to form a chrysalis (Lambert 2015d, p. 14) (see
Direct predation of island marble butterfly eggs and larvae is ongoing where the species occurs (at American Camp) and is expected to continue into the future. Direct predation of eggs and larvae is a significant cause of mortality for the island marble butterfly, consistently accounting for more than 45 percent of deaths for tracked individuals (Lambert 2011, p. 99; Lambert 2015d, p. 14). Native spiders are responsible for a significant proportion of observed predation, and the island marble butterfly presumably coexisted for hundreds or thousands of years with these spiders. However, the small and declining numbers of island marble butterflies, under pressure from habitat loss and other threats, cannot now tolerate what may once have been a sustainable rate of natural predation. The threat of direct predation affects the island marble butterfly at the individual, population, and species levels (see Factor E discussion, below, for more information).
Incidental predation by browsing black-tailed deer also is a common source of mortality for island marble butterfly eggs and larvae (Lambert 2011, pp. 93-97; Lambert 2015d, pp. 17-18). As discussed under Factor A, female island marble butterflies select oviposition sites on or near the tips of the inflorescences of the larval host plants, which is the same portion of the plant that deer prefer to browse (Lambert 2015c,
In nearly every report provided to the Service, deer browse has been identified as particularly problematic for the island marble butterfly at American Camp as well as throughout the species' former range, where browsing deer continue to degrade the butterfly's habitat (Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, p. 6; Miskelly and Potter 2009, pp. 11, 15; Hanson
Although incidental predation by other herbivores has not been as rigorously quantified as it has been for black-tailed deer, the negative effects of livestock on occupied larval host plants cannot be discounted (Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, p. 5; Miskelly and Potter 2009, pp. 9, 11, 15; Hanson
As described above under “Habitat Conservation and Restoration,” the Service and NPS installed deer exclusion fencing in American Camp from 2013 to 2016 to reduce browsing by black-tailed deer on the larval host plants field mustard and tumble mustard. The fencing was placed to reduce incidental predation, as well, by protecting areas where larval host plants are most likely to be occupied by island marble butterfly eggs and larvae.
The Service has supported ongoing research into the effects of deer exclusion fencing on island marble butterfly survival. The first deer exclusion fencing was erected in three locations of American Camp in 2013. Areas immediately adjacent to the fenced habitat with similar structure, quality, and connectivity as the fenced habitat were left unfenced as control plots. First-year monitoring of deer exclusion areas showed that 74 percent of eggs tracked survived to first instar in the fenced area compared with 41 percent survival to first instar in the control plots (Lambert 2014a, p. 6). In 2014, additional deer exclusion fencing was installed and different types of exclusion fencing were compared. Wire-mesh fencing was found to be effective at preventing incidental predation by deer, while electric fencing was determined to be largely ineffective at excluding deer, although mortality from deer in electric-fenced areas was lower than in previous years (Lambert 2015d, pp. 17-18). Deer exclusion fencing has emerged as an important tool for protecting eggs and early instar larvae from consumption by deer, especially early in the flight season when survivorship is expected to be the highest (Lambert 2015d, p. 19; Lambert 2016, pp. 3, 27).
The best available information does not indicate that disease is a threat to the island marble butterfly. However, a substantial amount of research completed since 2006 clearly documents the effects of predation. Direct and incidental predation rates, together, account for the vast majority of the recorded deaths of island marble butterfly eggs and larvae at American Camp. Although deer exclusion fencing at American Camp has been an important tool for reducing mortality due to incidental consumption since 2013, the number of island marble butterflies observed continues to be low. No conservation measures have yet been identified to address the threat of predation from paper wasps and spiders. Taken together, all forms of predation have pervasive, population-level impacts on the island marble butterfly.
Under this factor, we examine whether existing regulatory mechanisms ameliorate or exacerbate the threats to the species discussed under the other factors. Section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act requires the Service to take into account “those efforts, if any, being made by any State or foreign nation, or any political subdivision of a State or foreign nation, to protect such species. . . .” In relation to Factor D under the Act, we interpret this language to require the Service to consider relevant Federal, State, and tribal laws, regulations, and other such mechanisms that may ameliorate or exacerbate any of the threats we describe in threat analyses under the other four factors, or otherwise enhance conservation of the species. We give strongest weight to statutes and their implementing regulations and to management direction that stems from those laws and regulations. An example would be State governmental actions enforced under a State statute or constitution, or Federal action under statute.
American Camp, as part of San Juan Island National Historical Park, is managed under the National Park Service's Organic Act and implementing regulations. The National Park Service Organic Act of 1916, as amended (54 U.S.C. 100101
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) owns the 27-ac (11-ha) Cattle Point Lighthouse property east of American Camp and Cattle Point Natural Resource Conservation Area. This site was formerly occupied by island marble butterflies, is proximal to occupied habitat on American Camp,
The island marble butterfly is also listed as a sensitive species for the purposes of the BLM's Sensitive Species Policy (BLM 2008, p. 3; USFS 2015, entire). This policy directs the BLM to initiate conservation measures that reduce or eliminate threats and minimize the likelihood of listing under the Act, but until the resource management plan for the National Monument is complete, the BLM has not identified the required conservation measures. At this time, it is unclear what protections, if any, these existing regulatory mechanisms will confer to the island marble butterfly.
State laws and regulations that apply across San Juan and Lopez Islands include provisions to limit collection of butterflies for scientific purposes, but no specific protections to island marble butterfly habitats. The island marble butterfly is currently classified as a candidate species by the State of Washington (WDFW 2015a, p. 2). Candidates are those species considered by Washington State to be sensitive and potentially in need of protection through the process of designation as endangered, following procedures established by the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) (232-12-297). However, candidates are not afforded any specific regulatory protections (Potter 2015c,
The island marble butterfly was identified as critically imperiled in the Washington State Comprehensive Wildlife Conservation Strategy (WDFW 2005, pp. 219, 314, 336-337). Since 2005, WDFW has retired the Comprehensive Wildlife Conservation Strategy and incorporated it into Washington's State Wildlife Action Plan (SWAP). Although the SWAP addresses the island marble butterfly's conservation status, identifies it as a “species of greatest conservation need,” and recommends conservation actions (WDFW 2015b, pp. 3-39), the SWAP is not a regulatory mechanism.
WDNR owns the Cattle Point Natural Resources Conservation Area consisting of 112 acres directly to the east of American Camp, a portion of which provides potentially suitable habitat for island marble butterflies. Natural resource conservation areas are managed to protect outstanding examples of native ecosystems; habitat for endangered, threatened, and sensitive plants and animals; and scenic landscapes. Removal of any plants or soil is prohibited unless written permission is obtained from WDNR (WAC 332-52-115).
American Camp is the only area known to be occupied by the island marble butterfly, and because the area is managed by NPS under the National Park Service's Organic Act and implementing regulations, local laws and regulations governing land use do not apply. However, the following local laws and regulations may provide some benefit to the island marble butterfly, should the species expand its range or recolonize suitable habitat areas outside American Camp.
The Washington State Growth Management Act of 1990 (GMA) requires all jurisdictions in the State to designate and protect critical areas. The State defines five broad categories of critical areas, including: (1) Wetlands; (2) areas with a critical recharging effect on aquifers used for potable water; (3) fish and wildlife habitat conservation areas; (4) frequently flooded areas; and (5) geologically hazardous areas. The upland prairie habitat type that island marble butterflies may use, but are not restricted to, is considered both a fish and wildlife habitat conservation area and an area with a critical recharging effect on aquifers under the GMA. Identification as a fish and wildlife habitat conservation area mandates that each county within Washington State preserve and protect the fish and wildlife associated with each habitat conservation area by developing policies and regulations to protect the functions and values of critical areas. Within counties, the mandate to protect and regulate critical areas applies to all unincorporated areas. In addition, incorporated cities within counties are required to address critical areas within their “urban growth area” (UGA; the area in which urban growth is encouraged by the municipal government) independently. The only incorporated city within San Juan County is Friday Harbor, which is located outside of NPS-owned land on San Juan Island and outside of habitat currently occupied by the island marble butterfly. The Friday Harbor Comprehensive Plan provides no protections for animal species that are not listed as “threatened or endangered.”
San Juan County encompasses the range of the island marble butterfly. The County regulates critical areas through a Critical Areas Ordinance, which mandates protection for species listed under the Act through San Juan County Critical Areas Ordinance (section 18.30.160, Fish and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas). The Critical Areas Ordinance also identifies species of local importance, including the island marble butterfly (San Juan County 2015, p. 26), and provides protection for the island marble butterfly by requiring that development applications for areas determined to be occupied by the island marble butterfly develop a habitat management plan consistent with County recommendations for the conservation of the island marble butterfly prior to permitting. The San Juan County Comprehensive Plan recommends that property owners with occupied island marble butterfly habitat avoid the use of insecticides and herbicides, limit grazing and agricultural disturbance, and protect areas with larval host plants during the development process (San Juan County 2015, pp. 40, 45). However, the conservation recommendations are not comprehensive enough to prevent local extirpation of the island marble butterfly because they do not address all of the stressors influencing its persistence (
In addition, the San Juan County Comprehensive Plan concentrates urban density within UGAs in order to preserve the rural nature of the San Juan archipelago (San Juan County 2010, entire). We considered the plan in our
The island marble butterfly and its host plant are afforded substantial regulatory protections from anthropogenic threats at American Camp through NPS regulations and the current general management plan for San Juan Island National Historical Park. In addition, State- and County-level regulatory mechanisms that influence development and zoning on San Juan and Lopez Islands are generally beneficial to suitable habitat that could be occupied by the island marble butterfly in the future. In summary, the existing Federal, State, and local regulatory mechanisms provide some benefits to the island marble butterfly and its habitat, but do not sufficiently ameliorate all the threats to the species.
Under Factor E, we evaluate the island marble butterfly's small population size and its vulnerability to stochastic events, vehicular collisions, insecticide application, and climate change.
Since its rediscovery in 1998, the island marble butterfly has been documented to have a narrow distribution, which has become increasingly constrained as secure habitat has been reduced or destroyed throughout its range (Miskelly and Potter 2005, entire; Miskelly and Fleckenstein 2007, entire; Miskelly and Potter 2009, entire; Hanson
Compared to large populations, small populations are disproportionately affected by environmental, demographic, and genetic stochasticity, and thus face greater risk of extinction (Frankham 1996, p. 1506; Saccheri
Demographic stochasticity refers to random variability in survival or reproduction among individuals within a population (Shaffer 1981, p. 131). This random variability has a proportionately large effect on small populations, such that any loss of beneficial alleles (genes that provide for more successful reproduction and survival) may result in a rapid reduction in fitness, making small populations much more likely to go extinct than large populations (Frankham 1996, p. 1507). Genetic stochasticity, or genetic drift, describes random changes in the genetic composition of a population that are not related to systemic forces such as natural selection, inbreeding, or migration. In small populations, genetic stochasticity is more likely to result in reduced fitness and ultimately a lower number of individuals contributed to each successive generation. Small, narrowly distributed populations generally have lower genetic diversity than larger populations, which can result in less resilience to changing environmental conditions.
Because the island marble butterfly persists in low numbers, loss of a portion of the remaining population could have disproportionately negative effects. Storm surges that destroy nearshore habitat containing overwintering island marble butterfly chrysalids may further deplete the genetic diversity of the island marble butterfly. Similarly, in grassland habitat, a poorly timed or uncontrolled fire could destroy a large portion of the remaining population. The effect of predation, which has always been at least a baseline limiting factor for the island marble butterfly, is magnified when there are so few individuals left. Additional stochastic events that could potentially be devastating include a late-spring weather abnormality, such as an extended hard freeze or a powerful storm during the flight season; a year in which predator populations were unusually high; or introduction of a novel predator. Given that the very small population at American Camp is likely the only remaining population of the species, we conclude that small population size makes it particularly vulnerable to a variety of likely stochastic events, and this constitutes a threat to the island marble butterfly at the individual, population, and species levels.
Habitat occupied by the island marble butterfly within American Camp is bisected by Cattle Point Road, a highway that is the only point of access for a small residential community at the southeastern tip of San Juan Island (approximately 100-150 housing units) and, as such, is routinely driven by the residents. The highway runs along the shoulder of Mount Finlayson, a landscape feature that male island marble butterflies typically follow when patrolling for females (Lambert 2016b, pers. comm.). While there have been no specific reports of island marble butterfly road kills, the presence of the highway within occupied habitat exposes the species to potential vehicle collisions. Few studies provide detail on the scale of vehicle-caused mortality for invertebrate species, and even fewer specifically examine butterfly mortality or the effects of traffic on individual butterfly species (Seibert and Conover 1991, p. 163; Munguira and Thomas 1992, entire; Rao and Girish 2007, entire).
One peer-reviewed study that examined vehicular mortality for butterflies found that a species in the same family as the island marble butterfly,
Male island marble butterflies are attracted to white (ultraviolet-reflecting) objects that may resemble females and have been observed to investigate white flowers (
Given the presence of a highway within the single remaining site occupied by island marble butterflies, and their attraction to white road stripes that are present along the Cattle Point Road edges, we expect that some vehicular mortality is likely. However, we cannot estimate the severity of this stressor, as vehicular mortality has not been specifically studied for the island marble butterfly or documented at American Camp. Therefore, while there is the potential for mortality resulting from vehicular collisions, the best available information does not indicate that vehicular collision currently has an individual, population, or species-level impact to the island marble butterfly.
The best available information does not indicate any insecticide use in proximity to areas that are currently known to be occupied by the island marble butterfly at American Camp. However, remnant patches of potentially suitable habitat for the species are located within a matrix of rural agricultural lands and low-density residential development, where insecticides may be used. One such insecticide that has the potential to adversely affect the island marble butterfly if applied during its larval phase is
Btk has the potential to kill the island marble butterfly larvae if applied in close proximity and upwind of an occupied site. Spraying of Btk has had adverse effects to nontarget butterfly and moth species (Severns 2002, p. 169; Wagner and Miller 1995, p. 19), with butterfly diversity, richness, and abundance (density) reduced for up to 2 years following the application of Btk (Severns 2002, p. 168). One study demonstrated that most nontarget lepidopteran species may be more susceptible to Btk than target species such as Asian and European gypsy moths or western tent caterpillars (Haas and Scriber 1998). For nontarget lepidopterans, the early instar stages of larvae are the most susceptible stage (Wagner and Miller 1995, p. 21).
Large-scale application of Btk in Washington State is done in a targeted fashion in response to positive trapping of pest species. In most years, Btk application is conducted at the scale of hundreds of acres per year, although in years when detection of pest species are high, such as in 2015, application of Btk may be scaled up to thousands of acres in response (WSDA 2015, p. 1). Large-scale application of Btk does not normally overlap with areas where the island marble butterfly is known to occur within American Camp, although if pest species were detected in close proximity and if the target species is active at the same time as larvae of the island marble butterfly, the effect of Btk treatment could be detrimental. Because the island marble butterfly produces a single brood per year, has a spring flight season, and has developing larvae during the summer insecticide application period, this species is more likely to be susceptible to the adverse effects of Btk than butterfly species with later flight and developmental periods or those that produce multiple broods per year. Btk is commonly used to control tent caterpillars and is likely to have been used on San Juan Island (Potter 2015d,
We recognize that the use of insecticides could have a negative impact on larvae of the island marble butterfly if applied in such a way that individuals were exposed. However, there is no documented exposure to insecticide use in the island marble butterfly at this time. While there is the potential for high levels of mortality resulting from insecticide exposure, we conclude that insecticide use is not having a known impact on the island marble butterfly, principally because of the low likelihood of exposure at American Camp.
Since regular transect surveys for the island marble butterfly began in 2004, the first date of the flight period has shifted an average of approximately 9 days later in the year (USFWS 2016 unpublished data). The reason for this change is unclear, and the existing time-series is too brief to ascertain whether this change is a trend or part of natural variability on a longer time scale. For example, no clear correlation exists between average winter temperatures and the beginning of the island marble flight season and the shift toward later emergence between 2004 and 2016. Later emergence cannot currently be attributed to climate change, although temperature may play a role. When conditions inside the captive-rearing lab for island marble butterflies were cooler than the ambient temperature in 2015, butterflies emerged later than the wild population (Shrum 2015b,
Ongoing research has recently detected a steep increase in mortality for late-season eggs and larvae compared to the mortality of early-season eggs, with none of the larvae observed in study plots surviving to the fifth instar in 2015 (Lambert 2015d, p. 14). Only a portion of the mortality documented was attributable to starvation (25 percent); the greatest cause of mortality was attributable to direct predation (60 percent) (Lambert 2015d, p. 14; and see discussion above under Factor C). The single, small population of island marble butterflies likely cannot sustain the increased late-season predation pressure, and probable survival of fewer offspring, over multiple years.
Our analyses under the Act include consideration of ongoing and projected
One predicted stressor associated with climate change for herbivorous (plant-eating) insect species is the potential for the development of phenological asynchrony (a mismatch in timing) between insects and their larval host plants (Bale
Sea-level rise associated with climate change is expected to continue as polar ice melts, leading to an increase in ocean volume (Adelsman
While some effects of global climate change, such as sea-level rise and storm intensity, are expected to be nearly universal, warming associated with climate change is expected to be variable or even patchy, depending on localized weather patterns (
Climate conditions that affect phenology in a given year can have important impacts to the species, however. Cooler temperatures are associated with later emergence of butterflies reared in captivity (Weaver 2015,
The Service, NPS, and other partners have been implementing multiple conservation efforts in an attempt to ameliorate the threats posed by small population size, vulnerability to stochastic events, and insecticide applications. No conservation efforts currently address collisions with vehicles or the effects of climate change. Below we summarize the conservation measures that have been implemented by NPS, WDFW, University of Washington researchers, and conservation partners on San Juan Island to address the threats to the island marble butterfly described above under Factor E.
The Service, NPS, and other partners have conducted conservation efforts to address the effects of small population size and vulnerability to stochastic events on the island marble butterfly since 2008. Specifically, NPS and other partners began exploring methods for captive-rearing island marble butterflies in 2008. In 2009, 16 island marble butterfly individuals were rescued from a construction site, reared to emergence as adult butterflies, and released in the spring of 2010 (Vernon 2015d, p. 2). In 2010, more individuals were reared as part of a food preference experiment (Trapp and Weaver 2010, entire), and 32 adults were released in 2011 (Vernon 2011, p. 5). These opportunistic events demonstrated that rescue, rearing, and
In 2013, continued decline in the number of island marble butterflies observed in the wild led to the rescue, captive-rearing, and release of the species in an effort to improve survivorship and reverse the trend of declining numbers, and provide a safety net against stochastic events. Forty-seven individuals successfully formed chrysalids, and 40 adult island marble butterflies emerged in the spring of 2014, and were released at American Camp (85 percent survival) (Vernon 2015d, p. 3). NPS has scaled up and streamlined the captive-rearing program. In 2014, NPS converted an outbuilding into a rearing facility, and 89 eggs and larvae were brought in for captive-rearing. Of those, 75 adult island marble butterflies emerged (84 percent survival) in the spring of 2015, and were released at American Camp (Silahua 2015,
Although the number of adult island marble butterflies recorded during annual surveys remains small (fewer than 30 butterflies were observed each year during monitoring for the 2014 and 2015 flight seasons), the captive-rearing effort has likely provided crucial support to the population remaining in the wild and will remain necessary in the future. However, this ongoing conservation effort to address small population size and vulnerability to stochastic events is not without risk and does not ameliorate other threats to the species in the long term. For example, in 2015, individuals reared in captivity emerged late in the flight season (on or around May 13) (Weaver 2015b,
Conservation efforts to reduce natural or manmade factors include efforts to reduce the application of the insecticide Btk in close proximity to sites occupied by the island marble butterfly. The final decision over the use of insecticide for control of invasive moths and butterflies has been, and will continue to be, made by the Washington State Department of Agriculture after coordination with the Service and WDFW. All pesticide used by the State of Washington is applied in compliance with label instructions, which are designed to reduce overspray, drift, and other negative impacts to nontarget organisms and areas.
The small population size of the island marble butterfly makes the species highly vulnerable to stochastic events (such as storm surges and climate anomalies) that directly or indirectly affect survival and reproductive success or the extent of habitat. Storm surges, which can cause direct mortality of island marble butterflies and habitat loss, are likely to increase with climate change. Although successful captive-rearing and release of island marble butterflies is an important achievement that has supplemented numbers at American Camp since 2013, threats to the species and its habitat continue. The range of the island marble butterfly has continued to contract at American Camp, and the number of island marble butterflies observed annually has continued to decline. These conservation efforts will need to be continued into the future and be monitored to assess their long-term conservation value to the island marble butterfly before we can determine their efficacy.
In our analysis of the five factors, we found that the island marble butterfly is likely to be affected by loss and degradation of habitat, direct and incidental predation, and vulnerabilities associated with small population size. Multiple stressors acting in combination have greater potential to affect the island marble butterfly than each factor alone. For example, increased sea level resulting from climate change may enhance the impacts of storm surges and flooding on low-lying coastal habitat where the one native larval host plant for the species occurs. The combined effects of environmental and demographic stochasticity, especially on a small population, can lead to a decline that is unrecoverable and results in extinction (Brook
Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533), and its implementing regulations at 50 CFR part 424, set forth the procedures for determining whether a species is an endangered species or threatened species and should be included on the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants. Under section 4(a)(1) of the Act, we evaluate all of the following factors to determine whether listing may be warranted: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) Overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) Disease or predation; (D) The inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) Other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence.
As required by the Act, we have carefully assessed the best scientific and commercial information available regarding the past, present, and future threats to the island marble butterfly. Since the species was discovered in the San Juan Islands in 1998, the species' range has contracted from five populations on two islands (San Juan and Lopez) to a single population, at American Camp on San Juan Island, today. The causes of these extirpations are not well understood, but likely include habitat loss outside American Camp from a combination of sources. Within the single remaining population at American Camp, the number of sites where island marble butterflies are detected during surveys declined from 25 in 2007, to 4 in 2015. Encounter rates for adult butterflies calculated from survey data have declined each year, from almost 2 per 100 meters in 2004, to about 0.3 per 100 meters in 2015. The slight increase in this rate in 2016, to 0.6 per 100 meters, does not reverse the overall trend of decline. Captive rearing and release of the island marble butterfly shows promise for bolstering the remaining population of the species. However, the potential for this species to recolonize areas within its historical range is uncertain due to ongoing, pervasive habitat degradation that results from herbivory by deer and other animals on larval host plants, from plant succession and invasion by nonnative plants that render habitat unsuitable for
In summary, we have identified the following threats to the island marble butterfly: (1) Habitat loss and degradation from plant succession and competition with invasive species that displace larval host plants; herbivory by deer, European rabbits, and brown garden snails; and storm surges (Factor A); (2) direct predation by spiders and wasps and incidental predation by deer (Factor C); (3) small population size and vulnerability to stochastic events (Factor E); and (4) the cumulative effects of small population size and the restricted range combined with any stressor that removes individuals from the population or decreases the species' reproductive success (Factor E). These threats affect the island marble butterfly throughout the entirety of its range and are ongoing and likely to persist into the foreseeable future. These factors pose threats to the island marble butterfly whether considered individually or cumulatively. The existing regulatory mechanisms (Factor D) and ongoing conservation efforts are not currently sufficient to ameliorate the impact of these threats; despite intense focused efforts to conserve the species, population numbers continue to decline.
The ongoing threats of habitat loss and degradation, predation, the effects of small population size, and stochastic events that cause mortality or reduce reproductive success render this species in its entirety presently in danger of extinction throughout all of its range.
The Act defines an endangered species as any species that is “in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range” and a threatened species as any species “that is likely to become endangered throughout all or a significant portion of its range within the foreseeable future.” The ongoing threats of habitat loss and degradation, predation, the effects of small population size, and stochastic events that cause mortality or reduce reproductive success render this species in its entirety presently in danger of extinction. We find that threatened species status is not appropriate for the island marble butterfly because of its already contracted range and single remaining population, because the threats are ongoing and affecting the entirety of the species, and because these threats are expected to continue into the future.
Therefore, on the basis of the best available scientific and commercial information, we propose listing the island marble butterfly as an endangered species in accordance with sections 3(6) and 4(a)(1) of the Act. Under the Act and our implementing regulations, a species may warrant listing if it is endangered or threatened throughout all or a significant portion of its range. Because we have determined that the island marble butterfly is endangered throughout all of its range, we do not need to conduct an analysis of whether there is any significant portion of its range where the species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future. This is consistent with the Act because when we find that a species is currently in danger of extinction throughout all of its range (
Conservation measures provided to species listed as endangered or threatened under the Act include recognition, recovery actions, requirements for Federal protection, and prohibitions against certain practices. Recognition through listing results in public awareness and conservation by Federal, State, Tribal, and local agencies; private organizations; and individuals. The Act encourages cooperation with the States and requires that recovery actions be carried out for all listed species. The protection required by Federal agencies and the prohibitions against certain activities are discussed, in part, below.
The primary purpose of the Act is the conservation of endangered and threatened species and the ecosystems upon which they depend. The ultimate goal of such conservation efforts is the recovery of these listed species, so that they no longer need the protective measures of the Act. Subsection 4(f) of the Act requires the Service to develop and implement recovery plans for the conservation of endangered and threatened species. The recovery planning process involves the identification of actions that are necessary to halt or reverse the species' decline by addressing the threats to its survival and recovery. The goal of this process is to restore listed species to a point where they are secure, self-sustaining, and functioning components of their ecosystems.
Recovery planning includes the development of a recovery outline, preparation of a draft and final recovery plan, and revisions to the plan as significant new information becomes available. The recovery outline guides the immediate implementation of urgent recovery actions and describes the process to be used to develop a recovery plan. Revisions of the plan may be done to address continuing or new threats to the species, as new substantive information becomes available. The recovery plan also identifies recovery criteria for review of when a species may be ready for downlisting (
Implementation of recovery actions generally requires the participation of a broad range of partners, including other Federal agencies, States, Tribes, nongovernmental organizations, businesses, and private landowners. Examples of recovery actions include habitat restoration (
If the island marble butterfly is listed, funding for recovery actions will be available from a variety of sources, including Federal budgets, State programs, and cost-share grants for non-Federal landowners, the academic community, and nongovernmental organizations. In addition, pursuant to section 6 of the Act, the State of Washington would be eligible for Federal funds to implement management actions that promote the protection or recovery of the island marble butterfly. Information on our grant programs that are available to aid species recovery can be found at:
Although the island marble butterfly is only proposed for listing under the Act at this time, please let us know if you are interested in participating in recovery efforts for this species. Additionally, we invite you to submit any new information on this species whenever it becomes available and any information you may have for recovery planning purposes (see
Section 7(a) of the Act requires Federal agencies to evaluate their actions with respect to any species that is proposed or listed as an endangered or threatened species and with respect to its critical habitat, if any is designated. Regulations implementing this interagency cooperation provision of the Act are codified at 50 CFR part 402. Section 7(a)(4) of the Act requires Federal agencies to confer with the Service on any action that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a species proposed for listing or result in destruction or adverse modification of proposed critical habitat. If a species is listed subsequently, section 7(a)(2) of the Act requires Federal agencies to ensure that activities they authorize, fund, or carry out are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of the species or destroy or adversely modify its critical habitat. If a Federal action may affect a listed species or its critical habitat, the responsible Federal agency must enter into consultation with the Service.
Federal agency actions within the species' habitat that may require conference or consultation or both as described in the preceding paragraph include management and any other landscape-altering activities on Federal lands administered by the Bureau of Land Management, Farm Service Agency, Federal Highway Administration, National Park Service, U.S Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, and the U.S. Coast Guard.
The Act and its implementing regulations set forth a series of general prohibitions and exceptions that apply to all endangered wildlife. The prohibitions of section 9(a)(1) of the Act, codified at 50 CFR 17.21, make it illegal for any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to take (which includes harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect; or to attempt any of these) endangered wildlife within the United States or on the high seas. In addition, it is unlawful to import; export; deliver, receive, carry, transport, or ship in interstate or foreign commerce in the course of commercial activity; or sell or offer for sale in interstate or foreign commerce any listed species. It is also illegal to possess, sell, deliver, carry, transport, or ship any such wildlife that has been taken illegally. Certain exceptions apply to employees of the Service, the National Marine Fisheries Service, other Federal land management agencies, and State conservation agencies.
We may issue permits to carry out otherwise prohibited activities involving endangered and threatened wildlife species under certain circumstances. Regulations governing permits are codified at 50 CFR 17.22 for endangered species. With regard to endangered wildlife, a permit may be issued for the following purposes: For scientific purposes, to enhance the propagation or survival of the species, or for incidental take in connection with otherwise lawful activities. There are also certain statutory exemptions from the prohibitions, which are found in sections 9 and 10 of the Act.
Our policy, as published in the
(1) Unauthorized collecting, handling, possessing, selling, delivering, carrying, or transporting of island marble butterflies, including import or export across State lines and international boundaries, except for properly documented antique specimens at least 100 years old, as defined by section 10(h)(1) of the Act;
(2) Introduction of nonnative species that compete with or prey upon the island marble butterfly or its host and nectar plants, for example, the introduction of competing, nonnative plants or animals to the San Juan Islands or the State of Washington;
(3) The unauthorized release of biological control agents that attack any life stage of the island marble butterfly, for example, Btk release in the range of the species;
(4) Unauthorized modification of the soil profiles or the vegetation components on sites known to be occupied by island marble butterflies; or
(5) Intentional disturbance of butterflies or their larvae, or mowing or burning of occupied habitats during the breeding season.
Questions regarding whether specific activities would constitute a violation of section 9 of the Act should be directed to the Washington Fish and Wildlife Office (see
Critical habitat is defined in section 3 of the Act as:
(1) The specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species, at the time it is listed in accordance with the Act, on which are found those physical or biological features
(a) Essential to the conservation of the species, and
(b) Which may require special management considerations or protection; and
(2) Specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed, upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species.
Our regulations at 50 CFR 424.02 define the geographical area occupied by the species as: An area that may generally be delineated around species' occurrences, as determined by the Secretary (
Conservation, as defined under section 3 of the Act, means to use and the use of all methods and procedures that are necessary to bring an endangered or threatened species to the point at which the measures provided
Critical habitat receives protection under section 7 of the Act through the requirement that Federal agencies ensure, in consultation with the Service, that any action they authorize, fund, or carry out is not likely to result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. The designation of critical habitat does not affect land ownership or establish a refuge, wilderness, reserve, preserve, or other conservation area. Such designation does not allow the government or public to access private lands. Such designation does not require implementation of restoration, recovery, or enhancement measures by non-Federal landowners. Where a landowner requests Federal agency funding or authorization for an action that may affect a listed species or critical habitat, the consultation requirements of section 7(a)(2) of the Act would apply, but even in the event of a destruction or adverse modification finding, the obligation of the Federal action agency and the landowner is not to restore or recover the species, but to implement reasonable and prudent alternatives to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.
Under the first prong of the Act's definition of critical habitat, areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it was listed are included in a critical habitat designation if they contain physical or biological features (1) which are essential to the conservation of the species and (2) which may require special management considerations or protection. For these areas, critical habitat designations identify, to the extent known using the best scientific and commercial data available, those physical or biological features that are essential to the conservation of the species (such as space, food, cover, and protected habitat). In identifying those physical or biological features within an area, we focus on the specific features that support the life-history needs of the species, including but not limited to, water characteristics, soil type, geological features, prey, vegetation, symbiotic species, or other features. A feature may be a single habitat characteristic, or a more complex combination of habitat characteristics. Features may include habitat characteristics that support ephemeral or dynamic habitat conditions. Features may also be expressed in terms relating to principles of conservation biology, such as patch size, distribution distances, and connectivity.
Under the second prong of the Act's definition of critical habitat, we can designate critical habitat in areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed, upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species. We determine whether unoccupied areas are essential for the conservation of the species by considering the life-history, status, and conservation needs of the species. This is further informed by any generalized conservation strategy, criteria, or outline that may have been developed for the species to provide a substantive foundation for identifying which features and specific areas are essential to the conservation of the species and, as a result, the development of the critical habitat designation.
Section 4 of the Act requires that we designate critical habitat on the basis of the best scientific data available. Further, our Policy on Information Standards Under the Endangered Species Act (published in the
When we are determining which areas should be designated as critical habitat, our primary source of information is generally the information developed during the listing process for the species. Additional information sources may include any generalized conservation strategy, criteria, or outline that may have been developed for the species, the recovery plan for the species, articles in peer-reviewed journals, conservation plans developed by States and counties, scientific status surveys and studies, biological assessments, other unpublished materials, or experts' opinions or personal knowledge.
Habitat is dynamic, and species may move from one area to another over time. We recognize that critical habitat designated at a particular point in time may not include all of the habitat areas that we may later determine are necessary for the recovery of the species. For these reasons, a critical habitat designation does not signal that habitat outside the designated area is unimportant or may not be needed for recovery of the species. Areas that are important to the conservation of the species, both inside and outside the critical habitat designation, will continue to be subject to: (1) Conservation actions implemented under section 7(a)(1) of the Act; (2) regulatory protections afforded by the requirement in section 7(a)(2) of the Act for Federal agencies to ensure their actions are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species; and (3) section 9 of the Act's prohibitions on taking any individual of the species, including taking caused by actions that affect habitat. Federally funded or permitted projects affecting listed species outside their designated critical habitat areas may still result in jeopardy findings in some cases. These protections and conservation tools will continue to contribute to recovery of this species. Similarly, critical habitat designations made on the basis of the best available information at the time of designation will not control the direction and substance of future recovery plans, habitat conservation plans (HCPs), or other species conservation planning efforts if new information available at the time of these planning efforts calls for a different outcome.
Section 4(a)(3) of the Act, as amended, and implementing regulations (50 CFR 424.12), require that, to the maximum extent prudent and determinable, the Secretary shall designate critical habitat at the time the species is determined to be an endangered or threatened species. Our regulations (50 CFR 424.12(a)(1)) state that the designation of critical habitat is not prudent when one or both of the following situations exist:
(1) The species is threatened by taking or other human activity, and identification of critical habitat can be expected to increase the degree of threat to the species, or
(2) Such designation of critical habitat would not be beneficial to the species. In determining whether a designation would not be beneficial, the factors the
As discussed above, there is currently no imminent threat of take attributed to collection or vandalism identified under Factor B for this species, and identification and mapping of critical habitat is not expected to initiate any such threat. In the absence of finding that the designation of critical habitat would increase threats to a species, we next determine whether such designation of critical habitat would not be beneficial to the species. In our proposed listing determination, above, we determined that there are habitat-based threats to the island marble butterfly identified under Factor A. Therefore, we find that the designation of critical habitat would be beneficial to the island marble butterfly through the provisions of section 7 of the Act. Because we have determined that the designation of critical habitat will not likely increase the degree of threat to the species and would be beneficial, we find that designation of critical habitat is prudent for the island marble butterfly.
Having determined that designation is prudent, under section 4(a)(3) of the Act we must find whether critical habitat for the island marble butterfly is determinable. Our regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(a)(2) state that critical habitat is not determinable when one or both of the following situations exist:
(i) Data sufficient to perform required analyses are lacking, or
(ii) The biological needs of the species are not sufficiently well known to identify any area that meets the definition of “critical habitat.”
When critical habitat is not determinable, the Act allows the Service an additional year to publish a critical habitat designation (16 U.S.C. 1533(b)(6)(C)(ii)).
We reviewed the available information pertaining to the biological needs of the species and habitat characteristics where these species are located. This and other information represent the best scientific data available and led us to conclude that the designation of critical habitat is determinable for the island marble butterfly.
In accordance with section 3(5)(A)(i) of the Act and regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(b), in determining which areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing to designate as critical habitat, we consider the physical or biological features that are essential to the conservation of the species and which may require special management considerations or protection. For example, physical features might include gravel of a particular size required for spawning, alkali soil for seed germination, protective cover for migration, or susceptibility to flooding or fire that maintains necessary early-successional habitat characteristics. Biological features might include prey species, forage grasses, specific kinds or ages of trees for roosting or nesting, symbiotic fungi, or a particular level of nonnative species consistent with conservation needs of the listed species. The features may also be combinations of habitat characteristics and may encompass the relationship between characteristics or the necessary amount of a characteristic needed to support the life history of the species. In considering whether features are essential to the conservation of the species, the Service may consider an appropriate quality, quantity, and spatial and temporal arrangement of habitat characteristics in the context of the life-history needs, condition, and status of the species. These characteristics include, but are not limited to space for individual and population growth and for normal behavior; food, water, air, light, minerals, or other nutritional or physiological requirements; cover or shelter; sites for breeding, reproduction, or rearing (or development) of offspring; and habitats that are protected from disturbance.
We derive the specific physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the island marble butterfly from studies of this species' habitat, ecology, and life history as described below. We have determined that the following physical or biological features are essential to the conservation of the island marble butterfly:
The island marble butterfly has previously been documented as having as many as five core populations across San Juan and Lopez Islands in the San Juan archipelago, but of those five, there is only one location where it has been consistently detected on an annual basis since its rediscovery in 1998 at American Camp, part of San Juan Island National Historical Park. The long-term occupancy of American Camp indicates that one or more aspects of this site provide the combination of habitat factors needed by the species. American Camp encompasses multiple small populations within large expanses of diverse habitat, including open south-facing slopes, varied broad-scale topographic features, and low-statured plant communities (Lambert 2011, pp. 151-152; Lambert 2016a, p. 4). Surface topography (slope and aspect) and landscape features that have topographic relief (slopes, bluffs, sand banks, or driftwood berms) are critical to the movement and dispersal of the island marble butterfly (Lambert 2011, p. 152).
The portion of the park where the island marble butterfly persists contains an open expanse of prairie and dune habitat greater than 700 ac (283 ha) and is bounded on two sides by marine shoreline. The island marble butterfly uses landscape features to fly low across the land, following shallow ridgelines associated with sand dunes, road cuts, and coastal bluffs. We surmise that the island marble butterfly uses the lee of rolling hills or hollows in broader expanses of prairie and dune habitats to facilitate their movements. Therefore, we determine habitat areas large enough to include broad topographic features (
At a rangewide scale, the island marble butterfly exhibits metapopulation dynamics, while on a local scale, “patchy” population dynamics best describes the movement of individuals between suitable habitat patches (Lambert 2011, pp. 147-148). Specifically, the island marble butterfly tends to occupy multiple habitat patches within a larger, heterogeneous area, with some small amount of movement between suitable habitat patches. Individual butterflies rarely move distances greater than 0.4 mi (600 m) (Peterson 2010, p. 3). Marked individuals are nearly always recaptured at the sites where they were marked, with a single exception when a marked individual was recaptured 1.2 mi (1.9 km) from its site of origin (Peterson 2010, p. 3). Within the last known occupied site, smaller occupied patches have been observed to undergo local extirpation events, but the close proximity of nearby populations within the larger contiguous area has allowed for recolonization (Lambert 2011, p. 155). Areas large enough to contain multiple small populations of island marble butterfly that allow for population connectivity and re-establishment are essential to the conservation of the species. Therefore, we conclude that areas large enough to
Island marble butterflies tend to fly close to the ground, along the edges of treed areas or along marine shorelines. Therefore, forest and open water create natural barriers to movement (Lambert 2011, pp. 49, 50). Male island marble butterflies fly low (approximately 5 ft (1.5 m) above the ground) and follow ridgelines, bluffs, road-cuts, trail edges, fence lines, and shrub or forest edges in search of mates (Lambert 2011, pp. 47-48). Female island marble butterflies have been observed to fly in low (approximately 3 ft (1 m) above the ground), wide (330-980 ft (100-500 m)) circles above the ground searching for suitable host plants upon which to lay their eggs (Lambert 2011, p. 49). We conclude that large open areas with few trees are a physical or biological feature for the island marble butterfly.
Based on the best information available, we estimate that the conservation of the island marble butterfly is best supported by open, primarily treeless areas with short-statured forb- and grass-dominated vegetation. Areas should be large enough to allow for the inclusion of diverse topographic features and habitat types, including sites for mating, egg laying, feeding, refugia (places to safely harbor), and diapause locations, and should support multiple discrete occupied habitat patches, which increases the likelihood of recolonization if local extinction takes place. Therefore, we conclude that open, primarily treeless habitat areas that are large enough to support multiple, small populations and that include broad topographic features such as ridgelines, hills, and bluffs are physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the island marble butterfly.
The island marble butterfly needs larval and adult food resources in order to complete its life cycle: Larval host plants (food plants required by the immature stages of the butterfly) and nectar plants for the adults. The island marble butterfly has three known larval host plants, all in the mustard family (Brassicaceae). One is native, Menzies' pepperweed, and two are nonnative—field mustard and tumble mustard (Miskelly 2004, pp. 33, 38; Lambert 2011, p. 2). These three larval host plants are essential components of habitat for the island marble butterfly.
All three larval host plants occur in open grass- and forb-dominated plant communities, but each species is most robust in one of three specific habitat types, with little overlap: Menzies' pepperweed at the edge of low-lying coastal lagoon habitat; field mustard in upland prairie habitat, disturbed fields, and disturbed soils, including soil piles from construction; and tumble mustard in sand dune habitat (Miskelly 2004, p. 33; Miskelly and Potter 2009, p. 9; Lambert 2011, pp. 24, 121-123). While each larval host plant can occur in each of the three habitat types referenced above, female island marble butterflies typically lay eggs on only the most robust host plants in each aforementioned habitat type (Miskelly 2004, p. 33; Lambert 2011, pp. 24, 41, 50, 55-57, 121-123).
We conclude that the presence of Menzies' pepperweed, field mustard, or tumble mustard is a physical or biological feature upon which the island marble butterfly depends.
Adults primarily forage for nectar on their larval host plants (Potter 2015e, pers. Comm.). They also use a variety of other nectar plants that flower during the island marble butterfly's flight period, which is generally from mid-April to mid- to late-June. Adults have been observed to nectar on yellow sand verbena, yarrow, small-flowered fiddleneck, American sea rocket, field chickweed, common stork's bill, dovefoot geranium, hairy cat's ear, common lomatium, seashore lupine, common forget-me-not, California buttercup, trailing blackberry, dandelion, death camas, and Howell's Brodiaea (Miskelly 2004, p. 33; Pyle 2004, pp. 23-26, 33; Miskelly and Potter 2005, p. 6; Lambert 2011, p. 120; Vernon and Weaver 2012, Appendix 12; Lambert 2015a, p. 2, Lambert 2015b,
Like many animals that rely on external sources of body heat (ectotherms), the island marble butterfly is more active at warmer temperatures; for this species, this generally means temperatures that are higher than 55 degrees Fahrenheit (F) (13 degrees Celsius (C)). This leads to adult (winged) island marble butterflies being most active between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. The island marble butterfly relies upon solar radiation for the warmth that drives their development, mate-finding, and reproduction. We conclude that exposure to the sun provided by open, primarily treeless areas with some south-facing slopes and short-statured vegetation is a physical or biological feature upon which the island marble butterfly depends.
We consider open sunlit areas containing at least one species of larval host plant, Menzies' pepperweed, field mustard, and/or tumble mustard with both flower buds and blooms between the months of May through July to be physical or biological features of island marble butterfly habitat. We additionally consider the presence of adult nectar plants in flower to be a physical or biological feature of island marble butterfly habitat.
Male island marble butterflies are attracted to white and may investigate white picket fences, white lines on surface roads, or other white objects while searching for a mate (Lambert 2011, p. 47). The island marble butterfly primarily uses short-statured, white-flowering plants such as field chickweed as sites for mate attraction and mating (Lambert 2014b, p. 17). We conclude that the presence of short-statured, white-flowering plants during the flight period (generally from mid-April to mid- to late-June) for the island marble butterfly to be a physical or biological feature of the island marble butterfly habitat.
Once mated, gravid female island marble butterflies seek out larval host plants at an optimal growth stage for egg laying (recently hatched caterpillars require tender plant parts, such as immature flower buds, because their mouthparts are not developed enough to eat hardened plant matter) (Lambert 2011, pp. 9-10). Larval host plant flowering phenology (timing of flower opening) is important for island marble butterflies. If the plants emerge too early, there may not be enough tissue at the right stage available for the larvae to go through their developmental phases. If the plants emerge too late, female butterflies may not recognize the larval host plants as suitable sites to lay eggs.
Female island marble butterflies carefully gauge the suitability of each larval host plant, preferentially selecting plants that possess both flowers and buds to lay eggs on. Plants with greater than 50 percent of their flowers in bloom are more likely to be selected than plants in an earlier (less than 50 percent of flowers in bloom) or later
After hatching, larvae of the island marble butterfly rapidly progress through five instars (larval growth stages) and have been documented to then move up to 13 ft (4 m) from their larval host plant to nearby standing vegetation (usually tall grasses) to pupate (Lambert 2011, p. 19). Island marble butterfly larvae use nearby vegetation as bridges to other plants and appear to avoid being close to the ground while searching for a safe site to form a chrysalis (pupal casing) (Lambert 2011, pp. 20-21). Therefore, we find that the presence of larval host plants, in complement with tall, standing vegetation that provides the structure necessary to allow mature larvae to cross to a safe pupation site, is a physical or biological feature of island marble butterfly habitat.
The island marble butterfly spends approximately 300 days in diapause (a form of dormancy) as a chrysalis (pupa) before undergoing metamorphosis to emerge as a winged adult the following spring. Unlike other butterfly species that may diapause underground or, alternatively, rapidly advance from egg to winged-adult and over-winter in an adult phase, the island marble butterfly enters diapause aboveground and very close to where it hatched. During diapause, the island marble butterfly is vulnerable to any activity such as trampling, mowing, harvesting, grazing, or plowing that may disturb or destroy the vegetative structure to which a larva has attached its pupal casing. The larval host plants for the island marble butterfly are annual (or biennial) and habitat patches for the island marble butterfly do not tend to persist in the same area continuously over time. Leaving the vegetation near where larval host plants established in the spring until mid-summer the following year provides a safe place for the island marble butterfly chrysalids to harbor until they emerge. Therefore, we find that sufficient areas of undisturbed vegetation surrounding larval host plants that are left standing for a sufficient period of time in order for the island marble butterfly to complete its life cycle is a physical or biological feature of island marble butterfly habitat.
We have determined that the following physical or biological features of the areas on San Juan Island, Washington, that are essential to the conservation of the island marble butterfly are:
(a) Open, primarily treeless areas with short-statured forb- and grass-dominated vegetation that include diverse topographic features such as ridgelines, hills, and bluffs for patrolling, dispersal corridors between habitat patches, and some south-facing terrain. Areas must be large enough to allow for the development of patchy-population dynamics, allowing for multiple small populations to establish within the area.
(b) Low- to medium-density larval host plants for egg-laying and larval development, with both flower buds and blooms on them between the months of May through July. Larval host plants may be any of the following:
(c) Adult nectar resources in flower and short-statured, white-flowering plants in bloom used for mate-finding, which may include, but are not limited to
(d) Areas of undisturbed vegetation surrounding larval host plants sufficient to provide secure sites for diapause and pupation. The vegetation surrounding larval host plants must be left standing for a sufficient period of time for the island marble butterfly to complete its life cycle.
When designating critical habitat, we assess whether the specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing contain features which are essential to the conservation of the species and which may require special management considerations or protection. Because the island marble butterfly depends on vegetation that requires disturbance and open areas to establish, special management may be necessary to both maintain low-level disturbance and to prevent the invasion of weedy native and nonnative plant species, such as Douglas fir, Mediterranean pasture grasses, and thistle. Beneficial special management activities could include annual burning to remove standing vegetation and seedlings and reduce seed set of nonnative plant species. Additionally, the application of selective herbicides to combat specific invasive plants may also prove useful in vegetation management. For some weedy species, hand-pulling can be an effective vegetation management tool, if staffing and resources allow.
Special management considerations within the proposed critical habitat unit may include protection of larval host plants from herbivory by browsing deer, European rabbits, and brown garden snails. These herbivores constitute the primary threat to the larval host plants upon which the island marble butterfly depends in the proposed designation. Special management actions that could ameliorate the threat of herbivory by deer, European rabbits, and brown garden snails could include lethal control methods, such as targeted hunting or professional removal. For deer, exclusion fencing increases the survivorship of both larval host plants and the island marble butterfly in the fenced areas, but the fences are difficult to erect and maintain and provide a host of other challenges for the land management agencies. Additionally, exclusion fencing does nothing to reduce the number of deer, which is the primary cause of the intense browsing pressure on the larval host plants for the island marble butterfly (Lambert 2011,
As required by section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we use the best scientific data available to designate critical habitat. When we are determining which areas should be designated as critical habitat, our primary source of information is generally the information developed during the listing process for the species. Additional information sources may include the recovery plan for the species, articles in peer-reviewed journals, conservation plans developed by States and counties, scientific status surveys and studies, biological assessments, other unpublished materials, or experts' opinions or personal knowledge. In this case, we used existing occurrence data for the island marble butterfly and information on the habitat and ecosystems upon which it depends. These sources of information included, but were not limited to:
(1) Data used to prepare the proposed rule to list the species;
(2) Information from biological surveys;
(3) Various agency reports and databases;
(4) Information from NPS and other cooperators;
(5) Information from species experts;
(6) Data and information presented in academic research theses; and
(7) Regional Geographic Information System (GIS) data (such as species occurrence data, land use, topography, aerial imagery, soil data, and land ownership maps) for area calculations and mapping.
In accordance with the Act and our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.12(b) we reviewed available information pertaining to the habitat requirements of the species, identified specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time of listing and examined whether we could identify any specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species to be considered for designation as critical habitat. In this case, since we are proposing listing concurrently with the proposed designation of critical habitat, all areas presently occupied by the island marble butterfly constitute those areas occupied at the time of listing.
We plotted the known locations of the island marble butterfly where they occur in Washington using 2015 National Agriculture Imagery Program (NAIP) digital imagery in ArcGIS, version 10.4 (Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc.), a computer geographic information system program, and determined that the currently occupied areas contain the physical or biological features needing special management, as discussed above. We also analyzed the appropriate quantity and spatial arrangement of these features in the context of the life history, status and conservation needs of the species.
Survey effort for the island marble butterfly has not been consistent spatially or temporally. Island-wide surveys of San Juan and Lopez Islands were discontinued by WDFW in 2012, due to decreased detections and the lack of larval host plants in previously occupied areas across both islands. In 2015, the Service funded an island-wide survey of San Juan, and no occurrences were documented outside of the known occupied area centered on American Camp at the south end of San Juan Island. The last survey of Lopez Island was conducted in 2012, and a single larva was observed. There have been no reports of island marble butterflies from Lopez Island since 2012.
Therefore, the Service considers areas to be occupied at the time of listing if there are occurrence records within those areas within the last 5 years or if areas adjacent to known occupied areas have the physical or biological features upon which the island marble butterfly depends and there are no barriers to dispersal. It is reasonable to conclude that the species regularly occurs in such areas because of the species' population dynamics and frequent movement between habitat patches, as discussed above. Occurrence records are deemed credible if recorded by a Federal, State, or contract biologist, or a qualified surveyor for the island marble butterfly.
We have also determined that all of these occupied areas (areas with documented occurrences as well as adjacent areas containing suitable habitat and where there are no barriers to dispersal) contain one or more of the essential physical or biological features. For these reasons and due to the restricted range of the island marble butterfly, we determined that all known occupied areas should be proposed for critical habitat designation. The only known occupied area is centered on American Camp at San Juan Island National Historical Park and includes adjacent lands to the east and the west of the National Park that are owned and managed by BLM, WDNR, San Juan County, Washington State Parks and Recreation, and private individuals.
In summary, we are proposing for designation of critical habitat lands that we have determined are occupied at the time of listing and contain one or more of the physical or biological features to support life-history processes essential to the conservation of the species. The one unit proposed for designation contains all of the identified physical or biological features and supports multiple life-history processes.
When determining the proposed critical habitat boundary, we made every effort to avoid including developed areas such as lands covered by buildings, pavement (such as parking lots and roads), and other structures because such lands lack physical or biological features necessary for the island marble butterfly. The scale of the map we prepared under the parameters for publication within the Code of Federal Regulations may not reflect the exclusion of such developed lands. Any such lands inadvertently left inside critical habitat boundaries shown on the map of this proposed rule have been excluded by text in the proposed rule and are not proposed for designation as critical habitat. Therefore, if the critical habitat is finalized as proposed, a Federal action involving these lands would not trigger section 7 consultation with respect to critical habitat and the requirement of no adverse modification unless the specific action would affect the physical or biological features in the adjacent critical habitat. Please note that we specifically include road margins and shoulders in the critical habitat designation, as the island marble butterfly larval host plants often establish in these disturbed areas and may be used by the island marble butterfly for egg-laying and development. Special management considerations for road margins and shoulders may apply.
The critical habitat designation is defined by the map, as modified by any accompanying regulatory text, presented at the end of this document in the Proposed Regulation Promulgation section. We include more detailed information on the boundaries of the critical habitat designation in the preamble of this document. We will make the coordinates or plot points or both on which the map is based available to the public on
We are not currently proposing to designate any areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species. While we know the conservation of the species will depend on increasing the number and distribution of populations of the island marble butterfly, not all of its historical range will be essential to the conservation of the species, and we are unable to delineate the specific unoccupied areas that are essential at this time. Sites both within and outside of the central valleys of San Juan and Lopez Islands were previously occupied by the island marble butterfly. A number of areas within and outside of these valleys continue to contain some or could develop many of the physical and biological features upon which the species depends, though the best available scientific data indicate all these areas are currently unoccupied. The areas of the central valleys with the potential to support the physical and biological features continue to be important to the overall conservation strategy for the island marble butterfly. However, due to the ephemeral and patchy nature of island marble butterfly habitat, only some of these areas within these larger central valley landscapes will likely be essential to the species' long-term persistence and conservation because of the ease with which field mustard recruits and the uncertainty associated with habitat patch longevity at any one site.
In addition, the specific areas essential to the species' conservation within these broader landscapes are not identifiable at this time. This is due to our current limited understanding regarding the ideal configuration for the development of future habitat patches to support the island marble butterfly's persistence, the ideal size and number of these habitat patches, and how these habitat patches may naturally evolve within and persist on the landscape. Finally, the specific areas needed for conservation will depend in part on landowner willingness to restore and maintain the species' habitat in these areas.
Consequently, the Service is considering proposing the future establishment of one or more experimental populations (such as, but not limited to, those provided for under section 10(j) of the Act) within these broad geographic areas should the island marble butterfly be listed under the Act. Section 10(j) of the Act authorizes the Service, by rulemaking, to establish new populations of listed species that are within the species' historical range but outside its current natural range. If designated a nonessential population, a special rule may minimize restrictions on landowners. Any such regulation would, to the maximum extent practicable, represent an agreement between the Service and affected landowners and government agencies (50 CFR 17.82(d)). Additionally, the Service, in collaboration with WDFW and private landowners, is working on the development of a programmatic candidate conservation agreement with assurances (CCAA). A CCAA is a voluntary conservation program to encourage willing landowners to partner with us to create, enhance, and maintain habitat that could be used by island marble butterfly on their lands while providing enrolled landowners with regulatory assurances should the species be listed. For more information, please contact the Washington Fish and Wildlife Office Listing and Recovery Division Manager (360-753-9440).
The proposed critical habitat area described below constitutes our current best assessment of the areas that meet the definition of critical habitat for the island marble butterfly. The island marble butterfly critical habitat unit is currently occupied and therefore considered occupied at the time of listing.
The proposed critical habitat designation consists of 812 ac (329 ha) of land at the south end of San Juan Island, with San Juan Island National Historical Park (NPS) being the largest landholder of 718 ac (291 ha). The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) owns and manages 19 ac (8 ha), Washington Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) owns and manages 37 ac (15 ha) at Cattle Point, the Department of Homeland Security owns 5 ac (2 ha), WDNR and the San Juan County Land Bank (SJCLB) jointly own 1 ac (0.4 ha), San Juan County Parks Department owns 30 ac (12 ha), and approximately 2 ac (0.8 ha) is in private ownership. The proposed critical habitat designation is centered on the American Camp portion of San Juan Island National Historical Park, which is owned and managed by the National Park Service, but includes adjacent lands both to the east and the west of National Park Service lands. Boundaries for the critical habitat unit follow the open, generally treeless habitat that the island marble butterfly relies upon during its flight period for mate-finding, reproduction, feeding, and dispersal.
The entirety of the proposed critical habitat unit is within the geographical area occupied at the time of listing. The proposed designation contains all of the physical or biological features required to support the island marble butterfly.
Within the proposed critical habitat designation, all of the current threats to the island marble butterfly are present. Please see Determination of Species' Status, above, for a summary of the threats and
Section 7(a)(2) of the Act requires Federal agencies, including the Service, to ensure that any action they fund, authorize, or carry out is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered species or threatened species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated critical habitat of such species. In addition, section 7(a)(4) of the Act requires Federal agencies to confer with the Service on any agency action which is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any species proposed to be listed under the Act or result in the destruction or adverse modification of proposed critical habitat.
We published a final regulation with a new definition of destruction or adverse modification on February 11, 2016 (81 FR 7214). Destruction or adverse modification means a direct or indirect alteration that appreciably diminishes the value of critical habitat for the conservation of a listed species. Such alterations may include, but are not limited to, those that alter the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of a species or that preclude or significantly delay development of such features.
If a Federal action may affect a listed species or its critical habitat, the responsible Federal agency (action agency) must enter into consultation with us. Examples of actions that are subject to the section 7 consultation process are actions on State, tribal, local, or private lands that require a Federal permit (such as a permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers under section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251
Section 7 consultation concludes with issuance of:
(1) A concurrence letter for Federal actions that may affect, but are not likely to adversely affect, listed species or critical habitat; or
(2) A biological opinion for Federal actions that are likely to adversely affect listed species or critical habitat.
If we issue a biological opinion concluding that a project is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a listed species and/or destroy or adversely modify critical habitat, we provide reasonable and prudent alternatives to the project, if any are identifiable, that would avoid the likelihood of jeopardy and/or destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. We define “reasonable and prudent alternatives” (at 50 CFR 402.02) as alternative actions identified during consultation that:
(1) Can be implemented in a manner consistent with the intended purpose of the action,
(2) Can be implemented consistent with the scope of the Federal agency's legal authority and jurisdiction,
(3) Are economically and technologically feasible, and
(4) Would, in the Director's opinion, avoid the likelihood of jeopardizing the continued existence of the listed species and/or avoid the likelihood of destroying or adversely modifying critical habitat.
Reasonable and prudent alternatives can vary from slight project modifications to extensive redesign or relocation of the project. Costs associated with implementing a reasonable and prudent alternative are similarly variable.
Regulations at 50 CFR 402.16 require Federal agencies to reinitiate consultation on previously reviewed actions in instances where we have listed a new species or subsequently designated critical habitat that may be affected and the Federal agency has retained discretionary involvement or control over the action (or the agency's discretionary involvement or control is authorized by law). Consequently, Federal agencies sometimes may need to request reinitiation of consultation with us on actions for which formal consultation has been completed, if those actions with discretionary involvement or control may affect subsequently listed species or designated critical habitat.
The key factor related to the adverse modification determination is whether, with implementation of the proposed Federal action, the affected critical habitat would continue to serve its intended conservation role for the species. Activities that may destroy or adversely modify critical habitat are those that result in a direct or indirect alteration that appreciably diminishes the value of critical habitat for the conservation of the island marble butterfly. Such alterations may include, but are not limited to, those that alter the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of this species or that preclude or significantly delay development of such features. As discussed above, the role of critical habitat is to support physical or biological features essential to the conservation of a listed species and provide for the conservation of the species.
Section 4(b)(8) of the Act requires us to briefly evaluate and describe, in any proposed or final regulation that designates critical habitat, activities involving a Federal action that may destroy or adversely modify such habitat, or that may be affected by such designation.
Activities that may affect island marble butterfly critical habitat, when carried out, funded, or authorized by a Federal agency, would result in consultation. These activities may include, but are not limited to:
(1) Actions that destroy the habitat within the critical habitat unit. Such activities could include, but are not limited to, new infrastructure developments, planting forests in historical prairie, or large paving projects. These activities could disrupt dispersal, mate finding, and patchy population dynamics, as well as prevent the recruitment of future habitat.
(2) Actions that would temporarily or permanently remove host plants from areas within the critical habitat unit that
(3) Actions that would temporarily or permanently remove nectar resources or plants used for mate finding from areas within the critical habitat unit that were otherwise phenologically and spatially available for use by the species. Such activities could include, but are not limited to, mowing, burning, or applying herbicide to nectar or mate-finding plants leading up to or during the flight season. These activities could reduce nectaring opportunities or disrupt mate finding, both of which could reduce fecundity.
(4) Actions that would physically disturb appropriate areas for diapause and pupation. Such activities could include, but are not limited to, mowing, trampling, grazing, or burning between flight seasons. These activities could also kill island marble butterflies in diapause as pupae.
Section 4(a)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533(a)(3)(B)(i)) provides that: “The Secretary shall not designate as critical habitat any lands or other geographic areas owned or controlled by the Department of Defense, or designated for its use, that are subject to an integrated natural resources management plan [INRMP] prepared under section 101 of the Sikes Act (16 U.S.C. 670a), if the Secretary determines in writing that such plan provides a benefit to the species for which critical habitat is proposed for designation.” There are no Department of Defense lands with a completed INRMP within the proposed critical habitat designation.
Section 4(b)(2) of the Act states that the Secretary shall designate and make revisions to critical habitat on the basis of the best available scientific data after taking into consideration the economic impact, national security impact, and any other relevant impact of specifying any particular area as critical habitat. The Secretary may exclude an area from critical habitat if he determines that the benefits of such exclusion outweigh the benefits of specifying such area as part of the critical habitat, unless he determines, based on the best scientific data available, that the failure to designate such area as critical habitat will result in the extinction of the species. In making that determination, the statute on its face, as well as the legislative history, are clear that the Secretary has broad discretion regarding which factor(s) to use and how much weight to give to any factor. We are not proposing any areas for exclusion from this critical habitat designation.
Section 4(b)(2) of the Act and its implementing regulations require that we consider the economic impact that may result from a designation of critical habitat. To assess the probable economic impacts of a designation, we must first evaluate specific land uses or activities and projects that may occur in the area of the critical habitat. We then evaluate the impacts that a specific critical habitat designation may have on restricting or modifying specific land uses or activities for the benefit of the species and its habitat within the areas proposed. We then identify which conservation efforts may be the result of the species being listed under the Act versus those attributed solely to the designation of critical habitat for this particular species. The probable economic impact of a proposed critical habitat designation is analyzed by comparing scenarios both “with critical habitat” and “without critical habitat.” The “without critical habitat” scenario represents the baseline for the analysis, which includes the existing regulatory requirements imposed on landowners, managers, or other resource users potentially affected by the designation of critical habitat (
For this particular designation, we developed an Incremental Effects Memorandum (IEM) considering the probable incremental economic impacts that may result from this proposed designation of critical habitat. The information contained in our IEM was then used to develop a screening analysis of the probable effects of the designation of critical habitat for the island marble butterfly (Industrial Economics, Incorporated 2017). We began by conducting a screening analysis of the proposed designation of critical habitat in order to focus our analysis on the key factors that would be most likely to result in incremental economic impacts. The purpose of the screening analysis is to filter out the geographic areas in which the critical habitat designation is unlikely to result in probable incremental economic impacts. In particular, the screening analysis considers baseline costs (
Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct Federal agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives in quantitative (to the extent feasible) and qualitative terms. Consistent with the E.O. regulatory analysis requirements, our effects analysis under the Act may take into consideration impacts to both directly and indirectly affected entities, where practicable and reasonable. If
In our IEM, we attempted to clarify the distinction between the effects that will result from the species being listed and those attributable to the critical habitat designation (
The proposed critical habitat designation for the island marble butterfly is comprised of a single unit and is considered occupied. We are not proposing to designate any units of unoccupied habitat. The proposed critical habitat designation consists of 812 ac (329 ha) and is owned and managed by NPS, BLM, DHS, WDNR, San Juan County, and private landowners. In these areas, any actions that may affect the species or its habitat would also affect designated critical habitat and it is unlikely that any additional conservation efforts would be recommended to address the adverse modification standard over and above those recommended as necessary to avoid jeopardizing the continued existence of the island marble butterfly. Therefore, the potential incremental economic impacts of the island marble butterfly critical habitat designation are expected to be limited to administrative costs.
The entities most likely to incur incremental costs are parties to section 7 consultations, including Federal action agencies and, in some cases, third parties, most frequently State agencies or municipalities. Our analysis of economic impacts makes the following assumptions about consultation activity over the next 20 years, most of which are more likely to overstate than understate potential impacts: Two programmatic consultations will occur with NPS; two programmatic consultations will occur with BLM; one formal or informal consultation will occur with either NPS or BLM annually; one formal or informal programmatic intra-Service consultation for funding conservation efforts on State lands will occur; and two formal or informal consultations with the Federal Highway Administration will occur related to roads on County-owned lands.
This may overstate the number of consultations that will occur given available information on forecast activity. As stated above, we anticipate that conservation efforts needed to avoid adverse modification are likely to be the same as those needed to avoid impacts to the species itself. As such, costs of critical habitat designation for the island marble butterfly are anticipated to be limited to administrative costs. We anticipate that the incremental administrative costs of addressing adverse modification of the island marble butterfly critical habitat in a section 7 consultation will be minor.
Total annualized incremental costs of critical habitat designation for the island marble butterfly are anticipated to be less than $150,000 over the next 20 years, or approximately $10,000 annually. The incremental administrative burden resulting from the designation of critical habitat for the island marble butterfly is not anticipated to reach $100 million in any given year based on the anticipated annual number of consultations and associated consultation costs, which are not expected to exceed $10,000 in most years.
As we stated earlier, we are soliciting data and comments from the public on the DEA, as well as all aspects of the proposed rule and our required determinations. We may revise the proposed rule or supporting documents to incorporate or address information we receive during the public comment period. In particular, we may exclude an area from critical habitat if we determine that the benefits of excluding the area outweigh the benefits of including the area, provided the exclusion will not result in the extinction of this species.
Under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we consider the economic impacts of specifying any particular area as critical habitat. In order to consider economic impacts, we prepared an analysis of the probable economic impacts of the proposed critical habitat designation and related factors. Potential land-use sectors that may be affected include conservation and recreation lands. In our DEA, we did not identify any ongoing or future actions that would warrant additional recommendations or project modifications to avoid adversely modifying critical habitat above those we would recommend for avoiding jeopardy to the species, and we anticipate minimal change in management at San Juan Island National Historical Park due to the designation of critical habitat for the island marble butterfly.
During the development of a final designation, we will consider any additional economic impact information we receive during the public comment period, and as such, areas may be
Under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we consider whether there are lands owned or managed by the Department of Defense where a national security impact might exist. Department of Homeland Security currently owns 5 ac (2 ha) of land that is surrounded by land owned and managed by BLM and lies within the proposed critical habitat boundary. Specifically, these lands include a lighthouse facility that is managed by the U.S. Coast Guard. The U.S. Coast Guard is in the process of transferring ownership of these lands to BLM, and, therefore, we anticipate no impact on national security from the inclusion of these lands in the proposed critical habitat designation. Consequently, the Secretary is not intending to exercise his discretion to exclude any areas from the final designation based on impacts on national security.
Under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we consider any other relevant impacts, in addition to economic impacts and impacts on national security. We consider a number of factors including whether there are permitted conservation plans covering the species in the area such as HCPs, safe harbor agreements, or candidate conservation agreements with assurances, or whether there are non-permitted conservation agreements and partnerships that would be encouraged by designation of, or exclusion from, critical habitat. In addition, we look at the existence of tribal conservation plans and partnerships and consider the government-to-government relationship of the United States with tribal entities. We also consider any social impacts that might occur because of the designation.
We are not considering any exclusions at this time from the proposed critical habitat designation under section 4(b)(2) of the Act based on partnerships, management, or protection afforded by cooperative management efforts. Although there are no tribally owned lands within the proposed designation, some areas within the proposed critical habitat boundary include tribal trust resources under article five of the Point Elliott treaty of 1855. The treaty of Point Elliott states the following, “The right of taking fish at usual and accustomed grounds and stations is further secured to said Indians in common with all citizens of the Territory, and of erecting temporary houses for the purpose of curing, together with the privilege of hunting and gathering roots and berries on open and unclaimed lands.” We have initiated coordination with tribes regarding the proposed critical habitat designation and will continue to offer government-to-government consultation with them throughout development of the final rulemaking. In this proposed rule, we are seeking input from the public as to whether or not the Secretary should exclude any areas from the final critical habitat designation. (Please see
We sometimes exclude specific areas from critical habitat designations based in part on the existence of private or other non-Federal conservation plans or agreements and their attendant partnerships. A conservation plan or agreement describes actions that are designed to provide for the conservation needs of a species and its habitat, and may include actions to reduce or mitigate negative effects on the species caused by activities on or adjacent to the area covered by the plan. Conservation plans or agreements can be developed by private entities with no Service involvement, or in partnership with the Service.
We evaluate a variety of factors to determine how the benefits of any exclusion and the benefits of inclusion are affected by the existence of private or other non-Federal conservation plans or agreements and their attendant partnerships when we undertake a discretionary 4(b)(2) exclusion analysis. A non-exhaustive list of factors that we will consider for non-permitted plans or agreements is shown below. These factors are not required elements of plans or agreements, and all items may not apply to every plan or agreement.
(i) The degree to which the plan or agreement provides for the conservation of the species or the essential physical or biological features (if present) for the species;
(ii) Whether there is a reasonable expectation that the conservation management strategies and actions contained in a management plan or agreement will be implemented;
(iii) The demonstrated implementation and success of the chosen conservation measures;
(iv) The degree to which the record of the plan supports a conclusion that a critical habitat designation would impair the realization of benefits expected from the plan, agreement, or partnership;
(v) The extent of public participation in the development of the conservation plan;
(vi) The degree to which there has been agency review and required determinations (
(vii) Whether National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
(viii) Whether the plan or agreement contains a monitoring program and adaptive management to ensure that the conservation measures are effective and can be modified in the future in response to new information.
HCPs for incidental take permits under section 10(a)(1)(B) of the Act provide for partnerships with non-Federal entities to minimize and mitigate impacts to listed species and their habitat. In some cases, HCP permittees agree to do more for the conservation of the species and their habitats on private lands than designation of critical habitat would provide alone. We place great value on the partnerships that are developed during the preparation and implementation of HCPs.
CCAAs and safe harbor agreements (SHAs) are voluntary agreements designed to conserve candidate and listed species, respectively, on non-Federal lands. In exchange for actions that contribute to the conservation of species on non-Federal lands, participating property owners are covered by an “enhancement of survival” permit under section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Act, which authorizes incidental take of the covered species that may result from implementation of conservation actions, specific land uses, and, in the case of SHAs, the option to return to a baseline condition under the agreements. The Service also provides enrollees assurances that we will not impose further land-, water-, or resource-use restrictions, or require additional commitments of land, water, or finances, beyond those agreed to in the agreements.
When we undertake a discretionary 4(b)(2) exclusion analysis, we will always consider areas covered by an approved CCAA/SHA/HCP, and generally exclude such areas from a designation of critical habitat if three conditions are met:
1. The permittee is properly implementing the CCAA/SHA/HCP, and is expected to continue to do so for the term of the agreement. A CCAA/SHA/HCP is properly implemented if the permittee is, and has been, fully implementing the commitments and provisions in the CCAA/SHA/HCP, implementing agreement, and permit.
2. The species for which critical habitat is being designated is a covered species in the CCAA/SHA/HCP, or very similar in its habitat requirements to a covered species. The recognition that the Services extend to such an agreement depends on the degree to which the conservation measures undertaken in the CCAA/SHA/HCP would also protect the habitat features of the similar species.
3. The CCAA/SHA/HCP specifically addresses the habitat of the species for which critical habitat is being designated and meets the conservation needs of the species in the planning area.
There are currently no CCAA/SHA/HCPs in the area proposed for designation, nor are we aware of any other non-federal conservation plans in the area. However, should such plan(s) be developed prior to publication of a final decision on critical habitat, we would consider whether exclusion of the area covered by such plan(s) may be warranted under section 4(b)(2) of the Act.
Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) will review all significant rules. The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this rule is not significant.
Executive Order (E.O.) 13563 reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system to promote predictability, to reduce uncertainty, and to use the best, most innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends. The executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that regulations must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this rule in a manner consistent with these requirements.
This rule is not an E.O. 13771 (“Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs”) (82 FR 9339, February 3, 2017) regulatory action because this rule is not significant under E.O. 12866.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA; 5 U.S.C. 601
According to the Small Business Administration, small entities include small organizations such as independent nonprofit organizations; small governmental jurisdictions, including school boards and city and town governments that serve fewer than 50,000 residents; and small businesses (13 CFR 121.201). Small businesses include manufacturing and mining concerns with fewer than 500 employees, wholesale trade entities with fewer than 100 employees, retail and service businesses with less than $5 million in annual sales, general and heavy construction businesses with less than $27.5 million in annual business, special trade contractors doing less than $11.5 million in annual business, and agricultural businesses with annual sales less than $750,000. To determine if potential economic impacts to these small entities are significant, we considered the types of activities that might trigger regulatory impacts under this designation as well as types of project modifications that may result. In general, the term “significant economic impact” is meant to apply to a typical small business firm's business operations.
The Service's current understanding of the requirements under the RFA, as amended, and following recent court decisions, is that Federal agencies are only required to evaluate the potential incremental impacts of rulemaking on those entities directly regulated by the rulemaking itself, and, therefore, not required to evaluate the potential impacts to indirectly regulated entities. The regulatory mechanism through which critical habitat protections are realized is section 7 of the Act, which requires Federal agencies, in consultation with the Service, to ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out by the agency is not likely to destroy or adversely modify critical habitat. Therefore, under section 7, only Federal action agencies are directly subject to the specific regulatory requirement (avoiding destruction and adverse modification) imposed by critical habitat designation. Consequently, it is our position that only Federal action agencies will be directly regulated by this designation. There is no requirement under RFA to evaluate the potential impacts to entities not directly regulated. Moreover, Federal agencies are not small entities. Therefore, because no small entities are directly regulated by this rulemaking, the Service certifies that, if promulgated, the proposed critical habitat designation will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
In summary, we have considered whether the proposed designation would result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. For the above reasons and based on currently available information, we certify that, if promulgated, the proposed critical habitat designation would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small business entities. Therefore, an initial regulatory flexibility analysis is not required.
Executive Order 13211 (Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use) requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. In our economic analysis, we did not find that the designation of this proposed critical habitat would significantly affect energy supplies, distribution, or use due to the absence of any energy supply or distribution lines from the proposed critical habitat designation. Therefore, this action is not a significant energy
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
(1) This rule would not produce a Federal mandate. In general, a Federal mandate is a provision in legislation, statute, or regulation that would impose an enforceable duty upon State, local, or tribal governments, or the private sector, and includes both “Federal intergovernmental mandates” and “Federal private sector mandates.” These terms are defined in 2 U.S.C. 658(5)-(7). “Federal intergovernmental mandate” includes a regulation that “would impose an enforceable duty upon State, local, or tribal governments” with two exceptions. It excludes “a condition of Federal assistance.” It also excludes “a duty arising from participation in a voluntary Federal program,” unless the regulation “relates to a then-existing Federal program under which $500,000,000 or more is provided annually to State, local, and tribal governments under entitlement authority,” if the provision would “increase the stringency of conditions of assistance” or “place caps upon, or otherwise decrease, the Federal Government's responsibility to provide funding,” and the State, local, or tribal governments “lack authority” to adjust accordingly. At the time of enactment, these entitlement programs were: Medicaid; Aid to Families with Dependent Children work programs; Child Nutrition; Food Stamps; Social Services Block Grants; Vocational Rehabilitation State Grants; Foster Care, Adoption Assistance, and Independent Living; Family Support Welfare Services; and Child Support Enforcement. “Federal private sector mandate” includes a regulation that “would impose an enforceable duty upon the private sector, except (i) a condition of Federal assistance or (ii) a duty arising from participation in a voluntary Federal program.”
The designation of critical habitat does not impose a legally binding duty on non-Federal Government entities or private parties. Under the Act, the only regulatory effect is that Federal agencies must ensure that their actions do not destroy or adversely modify critical habitat under section 7. While non-Federal entities that receive Federal funding, assistance, or permits, or that otherwise require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for an action, may be indirectly impacted by the designation of critical habitat, the legally binding duty to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat rests squarely on the Federal agency. Furthermore, to the extent that non-Federal entities are indirectly impacted because they receive Federal assistance or participate in a voluntary Federal aid program, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act would not apply, nor would critical habitat shift the costs of the large entitlement programs listed above onto State governments.
(2) We do not believe that this rule would significantly or uniquely affect small governments because the area included in the proposed critical habitat designation is largely owned by Federal and State agencies (greater than 95 percent). None of these government entities fits the definition of “small government jurisdiction.” Therefore, a Small Government Agency Plan is not required.
In accordance with E.O. 12630 (Government Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Private Property Rights), we have analyzed the potential takings implications of designating critical habitat for the island marble butterfly in a takings implications assessment. The Act does not authorize the Service to regulate private actions on private lands or confiscate private property as a result of critical habitat designation. Designation of critical habitat does not affect land ownership, or establish any closures, or restrictions on use of or access to the designated areas. Furthermore, the designation of critical habitat does not affect landowner actions that do not require Federal funding or permits, nor does it preclude development of habitat conservation programs or issuance of incidental take permits to permit actions that do require Federal funding or permits to go forward. However, Federal agencies are prohibited from carrying out, funding, or authorizing actions that would destroy or adversely modify critical habitat. A takings implications assessment has been completed and concludes that this proposed designation of critical habitat for the island marble butterfly would not pose significant takings implications for lands within or affected by the designation.
In accordance with E.O. 13132 (Federalism), this proposed rule does not have significant Federalism effects. A federalism summary impact statement is not required. In keeping with Department of the Interior and Department of Commerce policy, we request information from, and coordinated development of this proposed critical habitat designation with, appropriate State resource agencies in Washington. From a federalism perspective, the designation of critical habitat directly affects only the responsibilities of Federal agencies. The Act imposes no other duties with respect to critical habitat, either for States and local governments, or for anyone else. As a result, the rule does not have substantial direct effects either on the States, or on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of powers and responsibilities among the various levels of government. The designation may have some benefit to these governments because the areas that contain the features essential to the conservation of the species are more clearly defined, and the physical or biological features of the habitat necessary to the conservation of the species are specifically identified. This information does not alter where and what federally sponsored activities may occur. However, it may assist these local governments in long-range planning (because these local governments no longer have to wait for case-by-case section 7 consultations to occur).
Where State and local governments require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for actions that may affect critical habitat, consultation under section 7(a)(2) would be required. While non-Federal entities that receive Federal funding, assistance, or permits, or that otherwise require approval or authorization from a Federal agency for an action, may be indirectly impacted by the designation of critical habitat, the legally binding duty to avoid destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat rests squarely on the Federal agency.
In accordance with Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform), the Office of the Solicitor has determined that the rule does not unduly burden the judicial system and that it meets the requirements of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of the Order. We have proposed designating critical habitat in accordance with the provisions of the Act. To assist the public in understanding the habitat needs of the species, the proposed rule identifies the elements of physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species. The areas proposed to be designated as critical habitat are presented on a map, and the proposed
This rule does not contain any new collections of information that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
We have determined that environmental assessments and environmental impact statements, as defined under the authority of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
It is also our position that, outside the jurisdiction of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit, we do not need to prepare environmental analyses pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994 (Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments; 59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 (Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments), and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with recognized Federal Tribes on a government-to-government basis. In accordance with Secretarial Order 3206 of June 5, 1997 (American Indian Tribal Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust Responsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act), we readily acknowledge our responsibilities to work directly with tribes in developing programs for healthy ecosystems, to acknowledge that tribal lands are not subject to the same controls as Federal public lands, to remain sensitive to Indian culture, and to make information available to tribes.
We determined that there are no tribally owned lands that are occupied by the island marble butterfly at the time of listing that contain the features essential for conservation of the species, and no tribally owned lands unoccupied by the island marble butterfly that are essential for the conservation of the species. While there are no tribally owned lands within the proposed critical habitat designation, some areas within the proposed critical habitat boundary may include tribal trust resources under article five of the Point Elliott treaty of 1855 (see
We are required by Executive Orders 12866 and 12988 and by the Presidential Memorandum of June 1, 1998, to write all rules in plain language. This means that each rule we publish must:
(1) Be logically organized;
(2) Use the active voice to address readers directly;
(3) Use clear language rather than jargon;
(4) Be divided into short sections and sentences; and
(5) Use lists and tables wherever possible.
If you feel that we have not met these requirements, send us comments by one of the methods listed in
A complete list of references cited is available on the internet at
The primary authors of this proposed rule are the staff members of the Washington Fish and Wildlife Office.
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
Accordingly, we propose to amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; and 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.
(h) * * *
(i)
Island marble butterfly (
(1) Critical habitat is depicted for San Juan County, Washington, on the map below.
(2) Within the critical habitat area on San Juan Island, Washington, the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the island marble butterfly consist of:
(i) Open, primarily treeless areas with short-statured forb- and grass-dominated vegetation that include diverse topographic features such as ridgelines, hills, and bluffs for patrolling, dispersal corridors between habitat patches, and some south-facing terrain. Areas must be large enough to allow for the development of patchy-population dynamics, allowing for multiple small populations to establish within the area.
(ii) Low- to medium-density larval host plants for egg-laying and larval development, with both flower buds and blooms on them between the months of May through July. Larval host plants may be any of the following:
(iii) Adult nectar resources in flower and short-statured, white-flowering plants in bloom used for mate-finding, which may include, but are not limited to
(iv) Areas of undisturbed vegetation surrounding larval host plants sufficient to provide secure sites for diapause and pupation. The vegetation surrounding larval host plants must be left standing for a sufficient period of time for the island marble butterfly to complete its life cycle.
(3) Critical habitat does not include manmade structures (such as buildings, aqueducts, runways, roads, and other paved areas) and the land on which they are located existing within the legal boundaries on the effective date of this rule.
(4)
(5) Island marble butterfly critical habitat, San Juan County, Washington.
(i) Island marble butterfly critical habitat consists of 812 acres (ac) (329 hectares (ha)) on San Juan Island in San Juan County, Washington, and is composed of lands in Federal (742 ac (301 ha)), State (37 ac (15 ha)), State/County joint (1 ac (0.4 ha)), County (30 ac (12 ha)), and private (2 ac (0.8 ha)) ownership.
(ii) Map of island marble butterfly critical habitat follows:
The Office of the Federal Register received this document on April 5, 2018.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |